WO2016158668A1 - Coloring resin composition, color filter and image display device - Google Patents

Coloring resin composition, color filter and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016158668A1
WO2016158668A1 PCT/JP2016/059381 JP2016059381W WO2016158668A1 WO 2016158668 A1 WO2016158668 A1 WO 2016158668A1 JP 2016059381 W JP2016059381 W JP 2016059381W WO 2016158668 A1 WO2016158668 A1 WO 2016158668A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
mass
solvent
pigment
meth
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2016/059381
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
大村 直也
Original Assignee
三菱化学株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=57005726&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO2016158668(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by 三菱化学株式会社 filed Critical 三菱化学株式会社
Priority to CN201910879050.4A priority Critical patent/CN110618583B/en
Priority to JP2016555370A priority patent/JP6119922B2/en
Priority to KR1020177026019A priority patent/KR102491715B1/en
Priority to CN201680016741.6A priority patent/CN107429078B/en
Publication of WO2016158668A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016158668A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/32Compounds containing nitrogen bound to oxygen
    • C08K5/33Oximes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B47/00Porphines; Azaporphines
    • C09B47/04Phthalocyanines abbreviation: Pc
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/006Preparation of organic pigments
    • C09B67/0069Non aqueous dispersions of pigments containing only a solvent and a dispersing agent
    • C09B67/007Non aqueous dispersions of phthalocyanines containing only a solvent and a dispersing agent
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0071Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dehydrating agents; Dispersing agents; Dustfree compositions
    • C09B67/0084Dispersions of dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D17/00Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D17/00Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints
    • C09D17/002Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints in organic medium
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D17/00Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints
    • C09D17/003Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints containing an organic pigment
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/031Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/12Light sources with substantially two-dimensional radiating surfaces

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a colored resin composition, a color filter, and an image display device. More specifically, a colored resin composition containing a specific zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment and a specific high-boiling solvent, a color filter having pixels formed using the colored resin composition, and an image display device having the color filter About.
  • a pigment dispersion method, a dyeing method, an electrodeposition method, and a printing method are known as methods for producing a color filter used in a liquid crystal display device or the like.
  • a pigment dispersion method having excellent characteristics on average is most widely adopted.
  • pigments are generally used from the viewpoints of heat resistance, light resistance, etc., among which the intrinsic transmission absorption spectrum matches the phosphor spectrum of the backlight in the visible light wavelength region. Those are preferably used. For example, a combination of a halogenated copper phthalocyanine green pigment and various yellow pigments has long been used for forming a green pixel.
  • Patent Documents 1 to 3 describe examples in which a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment is combined with a photopolymerization initiator such as biimidazole or ⁇ -aminoalkylphenone.
  • a zinc halide phthalocyanine green pigment C.I. I. In a colored composition containing CI Pigment Green 58 and containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, etc.
  • Patent Document 5 by using together a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine green pigment and a photopolymerization initiator composed of a specific oxime ester compound, the colored resin composition is produced or stored. It has been found that the generation of foreign substances can be suppressed and the generation of precipitates when in contact with N-methylpyrrolidone can be suppressed.
  • Patent Documents 6 to 11 also describe examples in which a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine green pigment and a photopolymerization initiator composed of an oxime ester compound are combined.
  • Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2004-70342 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2004-70343 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2009-52010 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2011-028219 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2009-271502 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2010-84119 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2010-97172 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2011-99974 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2011-145668 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2012-53278 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2012-172003
  • C.I. is a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment described in Patent Documents 1 to 11.
  • G58 Pigment Green 58
  • the coloring power is low, and in order to achieve a certain chromaticity, the coating film thickness must be increased. It was found. Therefore, as a result of intensive studies to obtain a colored resin composition having high coloring power and capable of reducing the coating film thickness to achieve a certain chromaticity, a specific zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment should be used. Was found to be achievable.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above-mentioned problems, and the object thereof is a colored resin composition having a high coloring power, a high solubility in a solvent of a dry film, and capable of suppressing the generation of adhered foreign substances, and the colored resin.
  • the present inventors have found that the above problems can be solved by using a specific zinc halide phthalocyanine green pigment and a specific high boiling point solvent, and have completed the present invention. It was. That is, the gist of the present invention is as follows.
  • a colored resin composition comprising (A) a pigment, (B) a dispersant, (C) a solvent, (D) a binder resin, and (E) a photopolymerization initiator,
  • the (A) pigment contains a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, the average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule of the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment is 3 or more, and
  • the (A) pigment contains a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, the average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule of the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment is 3 or more, and
  • the solvent (C) further includes a low-boiling solvent having a boiling point of less than 150 ° C. at 1013.25 hPa.
  • a colored resin composition having a high coloring power, a high solubility in a solvent of a dry film, and capable of suppressing the generation of adhered foreign matter, and a color filter having pixels formed using the colored resin composition
  • an image display device having the color filter and a pigment dispersion used in the colored resin composition.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of an organic EL element having the color filter of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a mass spectrum of the green pigment A.
  • FIG. 3 is a mass spectrum of the green pigment B.
  • FIG. 4 is a measurement profile for film surface evaluation in Example 8.
  • FIG. 5 is a measurement profile for film surface evaluation in Comparative Example 2.
  • FIG. 6 is a measurement profile for film surface evaluation of Comparative Example 4.
  • FIG. 7 is a measurement profile for film surface evaluation of Comparative Example 3.
  • (meth) acryl means “acryl and / or methacryl”, “acrylate and / or methacrylate” and the like, for example, “(meth) acrylic acid” is “ It means “acrylic acid and / or methacrylic acid”.
  • total solid content means all components other than the solvent components described later, which are contained in the pigment dispersion or the colored resin composition.
  • weight average molecular weight refers to polystyrene-reduced weight average molecular weight (Mw) by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
  • amine value means an amine value in terms of effective solid content unless otherwise specified, and is a value represented by the mass of KOH equivalent to the base amount per 1 g of the solid content of the dispersant. . In the present specification, all percentages and parts expressed by mass are the same as percentages and parts expressed by weight.
  • the constituent components of the colored resin composition and pigment dispersion of the present invention are described below.
  • the colored resin composition according to the present invention includes (A) a pigment, (B) a dispersant, (C) a solvent, (D) a binder resin, and (E) a photopolymerization initiator as essential components. Other additives other than the above components may be blended.
  • the pigment dispersion according to the present invention contains (A) a pigment, (B) a dispersant, and (C) a solvent as essential components, and if necessary, additives other than the above components are blended. May be.
  • the pigment contains a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, and the average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule of the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment is 3 or more.
  • the solvent contains a high-boiling solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or more at 101.25 hPa.
  • the pigment contains a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, and the average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule of the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment is 3 or more,
  • the (C) solvent contains the high boiling point solvent whose boiling point in 101.25 hPa is 150 degreeC or more.
  • the (A) pigment contains a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, and the average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule of the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment is 3
  • the (E) photopolymerization initiator includes an oxime ester compound.
  • the (A) pigment used in the colored resin composition and pigment dispersion of the present invention is a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “green pigment a”). including.
  • green pigment a The average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule of the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment is 3 or more.
  • high coloring and high luminance can be achieved by including the green pigment a as the (A) pigment.
  • the detailed mechanism is unknown, but the half-width of the peak is narrow due to the change in the transmission spectrum due to the inclusion of many hydrogen atoms, and the red and blue transmitted light is effectively blocked. Is presumed to be realized.
  • Ordinary zinc phthalocyanine has 16 hydrogen atoms in one molecule, and a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment used in the present invention is one obtained by substituting a part of these hydrogen atoms with a halogen atom.
  • a chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment is preferable.
  • the method for specifying the average number of hydrogen atoms in one molecule of the pigment is not particularly limited, but a method of calculating using the average number of halogen atoms measured by the fluorescent X-ray fundamental parameter method (FP method), a laser desorption ionization method (Laser Desorption / Ionization, LDI) —Method of measuring by mass spectrometry (Mass Spectrometry, MS) and the like can be mentioned, but the FP method is preferable from the viewpoint of simplicity and accuracy.
  • FP method fluorescent X-ray fundamental parameter method
  • LDI laser desorption ionization
  • MS Mass Spectrometry
  • the average number of halogen atoms is measured by the FP method. Since there are 16 sites occupied by halogen atoms and hydrogen atoms in the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine, the average number of hydrogen atoms can be obtained by calculating the remaining sites not occupied by halogen atoms. It is preferable to perform measurement by adopting the apparatus and conditions used in the examples. Specifically, the average number of halogen atoms is obtained by calculating the average number of halogen atoms per zinc atom from the mass ratio of zinc atoms and halogen atoms measured by the FP method, and subtracting the average number of halogen atoms from 16. .
  • the strength with respect to the molecular weight (m / z value) is measured by the LDI-MS method.
  • the green pigment a is a mixture of molecules having different numbers of hydrogen atoms, chlorine atoms and bromine atoms, and from the strength of each molecule obtained by measuring the mixture by the above method, Calculate the average number of hydrogen atoms, chlorine atoms and bromine atoms contained in one molecule by calculating the number of hydrogen atoms, chlorine atoms and bromine atoms contained in each molecule, and averaging them. Can do. It is preferable to perform measurement by adopting the apparatus and conditions used in the examples.
  • the values of x and y in the chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine molecule (H 16-xy ZnC 32 N 8 Br x Cl y ) corresponding to each peak are obtained from the molecular weight of the main peak of the mass spectrum. Then, by calculating the average value of a plurality of peaks (molecules) whose peak intensity is a certain value or more, the average number of atoms of each atom can be obtained.
  • the green pigment a has an average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule of usually 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, more preferably 4 or more, still more preferably 5 or more, and preferably 16 or less, more preferably 14 Hereinafter, it is more preferably 12 or less, even more preferably 10 or less, and particularly preferably 8 or less. There exists a tendency which becomes highly colored by setting it as the said lower limit or more. Moreover, there exists a tendency which can improve the stability of a dispersion liquid by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
  • the green pigment a has an average number of chlorine atoms contained in one molecule of preferably 0.5 or more, more preferably 1 or more, further preferably 1.5 or more, and preferably 14 or less, more preferably 13 or less, more preferably 12 or less. There exists a tendency which becomes highly colored by setting it as the said lower limit or more. Moreover, there exists a tendency for it to become high-intensity by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
  • the green pigment a has an average number of bromine atoms contained in one molecule of preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, further preferably 3 or more, and preferably 14 or less, more preferably 13 or less, Preferably it is 12 or less. There exists a tendency for it to become high-intensity by setting it as the said lower limit or more. Moreover, there exists a tendency which becomes highly colored by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
  • the ratio of the average number of chlorine atoms contained in one molecule to the average number of bromine atoms contained in one molecule is preferably 0.1 or more, and is 0.15 or more. Is more preferably 0.2 or more, preferably 7 or less, more preferably 3 or less, further preferably 1 or less, and 0.5 or less. Is particularly preferred. There exists a tendency which becomes highly colored by setting it as the said lower limit or more, and there exists a tendency for it to become high-intensity by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
  • the green pigment a has an average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule calculated by the FP method of usually 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, more preferably 3.5 or more, and still more preferably 4.0. More preferably, it is 4.2 or more, particularly preferably 4.5 or more, preferably 12 or less, more preferably 10 or less, still more preferably 8 or less, still more preferably 6 or less, particularly preferably 5. 5 or less.
  • the green pigment a has an average number of chlorine atoms contained in one molecule measured by the FP method of preferably 0.5 or more, more preferably 1 or more, still more preferably 1.5 or more, and preferably It is 14 or less, more preferably 12 or less, further preferably 10 or less, even more preferably 8 or less, particularly preferably 6 or less, and most preferably 4 or less.
  • a tendency which becomes highly colored by setting it as the said lower limit or more Moreover, there exists a tendency for it to become high-intensity by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
  • the green pigment a has an average number of bromine atoms contained in one molecule measured by the FP method of preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3 or more, still more preferably 5 or more, still more preferably 6 or more, particularly It is preferably 7 or more, most preferably 8 or more, and is preferably 14 or less, more preferably 13 or less, still more preferably 12 or less, still more preferably 11 or less, and particularly preferably 10 or less.
  • the ratio of the average number of chlorine atoms contained in one molecule to the average number of bromine atoms contained in one molecule, measured by the FP method is preferably 0.1 or more. Is preferably 15 or more, more preferably 0.2 or more, and is preferably 7 or less, more preferably 3 or less, still more preferably 1 or less, 0 It is particularly preferred that it is not more than. There exists a tendency which becomes highly colored by setting it as the said lower limit or more, and there exists a tendency which becomes high brightness by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
  • the green pigment a preferably contains 3.5% by mass or more of chlorine atoms in the green pigment a, more preferably 4.0% by mass or more, and still more preferably 4.3% by mass or more.
  • 4.5 mass% or more is especially preferable, Preferably it is 30 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 20 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 10 mass% or less, Most preferably, it is 6 mass% or less.
  • the content of chlorine atoms and bromine atoms contained in the green pigment a is determined by dissolving the pigment in ethyl benzoate, burning it in a combustion device, absorbing the combustion gas in the hydrogen peroxide absorbent, It can be measured by a combustion gas-ion chromatography method for measuring the ions of the gas.
  • the green pigment a has a bromine atom content in the green pigment a measured by the above analysis method of preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, and 45% by mass. % Or more is more preferable, and 50% by mass or more is particularly preferable. Further, the content of bromine atoms is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, further preferably 60% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 55% by mass or less. preferable. By setting it to the lower limit value or more, there is a tendency that the luminance becomes high. Moreover, there exists a tendency which becomes highly colored by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
  • Such a chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment can be produced by a known production method disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 50-130816.
  • a catalyst such as ammonium molybdate may be used as necessary.
  • the ratio of various brominated zinc phthalocyanines with different bromine contents can be adjusted by adjusting the ratio of chloride and bromide in the molten salt, or by changing the amount of chlorine gas introduced and the reaction time. Can be controlled arbitrarily.
  • the obtained mixture is put into an acidic aqueous solution such as hydrochloric acid after the reaction is completed, the produced brominated zinc phthalocyanine is precipitated. Thereafter, post-treatment such as filtration, washing and drying is performed to obtain brominated zinc phthalocyanine.
  • the chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment thus obtained is dry-ground in a pulverizer such as an attritor, ball mill, vibration mill, vibration ball mill, etc., if necessary, and then pigmented by a solvent salt milling method or a solvent boiling method.
  • a chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment that develops a green color with high transmittance and contrast can be obtained.
  • the pigmentation method is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to employ a solvent salt milling treatment from the viewpoint that crystal growth can be easily suppressed and pigment particles having a large specific surface area can be obtained.
  • Solvent salt milling means kneading and grinding a crude pigment immediately after synthesis, an inorganic salt, and an organic solvent. Specifically, a crude pigment, an inorganic salt, and an organic solvent that does not dissolve it are charged into a kneader, and kneading and grinding are performed therein.
  • a kneading machine at this time for example, a kneader, a mix muller, a planetary mixer, or the formation of a gap portion of a rotating disk concentric with an annular fixed disk as described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2006-77062 A continuous kneader having a pulverized space is preferably used.
  • a water-soluble inorganic salt can be preferably used.
  • an inorganic salt such as sodium chloride, potassium chloride, sodium sulfate is preferably used.
  • the average particle diameter of these inorganic salts is more preferably 0.5 to 50 ⁇ m.
  • Such an inorganic salt can be easily obtained by pulverizing a normal inorganic salt.
  • G59 manufactured by DIC Corporation can also be used as the green pigment a.
  • the pigment may contain other green pigments in addition to the green pigment a.
  • Other green pigments include, for example, C.I. I. Pigment green 7, C.I. I. Pigment green 36, C.I. I. And CI Pigment Green 58.
  • the content ratio of the green pigment a contained in the green pigment is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, further preferably 30% by mass or more, and 50% by mass or more. More preferably, it is more preferably 80% by mass or more, and usually 100% by mass or less. When the amount is not less than the lower limit, the effect of the pigment tends to be obtained more.
  • the content ratio of the green pigment contained in the (A) pigment is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 35% by mass or more, further preferably 40% by mass or more, and 45% by mass.
  • % Is particularly preferably 100% by mass or less, preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and further preferably 70% by mass or less. 60 mass% or less is particularly preferable.
  • the content ratio of the pigment (A) in the colored resin composition of the present invention is usually 20% by mass or more, preferably 25% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and further preferably 35% by mass with respect to the total solid content. In addition, it is usually 90% by mass or less, preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, still more preferably 50% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 45% by mass or less. Within the above range, the dispersion stability is good and there is a tendency that more effects of the green pigment can be obtained.
  • the content ratio of the pigment (A) in the pigment dispersion of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and more preferably 40% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content. More preferably, it is particularly preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less. Within the above range, the dispersion stability is good and there is a tendency that more effects of the green pigment can be obtained.
  • the content ratio of the green pigment in the pigment dispersion of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and 40% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content. Is more preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less. Within the above range, the dispersion stability is good and there is a tendency that more effects of the green pigment can be obtained.
  • the average primary particle size of the green pigment containing the green pigment a is usually 0.1 ⁇ m or less, preferably 0.04 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less, and usually 0.005 ⁇ m or more.
  • the average primary particle size of the pigment can be obtained by the following method. That is, the pigment is ultrasonically dispersed in chloroform, dropped onto a collodion film-attached mesh, dried, and a primary particle image of the pigment is obtained by observation with a transmission electron microscope (TEM).
  • TEM transmission electron microscope
  • the particle diameter of each pigment particle is defined as an area equivalent circle diameter converted to the diameter of a circle having the same area, and after calculating the particle diameter for each of the plurality of pigment particles, the following formula Calculate the average particle size by calculating the number average value as follows.
  • the (A) pigment can contain a yellow pigment.
  • yellow pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow (P.Y.) 1, 1: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 41, 42, 43, 48, 53, 55, 61, 62, 62: 1, 63, 65, 73, 74, 75, 81, 83, 86, 87, 93, 94, 95, 97, 100, 101, 104, 105, 108, 109, 110, 111, 116, 117, 119, 120, 125, 126, 127, 127: 1, 128, 129, 133, 134, 136, 137, 138, 139, 142, 147, 148, 150, 151, 153, 154, 155, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166,
  • examples of the other compounds include compounds represented by the following formula (II).
  • the average primary particle diameter of these yellow pigments is usually 0.2 ⁇ m or less, preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.04 ⁇ m or less.
  • a technique such as the solvent salt milling described above is preferably used.
  • the content ratio of the yellow pigment contained in the pigment is preferably 95% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, still more preferably 80% by mass or less, and 70% by mass. The following is particularly preferable, 60% by mass or less is most preferable, usually 0% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more is preferable, 30% by mass or more is more preferable, 40% by mass or more is further preferable, and 50% by mass or more is particularly preferable.
  • the amount is not more than the above upper limit value, the effect of the green pigment a tends to be obtained more.
  • the colored resin composition and the pigment dispersion of the present invention may contain a dye in addition to (A) the pigment.
  • a dye in addition to (A) the pigment.
  • the colored resin composition and the pigment dispersion of the present invention contain (B) a dispersant for the purpose of stably dispersing (A) the pigment.
  • a dispersant for the purpose of stably dispersing
  • the use of a polymer dispersant is preferred because of excellent dispersion stability over time.
  • the polymer dispersant include a urethane dispersant, a polyethyleneimine dispersant, a polyoxyethylene alkyl ether dispersant, a polyoxyethylene glycol diester dispersant, a sorbitan aliphatic ester dispersant, and an aliphatic modified polyester. There may be mentioned system dispersants.
  • dispersants are trade names of EFKA (registered trademark, manufactured by BASF), DisperBYK (registered trademark, manufactured by Big Chemie), Disparon (registered trademark, manufactured by Enomoto Kasei), SOLPERSE (registered trademark, Louvre). Zol), KP (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), Polyflow (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • a block copolymer having a functional group containing a nitrogen atom is preferable from the viewpoint of dispersibility and storage stability, and an acrylic block copolymer is more preferable.
  • the block copolymer having a functional group containing a nitrogen atom includes an A block having a quaternary ammonium base and / or amino group in a side chain and a B block having no quaternary ammonium base and / or amino group.
  • the AB block copolymer and / or the BAB block copolymer are preferable.
  • Examples of the functional group containing a nitrogen atom include a primary to tertiary amino group and a quaternary ammonium base, and from the viewpoint of dispersibility and storage stability, a primary amino group is preferable. It is more preferable to have a group.
  • the structure of the repeating unit having a tertiary amino group in the block copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) from the viewpoint of dispersibility and storage stability. .
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, or a substituent.
  • An aralkyl group which may be present, and R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure.
  • R 3 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • X is a divalent linking group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group that may have a substituent in the above formula (1) is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 6 or less. Preferably, it is 4 or less.
  • Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, and an octyl group. Among these, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group are exemplified.
  • It is preferably a group, a pentyl group, or a hexyl group, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. Further, it may be linear or branched. Further, it may contain a cyclic structure such as a cyclohexyl group or a cyclohexylmethyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group that may have a substituent in the above formula (1) is not particularly limited, but is usually 6 or more, preferably 16 or less, and more preferably 12 or less. Preferably, it is 8 or less.
  • Specific examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group, an ethylphenyl group, a dimethylphenyl group, a diethylphenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthracenyl group.
  • a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group, and an ethylphenyl group A dimethylphenyl group, or a diethylphenyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group, or an ethylphenyl group.
  • the carbon number of the aralkyl group which may have a substituent is not particularly limited, but is usually 7 or more, preferably 16 or less, and more preferably 12 or less. Preferably, it is 9 or less.
  • Specific examples of the aralkyl group include a phenylmethylene group, a phenylethylene group, a phenylpropylene group, a phenylbutylene group, and a phenylisopropylene group.
  • a phenylmethylene group, a phenylethylene group, a phenylpropylene group, or A phenylbutylene group is preferable, and a phenylmethylene group or a phenylethylene group is more preferable.
  • R 1 and R 2 are preferably each independently an alkyl group which may have a substituent, a methyl group or More preferably, it is an ethyl group.
  • alkyl group, aralkyl group, or aryl group in the above formula (1) may have include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a benzoyl group, a hydroxyl group, and the like. Substitution is preferred.
  • examples of the cyclic structure formed by combining R 1 and R 2 with each other include, for example, a 5- to 7-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic monocycle or a condensed ring formed by condensing two of these. Is mentioned.
  • the nitrogen-containing heterocycle preferably has no aromaticity, more preferably a saturated ring. Specific examples include the following (IV).
  • These cyclic structures may further have a substituent.
  • examples of the divalent linking group X include an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a —CONH—R 13 — group, a —COOR 14 — group [ Provided that R 13 and R 14 are a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an ether group (alkyloxyalkyl group) having 2 to 10 carbon atoms], preferably —COO—R 14 -Group.
  • the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1) in all the repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, More preferably, it is 10 mol% or more, more preferably 15 mol% or more, particularly preferably 20 mol% or more, most preferably 25 mol% or more, and 90 mol%. Is preferably 70 mol% or less, more preferably 50 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 40 mol% or less. If it is within the above range, both dispersion stability and high luminance tend to be compatible.
  • the block copolymer preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2) from the viewpoint of improving the compatibility of the dispersant with a binder component such as a solvent and improving the dispersion stability.
  • R 10 is ethylene or propylene group
  • R 11 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent
  • R 12 is hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • n is an integer of 1 to 20.
  • the carbon number of the alkyl group which may have a substituent in R 11 of the above formula (2) is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and 10 or less. Is preferably 6 or less, more preferably 4 or less.
  • Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, and an octyl group. Among these, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group are exemplified.
  • It is preferably a group, a pentyl group, or a hexyl group, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. Further, it may be linear or branched. Further, it may contain a cyclic structure such as a cyclohexyl group or a cyclohexylmethyl group.
  • n in the above formula (2) is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably 10 or less from the viewpoint of compatibility and dispersibility with respect to a binder component such as a solvent. More preferably, it is 5 or less.
  • the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the formula (2) in all the repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 2 mol% or more, 4 mol% or more is more preferable, 30 mol% or less is preferable, 20 mol% or less is more preferable, and 10 mol% or less is more preferable.
  • the amount is within the above range, compatibility with a binder component such as a solvent tends to be compatible with dispersion stability.
  • the block copolymer preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3) from the viewpoint of improving the compatibility of the dispersant with a binder component such as a solvent and improving the dispersion stability.
  • R 8 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • R 9 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group which may have a substituent in R 8 of the above formula (3) is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and 10 or less. It is preferably 6 or less.
  • Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, and an octyl group. Among these, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group are exemplified.
  • It is preferably a group, a pentyl group, or a hexyl group, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. Further, it may be linear or branched. Further, it may contain a cyclic structure such as a cyclohexyl group or a cyclohexylmethyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group which may have a substituent in R 8 of the above formula (3) is not particularly limited, but is usually 6 or more, preferably 16 or less, and preferably 12 or less. It is more preferable.
  • Specific examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group, an ethylphenyl group, a dimethylphenyl group, a diethylphenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthracenyl group.
  • a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group, and an ethylphenyl group A dimethylphenyl group, or a diethylphenyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group, or an ethylphenyl group.
  • the carbon number of the aralkyl group which may have a substituent in R 8 in the above formula (3) is not particularly limited, but is usually 7 or more, preferably 16 or less, and preferably 12 or less. It is more preferable.
  • Specific examples of the aralkyl group include a phenylmethylene group, a phenylethylene group, a phenylpropylene group, a phenylbutylene group, and a phenylisopropylene group.
  • a phenylmethylene group, a phenylethylene group, a phenylpropylene group, or A phenylbutylene group is preferable, and a phenylmethylene group or a phenylethylene group is more preferable.
  • R 8 is preferably an alkyl group or an aralkyl group, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a phenylmethylene group.
  • the alkyl group in R 8 may have include a halogen atom and an alkoxy group.
  • the substituent that the aryl group or aralkyl group may have include a chain alkyl group, a halogen atom, and an alkoxy group.
  • the linear alkyl group represented by R 8 includes both linear and branched chains.
  • the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the formula (3) in all the repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, It is further preferably 50 mol% or more, more preferably 80 mol% or less, and even more preferably 70 mol% or less. If it is within the above range, both dispersion stability and high luminance tend to be compatible.
  • the block copolymer includes a repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1), the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2), and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3). You may have.
  • repeating units include styrene monomers such as styrene and ⁇ -methylstyrene; (meth) acrylate monomers such as (meth) acrylic acid chloride; (meth) acrylamide, N- (Meth) acrylamide monomers such as methylolacrylamide; vinyl acetate; acrylonitrile; allyl glycidyl ether, crotonic acid glycidyl ether; and repeating units derived from monomers such as N-methacryloylmorpholine.
  • the A block having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and a B block having no repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) is preferred.
  • the block copolymer is preferably an AB block copolymer or a BAB block copolymer.
  • B block has a repeating unit represented by the said General formula (2) and a repeating unit represented by the said General formula (3).
  • repeating units other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) may be contained in the A block, and examples of such repeating units include the (meth) acrylic acid ester group described above. Examples thereof include a monomer-derived repeating unit.
  • the content of the repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) in the A block is preferably 0 to 50 mol%, more preferably 0 to 20 mol%. Most preferably, it is not contained in the A block.
  • a repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) may be contained in the B block.
  • Examples of such a repeating unit include: Styrene monomers such as styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene; (meth) acrylate monomers such as (meth) acrylic acid chloride; (meth) acrylamides such as (meth) acrylamide and N-methylolacrylamide Monomers; vinyl acetate; acrylonitrile; allyl glycidyl ether, crotonic acid glycidyl ether; and repeating units derived from monomers such as N-methacryloylmorpholine.
  • the content in the B block of the repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) is preferably 0 to 50 mol%, more preferably Although it is 0 to 20 mol%, it is most preferable that such a repeating unit is not contained in the B block.
  • the acid value of the block copolymer is preferably lower from the viewpoint of dispersibility, and particularly preferably 0 mgKOH / g.
  • the acid value represents the number of mg of KOH necessary for neutralizing 1 g of the solid content of the dispersant.
  • the amine value of the block copolymer is preferably 30 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more, and 70 mgKOH / g or more from the viewpoint of dispersibility and developability. More preferably, it is more preferably 90 mgKOH / g or more, particularly preferably 100 mgKOH / g or more, most preferably 110 mgKOH / g or more, and preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less, 130 mgKOH / G or less is more preferable.
  • the amine value represents an amine value in terms of effective solid content, and is a value represented by the mass of KOH equivalent to the amount of base per 1 g of the solid content of the dispersant.
  • the molecular weight of the block copolymer is preferably in the range of 1000 to 30000 in terms of polystyrene-converted weight average molecular weight (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “Mw”). When it is within the above range, the dispersion stability is good, and there is a tendency that dry foreign matters are less likely to be generated during coating by the slit nozzle method.
  • the block copolymer can be produced by a known method.
  • the block copolymer can be produced by living polymerization of a monomer into which each of the repeating units is introduced.
  • Examples of the living polymerization method include Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-62002, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-31713, and P.I. Lutz, P.M. Masson et al, Polym. Bull. 12, 79 (1984); C. Anderson, G.M. D. Andrews et al, Macromolecules, 14, 1601 (1981); Hatada, K .; Ute, et al, Polym. J. et al.
  • the content ratio of the (B) dispersant is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the (A) pigment. More preferably 5 parts by mass or more, further preferably 10 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 20 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 30 parts by mass or more, and preferably 70 parts by mass or less, more preferably 50 parts by mass. Part or less, more preferably 40 parts by weight or less. By being in the said range, there exists a tendency which can be excellent in dispersion stability and can obtain a high-intensity coloring resin composition.
  • the colored resin composition and the pigment dispersion according to the present invention may contain a pigment derivative or the like as a dispersion aid for improving the dispersibility of the pigment and improving the dispersion stability.
  • a pigment derivative or the like for improving the dispersibility of the pigment and improving the dispersion stability.
  • pigment derivatives azo, phthalocyanine, quinacridone, benzimidazolone, quinophthalone, isoindolinone, isoindoline, dioxazine, anthraquinone, indanthrene, perylene, perinone, diketopyrrolo Derivatives such as pyrrole and dioxazine pigments may be mentioned.
  • Substituents of pigment derivatives include sulfonic acid groups, sulfonamide groups and quaternary salts thereof, phthalimidomethyl groups, dialkylaminoalkyl groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, amide groups, etc. directly on the pigment skeleton or alkyl groups, aryl groups, and complex groups. Examples thereof include those bonded via a ring group and the like, preferably a sulfonamide group and a quaternary salt thereof, and a sulfonic acid group, and more preferably a sulfonic acid group. In addition, a plurality of these substituents may be substituted on one pigment skeleton, or a mixture of compounds having different numbers of substitutions.
  • pigment derivatives include azo pigment sulfonic acid derivatives, phthalocyanine pigment sulfonic acid derivatives, quinophthalone pigment sulfonic acid derivatives, isoindoline pigment sulfonic acid derivatives, anthraquinone pigment sulfonic acid derivatives, quinacridone pigment sulfonic acid derivatives, Examples thereof include sulfonic acid derivatives of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments and sulfonic acid derivatives of dioxazine pigments.
  • a pigment derivative that has less interference with the hue of the green pigment is preferable, and a sulfonic acid derivative of Pigment Yellow 138, a sulfonic acid derivative of Pigment Yellow 139, and a sulfonic acid derivative of Pigment Blue 15 are more preferable.
  • the amount of the pigment derivative used is usually 0.1 parts by mass or more, usually 30 parts by mass or less, preferably 20 parts by mass or less, more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 100 parts by mass of the pigment (A). Is 5 parts by mass or less.
  • the pigment dispersion according to the present invention may contain a part or all of a resin selected from binder resins described later.
  • the binder resin is dispersed and stabilized by a synergistic effect with the dispersant by including part or all of the binder resin together with the above-described dispersant. This is preferable because it contributes to the properties and may result in a reduction in the amount of dispersant added.
  • the resin used in the dispersion treatment step may be referred to as a dispersion resin.
  • (C) Solvent The (C) solvent has a function of adjusting the viscosity by dissolving or dispersing the pigment, dispersant, and other components in the colored resin composition and the pigment dispersion of the present invention.
  • the solvent (C) may be any solvent that can dissolve or disperse each component.
  • the solvent (C) is a high-boiling solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher at 101.25 hPa (hereinafter simply “high” Abbreviated as “boiling point solvent”).
  • a high-boiling solvent By including a high-boiling solvent in this way, re-solubility is improved and curing caused by re-solubility of the colored resin composition, which occurs specifically when a specific chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine green pigment is used. It is considered that the generation of foreign matters on the film surface can be suppressed.
  • the boiling point of the high-boiling solvent at 1013.25 hPa (hereinafter simply abbreviated as “boiling point” unless otherwise specified) is usually 150 ° C. or higher, preferably 170 ° C. or higher, more preferably 190 ° C. or higher, even more preferably. Is 210 ° C. or higher, preferably 340 ° C. or lower, more preferably 300 ° C. or lower, and further preferably 280 ° C. or lower. When the amount is not less than the lower limit, the resolubility tends to be improved, and when the amount is not more than the upper limit, the efficiency of VCD (vacuum drying) during the color filter manufacturing process tends to be improved.
  • VCD vacuum drying
  • the vapor pressure of the high boiling point solvent at 20 ° C. is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 Pa or more, more preferably 10 Pa or more, further preferably 100 Pa or more, preferably 2000 Pa or less, more preferably 1000 Pa or less, and further preferably. Is 500 Pa or less, particularly preferably 400 Pa or less.
  • the high boiling point solvent examples include ethylene glycol diacetate (boiling point: 191 ° C.), ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether (boiling point: 171 ° C.), propylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether (boiling point: 170 ° C.), diethylene glycol Glycol ethers such as diethyl ether (boiling point: 188 ° C), diethylene glycol monoethyl ether (boiling point: 202 ° C), ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate (boiling point: 192 ° C), diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate (boiling point: 217 ° C) ), Diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate (boiling point: 247 ° C.), ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (boiling point: 170 ° C.), 3-
  • glycol diacetates such as recall ether acetates and 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate (boiling point: 232 ° C.). From the viewpoint of solubility of the colored resin composition, acetates and glycol ethers are preferable. Glycol alkyl ether acetates are more preferred.
  • the solvent (C) is a low boiling point solvent having a boiling point of less than 150 ° C. Abbreviated as “low boiling solvent”).
  • low boiling solvent By including a low boiling point solvent in this manner, the efficiency of VCD (vacuum drying) during the color filter manufacturing process tends to be improved.
  • the boiling point of the low boiling point solvent at 1013.25 hPa (hereinafter simply abbreviated as “boiling point” unless otherwise specified) is usually less than 150 ° C., preferably 140 ° C. or less, more preferably 130 ° C. or less, and still more preferably Is 120 ° C. or lower, preferably 80 ° C. or higher, more preferably 90 ° C. or higher, and still more preferably 100 ° C. or higher.
  • VCD vacuum drying
  • the low boiling point solvent examples include propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 2-peptanone, n-butyl acetate, i-butyl acetate, i-pentyl acetate, ethyl butyrate, n-butyrate -Propyl, i-propyl butyrate, ethyl pyruvate, methyl-3-methoxypropionate, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol ethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, dibutyl ether, ethyl pyruvate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate , Amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, ethyl butyrate, propyl butyrate, methyl-3-methoxyisobutyl
  • the content ratio of the solvent (C) in the colored resin composition according to the first aspect of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and further preferably 70% by mass or more, It is particularly preferably 75% by mass or more, most preferably 80% by mass or more, preferably 95% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, and further preferably 85% by mass or less.
  • the content of the high boiling point solvent relative to the solvent (C) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass. Or more, more preferably 2% by mass or more, still more preferably 5% by mass or more, even more preferably 8% by mass or more, particularly preferably 15% by mass or more, most preferably 30% by mass or more, and preferably 80% by mass. % Or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, further preferably 40% by mass or less, still more preferably 30% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the content ratio of the low-boiling solvent to the solvent (C) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, More preferably 60% by mass or more, particularly preferably 80% by mass or more, preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99% by mass or less, further preferably 98% by mass or less, particularly preferably 95% by mass or less. It is. There exists a tendency which can shorten the drying time of the coating film after cloth by setting it as the said lower limit or more, and there exists a tendency which can improve the solubility to the solvent of a dry film by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
  • the content rate of the (C) solvent in the pigment dispersion which concerns on the 2nd aspect of this invention is not specifically limited, Preferably it is 50 mass% or more, More preferably, it is 60 mass% or more, More preferably, it is 70 mass% or more. Particularly preferably, it is 80% by mass or more, preferably 95% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, and still more preferably 85% by mass or less.
  • the amount is not less than the lower limit, the storage stability of the pigment dispersion tends to be improved, and when the amount is not more than the upper limit, the ratio of the solvent brought into the coloring composition tends to be reduced.
  • the content ratio of the high boiling point solvent relative to the solvent (C) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 2% by mass or more, Preferably 5% by weight or more, more preferably 10% by weight or more, even more preferably 15% by weight or more, particularly preferably 40% by weight or more, most preferably 60% by weight or more, and preferably 80% by weight or less, More preferably, it is 60 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 40 mass% or less, Most preferably, it is 30 mass% or less.
  • the content of the low boiling point solvent relative to the solvent (C) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, Preferably it is 60 mass% or more, Especially preferably, it is 70 mass% or more, Preferably it is 99 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 98 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 95 mass% or less, Most preferably, it is 90 mass% or less.
  • the solvent can be used without any particular limitation, and for example, those exemplified below can be used.
  • Glycol dialkyl ethers such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dipropyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether; Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, methoxybutyl Acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, methoxypentyl acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol mono-n
  • Glycol diacetates such as ethylene glycol diacetate, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, 1,6-hexanol diacetate; Alkyl acetates such as cyclohexanol acetate; Ethers such as amyl ether, propyl ether, diethyl ether, dipropyl ether, diisopropyl ether, butyl ether, diamyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, dihexyl ether; Like acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl amyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, diisopropyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl butyl ketone, methyl hexyl ketone,
  • Aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, cumene; Amyl formate, ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, propyl acetate, amyl acetate, methyl isobutyrate, ethylene glycol acetate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, butyl butyrate, isobutyl butyrate, methyl isobutyrate, ethyl Caprylate, butyl stearate, ethyl benzoate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropionic acid Linear or cyclic esters such as butyl, ⁇ -butyrolactone; Alkoxycarboxylic acids such as 3-methoxy
  • solvents corresponding to the above include mineral spirits, Valsol # 2, Apco # 18 solvent, Apco thinner, Soal Solvent No. 1 and no. 2, Solvesso # 150, Shell TS28, Solvent, Carbitol, Ethylcarbitol, Butylcarbitol, Methylcellosolve, Ethylcellosolve, Ethylcellosolve acetate, Methylcellosolve acetate, Diglyme (all are trade names) and the like. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a solvent having a boiling point in the range of 100 to 200 ° C. (under a pressure of 101.25 [hPa].
  • all of the boiling points are the same) is selected. Is preferred. More preferably, it has a boiling point of 120 to 170 ° C.
  • Glycol alkyl ether acetates are preferred from the viewpoints of good balance between the above-mentioned solvent, applicability, surface tension and the like, and relatively high solubility of the constituent components in the composition.
  • glycol alkyl ether acetates may be used alone or in combination with other solvents.
  • glycol monoalkyl ethers are particularly preferable.
  • propylene glycol monomethyl ether is particularly preferred because of the solubility of the constituent components in the composition.
  • Glycol monoalkyl ethers are highly polar, and if the amount added is too large, the pigment tends to aggregate, and the storage stability such as the viscosity of the colored resin composition obtained later tends to decrease.
  • the proportion of glycol monoalkyl ethers in the solvent is preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass, and more preferably 5% by mass to 20% by mass.
  • the colored resin composition becomes difficult to dry, but it has the effect of making it difficult for the pigment dispersion liquid to break down due to rapid drying.
  • the content of the high boiling point solvent is preferably 3% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass with respect to the solvent. If the amount of the high-boiling solvent is too small, for example, coloring material components may precipitate and solidify at the tip of the slit nozzle to cause foreign matter defects, and if it is too much, the drying temperature of the composition will be slow, which will be described later.
  • the solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher may be glycol alkyl ether acetates or glycol alkyl ethers. In this case, a solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher may not be separately contained.
  • a solvent having a boiling point of usually 130 ° C. or higher and 300 ° C. or lower, preferably 150 ° C. or higher and 280 ° C. or lower is appropriate.
  • the boiling point is too low, the uniformity of the resulting coating film tends to be poor.
  • the boiling point is too high, the effect of inhibiting drying of the curable resin composition is high as described later, but there are many residual solvents in the coating film even after heat firing, which may cause quality problems. In some cases, the drying time in vacuum drying or the like becomes long, resulting in problems such as an increase in tact time.
  • the solvent vapor pressure is usually 10 mmHg or less, preferably 5 mmHg or less, more preferably 1 mmHg or less, from the viewpoint of the uniformity of the resulting coating film.
  • the ink emitted from the nozzle is very fine, from several to several tens of pL, so the solvent evaporates and concentrates before landing on the periphery of the nozzle opening or in the pixel bank. ⁇ Tends to dry.
  • the solvent has a high boiling point. Specifically, it is preferable to include a solvent having a boiling point of 180 ° C. or higher. More preferably, it contains a solvent having a boiling point of 200 ° C. or higher, particularly preferably a boiling point of 220 ° C. or higher. Further, the high boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 180 ° C.
  • the high boiling point solvent is less than 50% by mass, the effect of preventing evaporation of the solvent from the droplets may not be sufficiently exhibited.
  • Preferred high boiling solvents include, for example, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, and 1,6-hexanol diester. Examples include acetate and triacetin. Furthermore, it is also effective to partially contain a solvent having a boiling point lower than 180 ° C. in order to adjust the viscosity of the pigment dispersion and the colored resin composition described later and the solubility of the solid content.
  • a solvent having low viscosity, high solubility, and low surface tension is preferable, and ethers, esters, ketones, and the like are preferable.
  • ethers, esters, ketones, and the like are particularly preferable.
  • alcohol is 20 mass% or less in all the solvents, 10 mass% or less is more preferable, and 5 mass% or less is especially preferable.
  • the content of the solvent in the entire colored resin composition according to the third aspect of the present invention is not particularly limited, but the upper limit is usually 99% by mass or less, preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 85%. It is below mass%. When the above upper limit is exceeded, the amount of pigment, dispersant, etc. may be too small to be suitable for forming a coating film.
  • the lower limit of the solvent content is usually 70% by mass or more, preferably 75% by mass or more, and more preferably 80% by mass or more in consideration of viscosity suitable for application.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention contains (D) a binder resin.
  • a binder resin By containing a binder resin, film curability by photopolymerization and solubility by a developer can be compatible.
  • a preferable resin tends to be different depending on what means is used for the colored resin composition to be cured.
  • examples of the binder resin include, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 7-207211, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 8-259876, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-300922, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Known polymer compounds described in JP-A No.
  • each of these resins will be described.
  • epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate examples include glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxybutyl (meth) acrylate, (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate. ) Acrylate glycidyl ether and the like. Of these, glycidyl (meth) acrylate is preferred. These epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylates may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the other radical polymerizable monomer copolymerized with the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate is preferably a mono (meth) acrylate having a structure represented by the following general formula (V).
  • R 91 to R 98 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • R 96 and R 98 , or R 95 and R 97 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring formed by linking R 96 and R 98 or R 95 and R 97 is preferably an aliphatic ring, which may be saturated or unsaturated, The number is preferably 5-6.
  • the structure represented by following formula (Va), (Vb), or (Vc) is preferable.
  • the mono (meth) acrylate which has a structure represented by general formula (V) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the mono (meth) acrylate having the structure represented by the general formula (V) various known ones can be used as long as the structure has the structure, and those represented by the following general formula (VI) are particularly preferable. .
  • R 89 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 90 represents the structure of the general formula (V).
  • the repeating unit derived from the mono (meth) acrylate having the structure represented by the general formula (VI) is: Among the repeating units derived from “other radical polymerizable monomers”, those containing 5 to 90 mol% are preferred, those containing 10 to 70 mol% are more preferred, and those containing 15 to 50 mol% are particularly preferred preferable.
  • the “other radical polymerizable monomer” other than the mono (meth) acrylate having the structure represented by the general formula (VI) is not particularly limited. Specifically, for example, vinyl aromatics such as styrene, styrene ⁇ -, o-, m-, or p-alkyl, nitro, cyano, amide, ester derivatives; butadiene, 2,3-dimethylbutadiene, isoprene Dienes such as chloroprene; methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate-n-propyl, (meth) acrylate-iso-propyl, (meth) acrylate-n-butyl , (Meth) acrylic acid-sec-butyl, (meth) acrylic acid-tert-butyl, pentyl (meth) acrylate, neopentyl (meth) acrylate, isoamyl
  • At least one selected from styrene, benzyl (meth) acrylate, and monomaleimide is used to impart excellent heat resistance and strength to the colored resin composition. It is effective to use
  • the content of the repeating unit derived from at least one selected from styrene, benzyl (meth) acrylate, and monomaleimide is 1 to 70 mol. %, Preferably 3 to 50 mol%.
  • a known solution polymerization method is applied to the copolymerization reaction between the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate and the other radical polymerizable monomer.
  • the solvent to be used is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to radical polymerization, and a commonly used organic solvent can be used.
  • the solvent examples include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates such as ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, cellosolve acetate, and butyl cellosolve acetate; diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates such as diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, carbitol acetate, and butyl carbitol acetate; Propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates; Acetic esters such as dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates; Ethylene glycol dialkyl ethers; Diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers such as methyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol, butyl carbitol; Triethylene glycol dialkyl Ethers; propylene glycol dialkyl Ethers; dipropylene glycol dialkyl ethers; ethers such as 1,4-dioxane and tetrahydrofuran
  • the amount of these solvents to be used is generally 30 to 1000 parts by mass, preferably 50 to 800 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the copolymer obtained. When the amount of the solvent used is outside this range, it becomes difficult to control the molecular weight of the copolymer.
  • the radical polymerization initiator used in the copolymerization reaction is not particularly limited as long as it can initiate radical polymerization, and a commonly used organic peroxide catalyst or azo compound catalyst should be used. Can do. Examples of the organic peroxide catalyst include those classified into known ketone peroxides, peroxyketals, hydroperoxides, diallyl peroxides, diacyl peroxides, peroxyesters, and peroxydicarbonates.
  • the azo compound catalyst examples include azobisisobutyronitrile and azobiscarbonamide.
  • one or more radical polymerization initiators having an appropriate half-life are used depending on the polymerization temperature.
  • the amount of the radical polymerization initiator used is 0.5 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass in total of the monomers used for the copolymerization reaction.
  • the copolymerization reaction may be carried out by dissolving the monomer and radical polymerization initiator used in the copolymerization reaction in a solvent and raising the temperature while stirring, or by adding the monomer to which the radical polymerization initiator has been added.
  • the reaction may be performed dropwise in a solvent that has been heated and stirred. Further, the monomer may be added dropwise while the temperature is raised by adding a radical polymerization initiator to the solvent.
  • the reaction conditions can be freely changed according to the target molecular weight.
  • the copolymer of the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate and the other radical polymerizable monomer may include 5 to 90 mol% of repeating units derived from the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate, and the like. Are preferably composed of 10 to 95 mol% of repeating units derived from the radical polymerizable monomer, more preferably 20 to 80 mol% of the former and 80 to 20 mol% of the latter, and 30 to Those composed of 70 mol% and the latter 70 to 30 mol% are particularly preferred.
  • the amount of the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate is too small, the addition amount of the polymerizable component and the alkali-soluble component described later may be insufficient, while the amount of the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate is too large and other radicals.
  • strength may become inadequate.
  • an unsaturated monobasic acid (polymerizable component) and a polybasic acid anhydride (alkali) are added to the epoxy group portion of the copolymer of the epoxy resin-containing (meth) acrylate and another radical polymerizable monomer.
  • a soluble component is added to the epoxy group portion of the copolymer of the epoxy resin-containing (meth) acrylate and another radical polymerizable monomer.
  • the “unsaturated monobasic acid” to be added to the epoxy group known ones can be used, and examples thereof include unsaturated carboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. Specific examples include (meth) acrylic acid, crotonic acid, o-, m-, or p-vinylbenzoic acid, the ⁇ -position is substituted with a haloalkyl group, an alkoxyl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, or a cyano group. And monocarboxylic acids such as (meth) acrylic acid. Of these, (meth) acrylic acid is preferred. These 1 type may be used independently and may use 2 or more types together.
  • unsaturated monobasic acids are usually added to 10 to 100 mol% of the epoxy group of the copolymer, preferably 30 to 100 mol%, more preferably 50 to 100 mol%. If the addition ratio of unsaturated monobasic acid is too small, there is a concern about the adverse effects of the remaining epoxy groups on the temporal stability of the colored resin composition.
  • a well-known method is employable as a method of adding unsaturated monobasic acid to the epoxy group of a copolymer.
  • polybasic acid anhydride to be added to the hydroxyl group generated when an unsaturated monobasic acid is added to the epoxy group of the copolymer
  • known ones can be used.
  • dibasic acid anhydrides such as maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, chlorendic anhydride; trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, benzophenone
  • examples thereof include anhydrides of three or more bases such as tetracarboxylic acid anhydride and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid anhydride. Of these, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride and / or succinic anhydride are preferable.
  • These polybasic acid anhydrides may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • alkali solubility can be imparted to the binder resin used in the present invention.
  • These polybasic acid anhydrides are usually added to 10 to 100 mol% of the hydroxyl group generated by adding an unsaturated monobasic acid to the epoxy group of the copolymer, preferably 20 to 90 mol. %, More preferably 30 to 80 mol%.
  • the addition ratio is too large, the remaining film ratio at the time of development may decrease, and when it is too small, the solubility may be insufficient.
  • a well-known method is employable as a method of adding a polybasic acid anhydride to the said hydroxyl group.
  • glycidyl (meth) acrylate or a glycidyl ether compound having a polymerizable unsaturated group is added to a part of the generated carboxyl group. May be.
  • glycidyl ether compound having no polymerizable unsaturated group examples include glycidyl ether compounds having a phenyl group or an alkyl group.
  • Examples include Denacol EX-146, Denacol EX-171, and Denacol EX-192.
  • the structure of such a resin is described in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 8-297366 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-89533, and is already known.
  • the above-mentioned binder resin has a polystyrene-reduced weight average molecular weight (Mw) measured by GPC of preferably from 3000 to 100,000, particularly preferably from 5000 to 50,000. If the molecular weight is less than 3000, heat resistance and film strength may be inferior, and if it exceeds 100,000, the solubility in a developer tends to be insufficient.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • Mn number average molecular weight
  • the ratio of weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 2.0 to 5.0.
  • Linear alkali-soluble resin containing a carboxyl group in the main chain is not particularly limited as long as it has a carboxyl group. Usually, it is obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer containing a carboxyl group.
  • carboxyl group-containing polymerizable monomer examples include (meth) acrylic acid, maleic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl succinic acid, and 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl.
  • Adipic acid 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethylmaleic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethylhexahydrophthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethylphthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxypropylsuccinic acid, 2 -(Meth) acryloyloxypropyladipic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxypropylmaleic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxypropylhydrophthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxypropylphthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyl Oxybutyl succinic acid, 2- (me ) Vinyl monomers such as acryloyloxybutyl adipic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxybutylmaleic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxybutylhydrophthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloy
  • (meth) acrylic acid and 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl succinic acid are preferable, and (meth) acrylic acid is more preferable.
  • the linear alkali-soluble resin containing a carboxyl group in the main chain may be copolymerized with the above-mentioned polymerizable monomer having no carboxyl group to the carboxyl group-containing polymerizable monomer. .
  • polymerizable monomers include, but are not limited to, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate , Benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxy Ethyl (meth) acrylate, Glycerol mono (meth) acrylate, Tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate, Tricyclodecanyl (meth) acrylate, Isobonyl (meth) acrylate (
  • styrene methyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, These are butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecanyl (meth) acrylate, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-benzylmaleimide, and N-phenylmaleimide.
  • the linear alkali-soluble resin containing a carboxyl group in the main chain may further have a hydroxyl group.
  • the hydroxyl group-containing monomer include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate such as 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, glycerol mono (meth) acrylate, etc. Is mentioned.
  • a linear alkali-soluble resin containing a carboxyl group in the main chain for example, (meth) acrylic acid, methyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl ( Polymeric monomers that do not contain hydroxyl groups such as meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexylmaleimide, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, etc.
  • a copolymer of a hydroxyl group-containing monomer such as (meth) acrylic acid, methyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, etc.
  • (Meta) Acu Copolymer with sulfonic acid ester; Copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid and styrene; Copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid, styrene and ⁇ -methylstyrene; Copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid and cyclohexylmaleimide A copolymer etc. are mentioned.
  • a copolymer resin containing benzyl (meth) acrylate is particularly preferable.
  • the acid value of the linear alkali-soluble resin containing a carboxyl group in the main chain in the present invention is usually 30 to 500 KOH mg / g, preferably 40 to 350 KOH mg / g, more preferably 50 to 300 KOH mg / g.
  • the weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC is usually 2000 to 80000, preferably 3000 to 50000, and more preferably 4000 to 30000. If the weight average molecular weight is too small, the stability of the colored resin composition tends to be inferior. If it is too large, the solubility in a developer tends to deteriorate when used in a color filter or a liquid crystal display device described later. .
  • the epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound is not particularly limited as long as it has an ethylenically unsaturated group and an epoxy group in the molecule.
  • glycidyl (meth) acrylate allyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl- ⁇ -ethyl acrylate, crotonyl glycidyl ether, (iso) crotonic acid glycidyl ether, N- (3,5-dimethyl-4-glycidyl) benzylacrylamide, 4-
  • Acyclic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compounds such as hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate glycidyl ether can also be mentioned, but from the viewpoints of heat resistance and dispersibility of the pigment described later, alicyclic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compounds are used. preferable.
  • alicyclic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound for example, 2,3-epoxycyclopentyl group, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl group, 7,8-epoxy [tricyclo [5 .2.1.0] dec-2-yl] group and the like.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group is preferably derived from a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • Suitable alicyclic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compounds include the following general formulas (5a) to (5m) The compound which is made is mentioned.
  • R 21 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 22 represents an alkylene group
  • R 23 represents a divalent hydrocarbon group
  • m is an integer of 1 to 10.
  • the alkylene group for R 22 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Specific examples include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, and a butylene group, and a methylene group, an ethylene group, and a propylene group are preferable.
  • the hydrocarbon group for R 23 is preferably one having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an alkylene group and a phenylene group.
  • alicyclic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a compound represented by the general formula (5c) is preferable, and 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate is particularly preferable.
  • a known method can be used.
  • a carboxyl group-containing resin and an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound are converted into a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or benzylmethylamine; dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride, tetramethylammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride, tetrabutylammonium chloride, benzyltriethylammonium chloride Quaternary ammonium salts such as pyridine, triphenylphosphine, etc .; in the presence of a catalyst such as pyridine and triphenylphosphine, the reaction is carried out in an organic solvent at a reaction temperature of 50 to 150 ° C. for several hours to several tens of hours. Saturated compounds can be introduced.
  • a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or benzylmethylamine
  • dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride tetramethylammonium chloride,
  • the acid value of the carboxyl group-containing resin into which the epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound is introduced is usually 10 to 200 KOH mg / g, preferably 20 to 150 KOH mg / g, more preferably 30 to 150 KOH mg / g.
  • the polystyrene-reduced weight average molecular weight measured by GPC is usually 2000 to 100,000, preferably 4000 to 50000, and more preferably 5000 to 30000.
  • (Meth) acrylic resin is a polymer obtained by polymerizing (meth) acrylic acid and / or (meth) acrylic acid ester as monomer components.
  • Preferred (meth) acrylic resins include, for example, a polymer obtained by polymerizing monomer components including (meth) acrylic acid and benzyl (meth) acrylate, and the following general formulas (6) and / or (7). The polymer formed by polymerizing the monomer component which has the essential compound represented can be mentioned.
  • R 1a and R 2a each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R 1b represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent
  • L 3 represents a divalent linking group or a direct bond
  • X is represented by the following formula (8). Or an adamantyl group which may be substituted. L 3 may be bonded to R 3b or R 4b in the following formula (8) to form a ring.
  • R 2b , R 3b and R 4b each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, an amino group, or an organic group
  • L 1 and L 2 represent a divalent linking group.
  • * Represents a bond, and two or more of L 1 , L 2 and L 3 in the above formula (7) may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • a monomer component containing (meth) acrylic acid and benzyl (meth) acrylate is polymerized.
  • the polymer is preferably used in that it has a high affinity with the pigment.
  • the ratio of the (meth) acrylic acid and benzyl (meth) acrylate in the monomer component is not particularly limited, but (meth) acrylic acid in the total monomer component is usually 10 to 90% by mass, preferably 15%. -80 mass%, more preferably 20-70 mass%.
  • the benzyl (meth) acrylate is generally 5 to 90% by mass, preferably 15 to 80% by mass, and more preferably 20 to 70% by mass in the total monomer components. If the amount of (meth) acrylic acid is too large, the surface of the coating film tends to be rough during development, and if it is too small, development may be impossible. Further, if the amount of benzyl (meth) acrylate is too much or too little, dispersion tends to be difficult.
  • [1-6-4b] A polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer component essentially comprising the compound represented by the general formula (6) and / or (7).
  • the compound of the general formula (6) will be described.
  • the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by R 1a and R 2a is not particularly limited.
  • Linear or branched alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, t-amyl, stearyl, lauryl, 2-ethylhexyl; aryl groups such as phenyl; Alicyclic groups such as cyclohexyl, t-butylcyclohexyl, dicyclopentadienyl, tricyclodecanyl, isobornyl, adamantyl, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl; substituted with alkoxy such as 1-methoxyethyl, 1-ethoxyethyl An alkyl group substituted with an aryl group such as benzyl; and the like.
  • R 1a and R 2a may be the same type of substituent or different substituents.
  • ether dimer examples include dimethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, diethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, (N-propyl) -2,2 '-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (isopropyl) -2,2'-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (n-butyl) ) -2,2 '-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (isobutyl) -2,2'-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (t-butyl) -2, 2 '-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (t-amyl) -2,2'-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (t-amyl) -2,2'-
  • dimethyl-2,2 '-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, diethyl-2,2'-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, dicyclohexyl-2,2'- [Oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, dibenzyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate are preferred.
  • These ether dimers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the proportion of the ether dimer in the monomer component in obtaining the acrylic resin is not particularly limited, but is usually 2 to 60% by mass, preferably 5 to 55% by mass, based on the total monomer component. Preferably, it is 5 to 50% by mass. If the amount of the ether dimer is too large, it may be difficult to obtain a low molecular weight product during polymerization, or may be easily gelled. On the other hand, if the amount is too small, the transparency, heat resistance, etc. The coating film performance may be insufficient.
  • R 1b preferably represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the organic groups represented by R 2b , R 3b , and R 4b are each independently, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an acyl group.
  • An alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • R 2b , R 3b , and R 4b are a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • L 1 and L 2 are not particularly limited as long as they are divalent linking groups and L 3 is a divalent linking group or a direct bond, but at least either L 1 or L 2 is a linking group having 1 or more carbon atoms. Is preferred.
  • L 1 , L 2 , and L 3 are each independently a direct bond, alkylene having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, —O—, —S—, —C ( ⁇ O) —, or alkenylene having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. , Phenylene, or combinations thereof are preferred.
  • L 1 , L 2 and L 3 , L 3 is a direct bond, alkylene having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a ring formed by bonding with R 3b or R 4b, and L 1 and L 2 are Alkylene having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • L 1 and L 2 are Alkylene having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • General formula (8) the compound represented by following General formula (9) can be mentioned.
  • R 2b , R 3b , R 4b , L 1 , L 2 , and * are as defined in formula (8), and R 5b and R 6b are each independently a hydrogen atom, hydroxyl group Represents a halogen atom, an amino group, or an organic group.
  • the organic groups represented by R 5b and R 6b are each independently, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an acyl group, a carboxyl group, Or an acyloxy group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, a carbon number
  • R 5b and R 6b are a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group of R 1b , the organic groups of R 2b , R 3b , and R 4b , the divalent linking group of L 1 , L 2 , and L 3 , and the adamantyl group of X are each independently a substituent. Specific examples thereof may include the following substituents.
  • a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms such as n-heptyl group, n-octyl group and t-octyl group; carbon number such as cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group and adamantyl group
  • R 17 to R 28 are each a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, or The aralkyl group which may have a substituent is shown. Moreover, the positional relationship of the said substituent is not specifically limited, When it has a some substituent, it may be same or different.
  • the ratio of the general formula (7) in the monomer component constituting the polymer of [1-6-4b] according to the present invention is not particularly limited, but is usually 0.5 to 60 mass in the total monomer components. %, Preferably 1 to 55% by mass, more preferably 5 to 50% by mass. If the amount is too large, the dispersion stability of the dispersion may be lowered when used as a dispersant. On the other hand, if the amount is too small, the soil stain aptitude may be lowered.
  • [1-6-4] (meth) acrylic resin in the present invention preferably has an acid group, including the polymers described in [1-6-4a] and [1-6-4b]. .
  • the resulting colored resin composition can be cured by a crosslinking reaction in which an acid group and an epoxy group react to form an ester bond (hereinafter abbreviated as acid-epoxy curing). Or a composition in which an uncured part can be visualized with an alkali developer.
  • the acid group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a carboxylic anhydride group. These acid groups may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a monomer having an acid group and / or a “monomer capable of imparting an acid group after polymerization” (hereinafter, “monomer for introducing an acid group”) May be used as a monomer component.
  • polymerization” the process for providing an acid group as mentioned later is required after superposition
  • Examples of the monomer having an acid group include monomers having a carboxyl group such as (meth) acrylic acid and itaconic acid; monomers having a phenolic hydroxyl group such as N-hydroxyphenylmaleimide; maleic anhydride and itaconic anhydride.
  • monomers having a carboxyl group such as (meth) acrylic acid and itaconic acid
  • monomers having a phenolic hydroxyl group such as N-hydroxyphenylmaleimide
  • maleic anhydride and itaconic anhydride is preferable among these.
  • Examples of the monomer capable of imparting an acid group after the polymerization include, for example, a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate; a monomer having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate; ) Monomers having an isocyanate group such as acrylate.
  • These monomers for introducing an acid group may be only one type or two or more types.
  • the monomer component for obtaining the (meth) acrylic resin also includes the monomer for introducing the acid group
  • the content ratio is not particularly limited, but usually 5% of all the monomer components. It is ⁇ 70% by mass, preferably 10 to 60% by mass.
  • (Meth) acrylic resin may have a radical polymerizable double bond.
  • a radical polymerizable double bond for example, “a monomer capable of imparting a radical polymerizable double bond after polymerization” (hereinafter referred to as “for introducing a radical polymerizable double bond”). May be referred to as a “monomer”.) Is polymerized as a monomer component, and then a treatment for imparting a radical polymerizable double bond as described later may be performed.
  • Examples of the monomer capable of imparting a radical polymerizable double bond after polymerization include, for example, a monomer having a carboxyl group such as (meth) acrylic acid and itaconic acid; a carboxylic acid anhydride group such as maleic anhydride and itaconic anhydride Monomers: Monomers having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, o- (or m-, or p-) vinylbenzylglycidyl ether, and the like.
  • the monomer for introducing these radical polymerizable double bonds may be only one kind or two or more kinds.
  • the monomer component for obtaining the (meth) acrylic resin of [1-6-4] also contains a monomer for introducing the radical polymerizable double bond
  • its content is particularly limited. However, it is usually 5 to 70% by mass, preferably 10 to 60% by mass, based on all monomer components.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin of the present invention is a polymer having the compound of the general formula (6) as an essential monomer component described in the section [1-6-4a], it has an epoxy group It is preferable.
  • a monomer having an epoxy group may be polymerized as a monomer component.
  • the monomer having an epoxy group include glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, o- (or m-, or p-) vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, and the like. These monomers for introducing an epoxy group may be only one type or two or more types.
  • the content ratio is not particularly limited, but usually Is 5 to 70% by mass, preferably 10 to 60% by mass, based on the total monomer components.
  • the monomer component for obtaining the (meth) acrylic resin of [1-6-4] contains, in addition to the above essential monomer component, other copolymerizable monomers as required. May be.
  • Examples of other copolymerizable monomers include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, and n-butyl (meth) acrylate.
  • acrylic acid esters such as: aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene, vinyltoluene and ⁇ -methylstyrene; N-substituted maleimides such as N-phenylmaleimide and N-cyclohexylmaleimide; butadienes such as butadiene and isoprene; Substituted butadiene compounds; ethylene, propylene, vinyl chloride Le, ethylene or substituted ethylene compound such as acrylonitrile, vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate and the like.
  • methyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, and styrene are preferable in terms of good transparency and resistance to heat resistance.
  • These other copolymerizable monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • benzyl (meth) acrylate when a part or all of the (meth) acrylic resin is used as a dispersant as described later, it is preferable to use benzyl (meth) acrylate, and the content thereof is usually all monomer components.
  • the content is 1 to 70% by mass, preferably 5 to 60% by mass.
  • the content ratio is not particularly limited, but is preferably 95% by mass or less, and 85% by mass or less. Is more preferable.
  • the polymerization temperature and polymerization concentration are the types and ratios of the monomer components used. , Depending on the molecular weight of the target polymer.
  • the polymerization temperature is preferably 40 to 150 ° C., more preferably 60 to 130 ° C.
  • the polymerization concentration is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass.
  • a solvent used in a normal radical polymerization reaction may be used.
  • ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether; ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3- Esters such as methoxybutyl acetate; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and ethylbenzene; chloroform; dimethyl sulfoxide, and the like Is mentioned.
  • a polymerization initiator When polymerizing the monomer component, a polymerization initiator may be used as necessary.
  • the polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include cumene hydroperoxide, diisopropylbenzene hydroperoxide, di-t-butyl peroxide, lauroyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, t-butylperoxyisopropyl carbonate, and t-amyl.
  • Organic peroxides such as peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate and t-butylperoxy-2-ethylhexanoate; 2,2'-azobis (isobutyronitrile), 1,1'-azobis (cyclohexane Carbonitrile), 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), dimethyl 2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionate) and the like.
  • These polymerization initiators may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of initiator used may be appropriately set according to the combination of monomers used, reaction conditions, target polymer molecular weight, etc., and is not particularly limited, but the weight average molecular weight without gelation.
  • the amount is usually from 0.1 to 15% by mass, more preferably from 0.5 to 10% by mass, based on all monomer components, in that several thousand to several tens of thousands of polymers can be obtained.
  • you may add a chain transfer agent for molecular weight adjustment.
  • the chain transfer agent include mercaptan chain transfer agents such as n-dodecyl mercaptan, mercaptoacetic acid, methyl mercaptoacetate and the like, ⁇ -methylstyrene dimer, and the like.
  • n-dodecyl mercaptan and mercaptoacetic acid which can be reduced and easily obtained.
  • the amount used may be appropriately set according to the combination of monomers used, reaction conditions, the molecular weight of the target polymer, etc., and is not particularly limited, but without gelation In terms of being able to obtain a polymer having a weight average molecular weight of several thousand to several tens of thousands, it is usually 0.1 to 15% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass with respect to the total monomer components.
  • the compound of the general formula (6) when used as an essential monomer component, it is considered that the cyclization reaction of the ether dimer proceeds simultaneously in the polymerization reaction.
  • the conversion rate is not necessarily 100 mol%.
  • the acrylic resin when the acid group is introduced by using the monomer capable of imparting the acid group described above as the monomer component, it is necessary to perform a treatment for imparting the acid group after polymerization. .
  • the treatment varies depending on the type of monomer used.
  • a monomer having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate a compound having an amino group and an acid group such as N-methylaminobenzoic acid or N-methylaminophenol is added, or first ( An acid such as meth) acrylic acid may be added, and an acid anhydride such as succinic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, maleic anhydride or the like may be added to the resulting hydroxyl group.
  • an isocyanate group such as 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth) acrylate
  • a compound having a hydroxyl group and an acid group such as 2-hydroxybutyric acid may be added.
  • a radical polymerizable double bond is formed by using the monomer capable of imparting the radical polymerizable double bond described above as a monomer component.
  • a treatment for imparting a radically polymerizable double bond after polymerization The treatment varies depending on the type of monomer used.
  • a monomer having a carboxyl group such as (meth) acrylic acid or itaconic acid
  • glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl A compound having an epoxy group and a radically polymerizable double bond such as (meth) acrylate, o- (or m-, or p-) vinylbenzylglycidyl ether may be added.
  • a monomer having a carboxylic acid anhydride group such as maleic anhydride or itaconic anhydride
  • a compound having a hydroxyl group and a radical polymerizable double bond such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate is added. Just do it.
  • a compound having an acid group such as acrylic acid and a radical polymerizable double bond may be added.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the [1-6-4] (meth) acrylic resin is not particularly limited, but preferably has a polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight of 2,000 to 200,000, more preferably 4,000 to 100,000, as measured by GPC. It is. When the weight average molecular weight exceeds 200,000, the viscosity may become too high to form a coating film, and when it is less than 2,000, sufficient heat resistance tends to be hardly exhibited.
  • a preferable acid value is 30 to 500 mgKOH / g, more preferably 50 to 400 mgKOH / g.
  • the acid value is less than 30 mgKOH / g, it may be difficult to apply to alkali development, and when it exceeds 500 mgKOH / g, the viscosity tends to be too high to form a coating film.
  • the polymer having the compound represented by the general formula (6) as an essential monomer component is a compound known per se, such as Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-2004. And the compounds described in JP-A-300203 and JP-A-2004-300204.
  • Epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having carboxyl group The epoxy (meth) acrylate resin is an ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated monocarboxylic acid in the epoxy resin or ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated having a carboxyl group in the ester moiety. It is synthesized by adding a saturated monocarboxylic acid ester and further reacting with a polybasic acid anhydride. Such a reaction product has substantially no epoxy group in terms of chemical structure and is not limited to “(meth) acrylate”. However, epoxy resin is a raw material, and “(meth) acrylate” Since it is a representative example, it is named in this manner according to common usage.
  • an epoxy resin used as a raw material for example, a bisphenol A type epoxy resin (for example, “Epicoat (registered trademark, the same applies hereinafter) 828”, “Epicoat 1001”, “Epicoat 1002”, “Epicoat 1004”, etc., manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation)
  • An epoxy resin obtained by the reaction of an alcoholic hydroxyl group of bisphenol A type epoxy resin and epichlorohydrin for example, “NER-1302” (epoxy equivalent 323, softening point 76 ° C.) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), bisphenol F type resin ( For example, “Epicoat 807”, “EP-4001”, “EP-4002”, “EP-4004”, etc., manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation)
  • an epoxy resin obtained by reaction of an alcoholic hydroxyl group of bisphenol F type epoxy resin with epichlorohydrin for example, “NER” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • the epoxy resin is a copolymer type epoxy resin.
  • the copolymerization type epoxy resin include glycidyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acryloylmethylcyclohexene oxide, vinylcyclohexene oxide and the like (hereinafter referred to as “first component of copolymerization type epoxy resin”) and one other than these.
  • Second component of copolymerization type epoxy resin Functional ethylenically unsaturated group-containing compound
  • second component of copolymerization type epoxy resin for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxy Ethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid, styrene, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, ⁇ -methylstyrene, glycerin mono (meth) acrylate, the following general formula (10 Compound represented by Al one or more selected, reacting the city include a copolymer obtained by.
  • R 61 represents a hydrogen atom or an ethyl group
  • R 62 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • r is an integer of 2 to 10.
  • Examples of the compound of the general formula (10) include polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylates such as diethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, and tetraethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate; methoxydiethylene glycol mono ( Examples thereof include alkoxy polyethylene glycol (meth) acrylates such as meth) acrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, and methoxytetraethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate.
  • the copolymer type epoxy resin preferably has a molecular weight of about 1,000 to 200,000. Further, the amount of the first component of the copolymerization type epoxy resin used is preferably 10% by mass or more, particularly preferably 20% by mass or more, preferably 70%, based on the second component of the copolymerization type epoxy resin. It is at most 50% by mass, particularly preferably at most 50% by mass. Specific examples of such a copolymer type epoxy resin include “CP-15”, “CP-30”, “CP-50”, “CP-20SA”, “CP-510SA” manufactured by NOF Corporation, “CP-50S”, “CP-50M”, “CP-20MA” and the like are exemplified.
  • the molecular weight of the raw material epoxy resin is usually in the range of 200 to 200,000, preferably 300 to 100,000 as the weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC. If the weight average molecular weight is less than the above range, there are many cases where a problem occurs in the film forming property. Conversely, if the resin exceeds the above range, gelation easily occurs during the addition reaction of ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated monocarboxylic acid. May be difficult.
  • Examples of the ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated monocarboxylic acid include itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and the like, preferably acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and particularly acrylic acid is highly reactive. Therefore, it is preferable.
  • Examples of the ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group in the ester moiety include 2-succinoyloxyethyl acrylate, 2-malenoyloxyethyl acrylate, 2-phthaloyloxyethyl acrylate, Acrylic acid-2-hexahydrophthaloyloxyethyl, methacrylic acid-2-succinoyloxyethyl, methacrylic acid-2-malenoyloxyethyl, methacrylic acid-2-phthaloyloxyethyl, methacrylic acid-2-hexahydrophthalo Yloxyethyl, crotonic acid-2-succinoyloxyethyl, and the like.
  • 2-maleoyloxyethyl acrylate and 2-phthaloyloxyethyl acrylate and in particular, 2-maleic acrylate.
  • Noyloxyethyl is preferred. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the addition reaction between the ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or its ester and the epoxy resin can be carried out by a known method, for example, by carrying out the reaction at a temperature of 50 to 150 ° C. in the presence of an esterification catalyst. can do.
  • an esterification catalyst tertiary amines such as triethylamine, trimethylamine, benzyldimethylamine, and benzyldiethylamine; quaternary ammonium salts such as tetramethylammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride, and dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride can be used.
  • the amount of ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or ester thereof used is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 1.2 equivalents, more preferably 0.7 to 1.1, relative to 1 equivalent of the epoxy group of the raw material epoxy resin. Equivalent range. If the amount of ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or ester thereof used is small, the amount of unsaturated groups introduced is insufficient, and the subsequent reaction with polybasic acid anhydrides is also insufficient. Also, it is not advantageous that a large amount of epoxy groups remain. On the other hand, when the amount used is large, ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or ester thereof remains as an unreacted product. In either case, there is a tendency for the curing properties to deteriorate.
  • the polybasic acid anhydride to be further added to the epoxy resin to which ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated carboxylic acid or its ester is added includes maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, Hexahydrophthalic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, methylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, endomethylenetetrahydrophthalic anhydride, chlorendic anhydride, methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, biphenyltetra Carboxylic acid dianhydride and the like, preferably maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride
  • a known method can also be used for the addition reaction of the polybasic acid anhydride, and it can be carried out by continuing the reaction under the same conditions as the addition reaction of the ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated carboxylic acid or its ester.
  • the addition amount of the polybasic acid anhydride is preferably such that the acid value of the resulting epoxy acrylate resin is in the range of 10 to 150 mgKOH / g, more preferably in the range of 20 to 140 mgKOH / g. If the acid value of the resin is too small, the alkali developability is poor, and if the acid value of the resin is too large, the curing performance tends to be inferior.
  • epoxy acrylate resin having a carboxyl group examples include a naphthalene-containing resin described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-49174; Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-89716, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-165830, Japan Fluorene-containing resins described in JP-A-2005-325331, JP-A-2001-354735; JP-A-2005-126694, JP-A-2005-55814, JP-A-2004 The resin described in 295084 gazette etc. can be mentioned.
  • epoxy acrylate resins having a carboxyl group can be used, and examples of commercially available products include “ACA-200M” manufactured by Daicel Corporation.
  • the binder resin an acrylic binder described in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-154708 can also be used.
  • a copolymer of [1-6-1] “epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate and other radical polymerizable monomer is particularly preferred.
  • binder resin in this invention 1 type may be used independently among the above-mentioned various binder resins, and 2 or more types may be used together.
  • the above-mentioned various binder resins contribute to the dispersion stability due to the synergistic effect particularly in combination with the above-mentioned dispersant and the like, and as a result, the amount of the dispersant added can be reduced, so that the developability is improved.
  • the binder resin is used in the dispersion treatment step described later together with the above-described dispersant and dispersion aid.
  • the binder resin is preferably used in an amount of about 5 to 200% by mass, more preferably about 10 to 100% by mass, based on the total amount of pigment in the pigment dispersion.
  • the various resins described above can be used, and the (meth) acrylic resin of [1-6-4] is particularly preferable, and among them, the general formula A polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer component essentially comprising the compound represented by (6) is most preferable.
  • the acid value of the binder resin is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 30 mgKOH / g or more, most preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more, and preferably 500 mgKOH / g or less, 300 mgKOH / G or less is more preferable, and 200 mgKOH / g or less is most preferable. If the acid value is too high, the viscosity tends to be high and synthesis tends to be difficult, and if it is too low, it may be difficult to apply to alkali development.
  • the weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC of the binder resin is preferably 1000 or more, more preferably 1500 or more, most preferably 2000 or more, and 200000 or less. Is more preferable, 50000 or less is more preferable, and 30000 or less is most preferable. If the molecular weight is too large, it tends to be difficult to apply to alkali development, and if the molecular weight is too small, the dispersion stability may decrease.
  • the content ratio of the binder resin in the total solid content is usually 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 1% by mass or more, and usually 80% by mass or less, preferably 60% by mass. % Or less.
  • the lower limit value or more By setting it to the lower limit value or more, a strong film can be obtained and the adhesion to the substrate tends to be excellent.
  • the permeability of the developing solution to an exposure part By setting it as the said upper limit or less, there exists a tendency for the permeability of the developing solution to an exposure part to be low, and to suppress the deterioration of the surface smoothness and sensitivity of a pixel.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention contains (E) a photopolymerization initiator.
  • E) a photopolymerization initiator By containing a photopolymerization initiator, film curability by photopolymerization can be obtained.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is usually used as a mixture (photopolymerization initiation system) with an accelerator and an additive such as a sensitizing dye added as necessary.
  • the photopolymerization initiation system is a component that has a function of directly absorbing light or photosensitized to cause a decomposition reaction or a hydrogen abstraction reaction to generate a polymerization active radical.
  • photopolymerization initiator examples include those titanocene compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole derivatives, halomethyl-s-triazine derivatives, N-aryl- ⁇ -amino acids such as N-phenylglycine described in JP-A-10-39503, N- Radical activators such as aryl- ⁇ -amino acid salts and N-aryl- ⁇ -amino acid esters, ⁇ -aminoalkylphenone compounds, oxime ester initiators described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2000-80068, etc. Is mentioned.
  • photopolymerization initiator that can be used in the present invention are listed below.
  • 2- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine 2- (4-methoxynaphthyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- (4 Halomethylated triazine derivatives such as -ethoxynaphthyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- (4-ethoxycarbonylnaphthyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine;
  • Benzophenone derivatives such as benzophenone, Michler's ketone, 2-methylbenzophenone, 3-methylbenzophenone, 4-methylbenzophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, 4-bromobenzophenone, 2-carboxybenzophenone; 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, ⁇ -hydroxy-2-methylphenylpropanone, 1-hydroxy-1-methylethyl- (p -Isopropylphenyl) ketone, 1-hydroxy-1- (p-dodecylphenyl) ketone, 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 1,1,1
  • An acetophenone derivative such as trichloromethyl- (p-butylphenyl) ketone; Thioxanthone derivatives such as thioxanth
  • benzoic acid ester derivatives such as ethyl p-dimethylaminobenzoate and ethyl P-diethylaminobenzoate; Acridine derivatives such as 9-phenylacridine, 9- (p-methoxyphenyl) acridine; Phenazine derivatives such as 9,10-dimethylbenzphenazine; Anthrone derivatives such as benzanthrone; Dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-dichloride, dicyclopentagenyl-Ti-bis-phenyl, dicyclopentaenyl-Ti-bis-2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenyl-1-yl, Dicyclopentagenyl-Ti-bis-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl-1-yl, dicyclopentagenenyl-Ti-bis-2,4,6-trifluorophen-1-yl, Dicyclopentagenyl-Ti-2,6-dip
  • oxime ester compounds are preferred from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
  • Examples of the accelerator constituting the photopolymerization initiation system component include N, N-dialkylaminobenzoic acid alkyl esters such as N, N-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, A mercapto compound having a heterocyclic ring such as 2-mercaptobenzimidazole or an aliphatic polyfunctional mercapto compound is used.
  • photopolymerization initiators and accelerators may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiating system component include dialkylacetophenone-based compounds described on pages 16 to 26 of “Fine Chemical” (March 1, 1991, vol. 20, No.
  • the blending ratio of the photopolymerization initiator is usually 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, further preferably, in the total solid content of the colored resin composition of the present invention. Is 1.5% by mass or more, 40% by mass or less, preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, still more preferably 10% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or less.
  • the sensitivity to the exposure light beam can be sufficiently secured by setting it to the lower limit value or more, and suppressing the decrease in solubility in the developing solution of the unexposed portion by preventing the development failure by setting the upper limit value or less. There is a tendency to be able to.
  • the colored resin composition according to the third aspect of the present invention is characterized in that (E) the photopolymerization initiator includes an oxime ester compound.
  • the photopolymerization initiator can be appropriately selected and used according to the use of the colored resin composition, etc. Photocuring can be sufficiently achieved by using ⁇ -aminoalkylphenone or the like.
  • a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having an average number of hydrogen atoms of 3 or more contained in one molecule is used, it becomes highly colored due to a change in the transmission spectrum due to the inclusion of many hydrogen atoms, but the coating film has a low wavelength.
  • the exposure dose is attenuated. Therefore, when biimidazole, ⁇ -aminoalkylphenone, or the like is used, photocuring cannot be sufficiently performed, and it becomes difficult to form a fine pattern. Tend. On the other hand, it is considered that a fine pattern can be formed because the photopolymerization initiator can be sufficiently photocured by using an oxime ester compound having a large absorption in the low wavelength region.
  • Oxime ester compounds have a structure that absorbs ultraviolet rays, a structure that transmits light energy, and a structure that generates radicals in the structure, so they are highly sensitive in small amounts and stable against thermal reactions. Therefore, it is possible to design a photosensitive resin composition with high sensitivity in a small amount.
  • an oxime ester-based compound having a carbazole ring which may have a substituent is preferable from the viewpoint of light absorption with respect to i-line (365 nm) of an exposure light source.
  • oxime ester compounds examples include compounds represented by the following general formula (I-1).
  • R 21a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.
  • R 21b represents an arbitrary substituent containing an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring.
  • R 22a represents an alkanoyl group which may have a substituent or an aryloyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group in R 21a is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent and sensitivity to exposure, it is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 20 or less, preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, more preferably 5 or less.
  • Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a cyclopentylethyl group, and a propyl group.
  • alkyl group may have include an aromatic ring group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an amino group, an amide group, and 4- (2-methoxy-1-methyl) ethoxy-2-methylphenyl.
  • Examples of the aromatic ring group for R 21a include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and an aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 or more from the viewpoint of solubility in the photosensitive coloring composition. Further, from the viewpoint of developability, it is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, further preferably 12 or less, and particularly preferably 8 or less.
  • aromatic ring group examples include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a pyridyl group, and a furyl group. Among these, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
  • substituent that the aromatic ring group may have include a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group that may have a substituent, an alkoxy group that may have a substituent, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, and an amino group. , An amide group, an alkyl group, and the like.
  • a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group are preferable, and a carboxyl group is more preferable.
  • the substituent in the alkyl group which may have a substituent and the alkoxy group which may have a substituent include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group and a halogen atom.
  • R 21a is preferably an alkyl group which may have a substituent, more preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group, and even more preferably a methyl group. .
  • R 21b is an arbitrary substituent containing an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring, but from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent and sensitivity to light exposure, R 21b has an optionally substituted carbazolyl group or substituent.
  • Preferred is a thioxanthonyl group which may be substituted or a diphenyl sulfide group which may have a substituent.
  • a carbazolyl group which may have a substituent is preferable from the viewpoint of light absorption with respect to i-line (365 nm) of the exposure light source.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkanoyl group in R 22a is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent and sensitivity, it is usually 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, and usually 20 or less, preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, more preferably 5 or less.
  • Specific examples of the alkanoyl group include an acetyl group, an ethyloyl group, a propanoyl group, and a butanoyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aryloyl group in R 22a is not particularly limited, but is usually 7 or more, preferably 8 or more, and usually 20 or less, preferably 15 or less, more preferably from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent or sensitivity. 10 or less.
  • Specific examples of the aryloyl group include a benzoyl group and a naphthoyl group.
  • Examples of the substituent that the aryloyl group may have include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an amino group, an amide group, and an alkyl group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, it is preferably unsubstituted. .
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (I-1) are exemplified from the viewpoint of light absorption with respect to i-line (365 nm) of an exposure light source.
  • R 21a and R 22a have the same meaning as in the general formula (I-1).
  • R 23a represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • R 24a represents an alkyl group that may have a substituent, an aryloyl group that may have a substituent, a heteroaryloyl group that may have a substituent, or a nitro group.
  • the benzene ring constituting the carbazole ring may be further condensed with an aromatic ring to form a polycyclic aromatic ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group in R 23a is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 20 or less, preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent. Preferably it is 5 or less.
  • Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
  • alkyl group may have include a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a phenyl group, a benzyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a nitro group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, there is no substitution. It is preferable that
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aryloyl group in R 23a is not particularly limited, but is usually 7 or more, preferably 8 or more, more preferably 9 or more, and usually 20 or less, preferably 15 or less, from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent. Preferably it is 10 or less, More preferably, it is 9 or less.
  • Specific examples of the aryloyl group include a benzoyl group and a naphthoyl group.
  • the substituent that the aryloyl group may have include a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a phenyl group, a benzyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a nitro group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, an ethyl group It is preferable that
  • the carbon number of the heteroaryloyl group in R 23a is not particularly limited, but is usually 7 or more, preferably 8 or more, more preferably 9 or more, and usually 20 or less, preferably 15 or less, from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent. More preferably, it is 10 or less, More preferably, it is 9 or less.
  • Specific examples of the heteroaryl group include a fluorobenzoyl group, a chlorobenzoyl group, a bromobenzoyl group, a fluoronaphthoyl group, a chloronaphthoyl group, and a bromonaphthoyl group.
  • heteroaryloyl group may have include a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a phenyl group, a benzyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a nitro group. Substitution is preferred.
  • R 23a is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an ethyl group, from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent and ease of synthesis.
  • the benzene ring constituting the carbazole ring may be further condensed with an aromatic ring to form a polycyclic aromatic ring.
  • oxime ester compounds include OXE-02, OXE-03 manufactured by BASF, TR-PBG-304, TR-PBG-314 manufactured by Changzhou Power Electronics, or NCI-831 manufactured by ADEKA. is there.
  • oxime ester-based compound examples include compounds exemplified below, but the oxime ester-based compound is not limited to these compounds.
  • the colored resin composition according to the third aspect of the present invention includes (E) a photopolymerization initiator containing an oxime ester compound, but may contain a photopolymerization initiator other than the oxime ester compound.
  • a photopolymerization initiator containing an oxime ester compound but may contain a photopolymerization initiator other than the oxime ester compound.
  • metallocene compounds including titanocene compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication Nos. 59-152396 and 61-151197, and hexaarylbiimidazole derivatives disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-39503.
  • Radical activators such as halomethyl-s-triazine derivatives, N-aryl- ⁇ -amino acids such as N-phenylglycine, N-aryl- ⁇ -amino acid salts, N-aryl- ⁇ -amino acid esters, ⁇ -amino Examples thereof include alkylphenone compounds.
  • Examples of the accelerator constituting the photopolymerization initiation system component include N, N-dialkylaminobenzoic acid alkyl esters such as N, N-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoic acid.
  • a mercapto compound having a heterocyclic ring such as oxazole or 2-mercaptobenzimidazole or an aliphatic polyfunctional mercapto compound is used.
  • photopolymerization initiators and accelerators may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the blending ratio of the photopolymerization initiator is usually 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 0.8% in the total solid content of the colored resin composition of the present invention. 5% by mass or more, more preferably 1.0% by mass or more, further preferably 1.5% by mass or more, particularly preferably 2.0% by mass or more, and usually 40% by mass or less, preferably 30% by mass or less. More preferably, it is 20 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 10 mass% or less, Most preferably, it is 5 mass% or less.
  • the sensitivity to the exposure light beam can be sufficiently secured by setting it to the lower limit value or more, and suppressing the decrease in solubility in the developing solution of the unexposed portion by preventing the development failure by setting the upper limit value or less. There is a tendency to be able to.
  • the photopolymerization initiation system component can be mixed with a sensitizing dye according to the wavelength of the image exposure light source for the purpose of increasing the sensitivity as needed.
  • sensitizing dyes include xanthene dyes described in JP-A-4-221958, JP-A-4-219756, JP-A-3-239703, JP-A-5-289335.
  • amino group-containing sensitizing dyes preferred are amino group-containing sensitizing dyes, and more preferred are compounds having an amino group and a phenyl group in the same molecule. Particularly preferred are, for example, 4,4′-dimethylaminobenzophenone, 4,4′-diethylaminobenzophenone, 2-aminobenzophenone, 4-aminobenzophenone, 4,4′-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3′-diaminobenzophenone.
  • Benzophenone compounds such as 3,4-diaminobenzophenone; 2- (p-dimethylaminophenyl) benzoxazole, 2- (p-diethylaminophenyl) benzoxazole, 2- (p-dimethylaminophenyl) benzo [4,5 ] Benzoxazole, 2- (p-dimethylaminophenyl) benzo [6,7] benzoxazole, 2,5-bis (p-diethylaminophenyl) 1,3,4-oxazole, 2- (p-dimethylaminophenyl) Benzothiazole, 2- (p-di Tilaminophenyl) benzothiazole, 2- (p-dimethylaminophenyl) benzimidazole, 2- (p-diethylaminophenyl) benzimidazole, 2,5-bis (p-diethylaminophenyl) 1,3,4-thiadiazole, p-di
  • a sensitizing dye may also be used individually by 1 type, and 2 or more types may be mixed and used for it.
  • the blending ratio of the sensitizing dye in the colored resin composition according to the present invention is usually 0% by mass or more, preferably 0.2% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% in the total solid content of the colored resin composition. It is in the range of not less than mass%, usually not more than 20 mass%, preferably not more than 15 mass%, more preferably not more than 10 mass%.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention may further contain a solid content other than the above components as necessary.
  • Such components include photopolymerizable monomers, organic carboxylic acids, organic carboxylic acid anhydrides, surfactants, thermal polymerization inhibitors, plasticizers, storage stabilizers, surface protectants, adhesion improvers, development improvers, And dyes.
  • photopolymerizable monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is a low molecular weight compound that can be polymerized.
  • an addition polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenic double bond hereinafter referred to as “polymerizable monomer”).
  • ethylenic compound is a compound having an ethylenic double bond that undergoes addition polymerization and cures by the action of a photopolymerization initiation system described later when the colored resin composition of the present invention is irradiated with actinic rays.
  • the monomer in this invention means the concept which opposes what is called a polymeric substance, and means the concept also containing a dimer, a trimer, and an oligomer other than the monomer of a narrow sense.
  • Examples of the ethylenic compound include an unsaturated carboxylic acid, an ester thereof with a monohydroxy compound, an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, an ester of an aromatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, An ester, a polyisocyanate compound and a (meth) acryloyl-containing hydroxy compound obtained by an esterification reaction with a saturated carboxylic acid and a polyvalent carboxylic acid and the polyvalent hydroxy compound such as the above-mentioned aliphatic polyhydroxy compound or aromatic polyhydroxy compound; And an ethylenic compound having a urethane skeleton obtained by reacting.
  • esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, trimethylol propane triacrylate, trimethylol ethane triacrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate.
  • acrylic esters such as pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, and glycerol acrylate.
  • the acrylic acid part of these acrylates is a methacrylic acid ester replaced with a methacrylic acid part, an itaconic acid ester replaced with an itaconic acid part, a crotonic acid ester replaced with a crotonic acid part, or a maleic acid replaced with a maleic acid part
  • esters include esters.
  • ester of an aromatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid examples include hydroquinone diacrylate, hydroquinone dimethacrylate, resorcin diacrylate, resorcin dimethacrylate, pyrogallol triacrylate, and the like.
  • the ester obtained by the esterification reaction of an unsaturated carboxylic acid with a polyvalent carboxylic acid and a polyvalent hydroxy compound is not necessarily a single substance but may be a mixture.
  • Typical examples include, for example, condensates of acrylic acid, phthalic acid and ethylene glycol, condensates of acrylic acid, maleic acid and diethylene glycol, condensates of methacrylic acid, terephthalic acid and pentaerythritol, acrylic acid, adipic acid, butanediol. And condensates of glycerin and the like.
  • Examples of the ethylenic compound having a urethane skeleton obtained by reacting a polyisocyanate compound and a (meth) acryloyl group-containing hydroxy compound include aliphatic diisocyanates such as hexamethylene diisocyanate and trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate; cyclohexane diisocyanate and isophorone diisocyanate.
  • Alicyclic diisocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate and diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 3-hydroxy (1,1,1-triacryloyloxymethyl) propane, 3- Hydroxy compounds containing (meth) acryloyl groups such as hydroxy (1,1,1-trimethacryloyloxymethyl) propane Reactants are exemplified.
  • acrylamides such as ethylene bisacrylamide
  • allyl esters such as diallyl phthalate
  • vinyl group-containing compounds such as divinyl phthalate
  • the ethylenic compound may be a monomer having an acid value.
  • the monomer having an acid value is an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride to form an acid group.
  • the polyfunctional monomer provided is preferred, and particularly preferably in this ester, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and / or dipentaerythritol.
  • a preferable acid value of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g. If the acid value of the polyfunctional monomer is too low, the development and dissolution properties are lowered, and if it is too high, the production and handling are difficult, the photopolymerization performance is lowered, and the curability such as the surface smoothness of the pixel tends to be inferior. Accordingly, when two or more polyfunctional monomers having different acid groups are used in combination, or when a polyfunctional monomer having no acid group is used in combination, the acid groups as the entire polyfunctional monomer should be adjusted so as to fall within the above range. Is preferred.
  • more preferred polyfunctional monomers having an acid group are mainly dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, and succinic acid ester of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate which are commercially available as TO1382 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. It is a mixture as a component.
  • Other polyfunctional monomers can be used in combination with this polyfunctional monomer. Also, those described in paragraphs [0056] and [0057] of JP-A-2013-140346 can be used.
  • the present invention from the viewpoint of improving the chemical resistance of the pixel and the linearity of the edge of the pixel, it is preferable to use a polymerizable monomer described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-195971. From the viewpoint of achieving both sensitivity of the coating film and shortening of the development time, it is preferable to use a polymerizable monomer described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-195974.
  • the content of these photopolymerizable monomers is usually 0% by mass or more, preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and further preferably 15% by mass in the total solid content of the colored resin composition of the present invention.
  • % Usually 80% by mass or less, preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 50% by mass or less, further preferably 40% by mass or less, still more preferably 30% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 20% by mass or less. It is.
  • the ratio of (A) to 100 parts by mass of the pigment is usually 0 part by mass or more, preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 20 parts by mass or more, and usually 200 parts by mass or less. Preferably it is 100 mass parts or less, More preferably, it is 80 mass parts or less.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention may contain an organic carboxylic acid having a molecular weight of 1000 or less and / or an organic carboxylic anhydride.
  • organic carboxylic acid compound include aliphatic carboxylic acids and aromatic carboxylic acids.
  • Aliphatic carboxylic acids include formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, pivalic acid, caproic acid, glycolic acid, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and other monocarboxylic acids, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid And dicarboxylic acids such as adipic acid, pimelic acid, cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, cyclohexene dicarboxylic acid, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, maleic acid and fumaric acid, and tricarboxylic acids such as tricarbaric acid and aconitic acid.
  • aromatic carboxylic acid examples include carboxylic acids in which a carboxyl group is directly bonded to a phenyl group such as benzoic acid and phthalic acid, and carboxylic acids in which a carboxyl group is bonded to the phenyl group through a carbon bond.
  • carboxylic acids in which a carboxyl group is directly bonded to a phenyl group such as benzoic acid and phthalic acid
  • carboxylic acids in which a carboxyl group is bonded to the phenyl group through a carbon bond examples of the aromatic carboxylic acid.
  • those having a molecular weight of 600 or less, particularly those having a molecular weight of 50 to 500 specifically maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid and itaconic acid are preferred.
  • organic carboxylic acid anhydrides include aliphatic carboxylic acid anhydrides and aromatic carboxylic acid anhydrides. Specifically, acetic anhydride, trichloroacetic anhydride, trifluoroacetic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, Aliphatic carboxylic acid anhydrides such as maleic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, glutaric anhydride, 1,2-cyclohexene dicarboxylic anhydride, n-octadecyl succinic anhydride, and 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride Things.
  • aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride examples include phthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, and naphthalic anhydride. Of these, those having a molecular weight of 600 or less, particularly 50 to 500, particularly maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, and itaconic anhydride are preferred.
  • the addition amount of these organic carboxylic acids and / or organic carboxylic anhydrides is usually 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.03% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more in the total solid content. Yes, 10 mass% or less, preferably 5 mass% or less, more preferably 3 mass% or less.
  • surfactant A variety of surfactants such as anionic, cationic, nonionic, and amphoteric surfactants can be used as surfactants, which may adversely affect various properties. It is preferable to use a nonionic surfactant from the viewpoint of low.
  • concentration range of the surfactant is usually 0.001% by mass or more, preferably 0.005% by mass or more, more preferably 0.01% by mass or more, and most preferably 0.03% by mass with respect to the total solid content.
  • the range of usually 10% by mass or less, preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.5% by mass or less, and most preferably 0.3% by mass or less is used.
  • thermal polymerization inhibitor examples include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, pyrogallol, catechol, 2,6-t-butyl-p-cresol, ⁇ -naphthol, and the like. .
  • the blending amount of the thermal polymerization inhibitor is preferably in the range of 3% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • plasticizers examples include dioctyl phthalate, didodecyl phthalate, triethylene glycol dicaprylate, dimethyl glycol phthalate, tricresyl phosphate, dioctyl adipate, dibutyl sebacate, triacetyl glycerin and the like. Is used.
  • the blending amount of these plasticizers is preferably in the range of usually 10% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content of the composition.
  • a predetermined amount of each of a pigment, a solvent, and a dispersant is weighed, and a pigment dispersion liquid is prepared by dispersing a pigment containing a chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment in a dispersion treatment step.
  • a paint conditioner, a sand grinder, a ball mill, a roll mill, a stone mill, a jet mill, a homogenizer, or the like can be used.
  • the color material is made fine particles, so that the coating characteristics of the colored resin composition are improved, and the transmittance of the pixels in the product color filter substrate is improved.
  • a dispersion aid or a dispersion resin in combination as appropriate.
  • the pigment it is essential to contain a pigment containing the above-mentioned chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, but it may be mixed with other pigment for dispersion and dispersed.
  • the dispersion treatment is performed using a sand grinder, it is preferable to use glass beads or zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.1 to several mm.
  • the temperature during the dispersion treatment is usually set to 0 ° C. or higher, preferably room temperature or higher, and usually 100 ° C. or lower, preferably 80 ° C. or lower.
  • the dispersion time varies depending on the composition of the pigment dispersion, the size of the sand grinder apparatus, and the like, and therefore needs to be adjusted appropriately.
  • the pigment dispersion obtained by the above dispersion treatment is mixed with a solvent, a binder resin, a photopolymerization initiator, and in some cases, a predetermined amount of a photopolymerizable monomer and components other than those described above to obtain a uniform dispersion solution. .
  • fine dust may be mixed. Therefore, the obtained pigment dispersion is preferably filtered with a filter or the like.
  • the color filter which concerns on this invention has a pixel formed using the above-mentioned colored resin composition.
  • Transparent substrate (support) The transparent substrate of the color filter is not particularly limited as long as it is transparent and has an appropriate strength.
  • materials include polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate, polyolefin resins such as polypropylene and polyethylene, polycarbonate, polymethyl methacrylate, polysulfone thermoplastic resin sheets, epoxy resins, unsaturated polyester resins, and poly (meth) acrylic.
  • thermosetting resin sheets such as a resin, and various glasses. Among these, glass or heat resistant resin is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
  • the thickness of the transparent substrate is usually 0.05 mm or more, preferably 0.1 mm or more, and usually 10 mm or less, preferably 7 mm or less.
  • the film thickness is 0.01 micrometer or more normally, Preferably it is 0.05 micrometer or more, and is 10 micrometers or less normally, Preferably it is the range of 5 micrometers or less.
  • the color filter according to the present invention can be manufactured by providing a black matrix on the above-described transparent substrate and further forming pixel images of red, green and blue colors.
  • the colored resin composition is used as a coating solution for forming a green pixel (resist pattern) among red, green, and blue pixels.
  • a green pixel resist pattern
  • Using the green resist on a resin black matrix forming surface formed on a transparent substrate, or on a metal black matrix forming surface formed using a chromium compound or other light shielding metal material, coating, heat drying, image exposure, Each process of development and thermosetting is performed to form a pixel image.
  • the black matrix is formed on a transparent substrate using a light shielding metal thin film or a colored resin composition for black matrix.
  • a light shielding metal thin film or a colored resin composition for black matrix As the light-shielding metal material, chromium compounds such as metal chromium, chromium oxide, and chromium nitride, nickel and tungsten alloys, and the like may be used, and these may be laminated in a plurality of layers.
  • These metal light shielding films are generally formed by a sputtering method, and after forming a desired pattern in a film shape with a positive photoresist, ceric ammonium nitrate, perchloric acid and / or nitric acid are added to chromium. Other materials are etched using an etchant according to the material, and finally a positive photoresist is stripped with a dedicated stripper to form a black matrix. be able to.
  • a thin film of these metals or metal / metal oxide is formed on the transparent substrate by vapor deposition or sputtering.
  • the coating film is exposed and developed using a photomask having a repeated pattern such as stripes, mosaics, and triangles to form a resist image. Thereafter, this coating film can be etched to form a black matrix.
  • a black matrix is formed using a colored resin composition containing a black color material.
  • black color material such as carbon black, graphite, iron black, aniline black, cyanine black, titanium black or the like, or red, green, blue or the like appropriately selected from inorganic or organic pigments and dyes
  • a black matrix can be formed in the same manner as described below for forming a red, green, and blue pixel image using a colored resin composition containing a black color material by mixing.
  • Application of the colored resin composition for the color filter can be performed by a spinner method, a wire bar method, a flow coating method, a die coating method, a roll coating method, a spray coating method, or the like.
  • the die coating method the amount of coating solution used is greatly reduced, there is no influence of mist adhering when using the spin coating method, and the generation of foreign matter is further suppressed. It is preferable from a viewpoint.
  • the thickness of the coating film is usually 0.2 ⁇ m or more, preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.8 ⁇ m or more, and usually 20 ⁇ m or less, preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m as the film thickness after drying. The range is as follows.
  • the coating film after the colored resin composition is coated on the substrate is preferably dried by a drying method using a hot plate, an IR oven, or a convection oven. Usually, after preliminary drying, it is heated again and dried.
  • the conditions for the preliminary drying can be appropriately selected according to the type of the solvent component, the performance of the dryer to be used, and the like.
  • the drying temperature and drying time are selected according to the type of the solvent component, the performance of the dryer used, and the like. Specifically, the drying temperature is usually 40 ° C. or higher, preferably 50 ° C. or higher, and usually 80
  • the drying time is usually 15 seconds or longer, preferably 30 seconds or longer, and usually 5 minutes or shorter, preferably 3 minutes or shorter.
  • the temperature condition for reheat drying is preferably higher than the pre-drying temperature. Specifically, it is usually 50 ° C. or higher, preferably 70 ° C. or higher, and usually 200 ° C. or lower, preferably 160 ° C. or lower, particularly preferably 130 ° C. It is the range below °C. Moreover, although it depends on the heating temperature, the drying time is usually 10 seconds or more, preferably 15 seconds or more, and usually 10 minutes or less, preferably 5 minutes. The higher the drying temperature, the better the adhesion to the transparent substrate. However, when the drying temperature is too high, the binder resin is decomposed, and thermal polymerization may be induced to cause development failure. In addition, as a drying process of this coating film, you may use the reduced pressure drying method which dries in a reduced pressure chamber, without raising temperature.
  • Exposure Step Image exposure is performed by superimposing a negative matrix pattern on the coating film of the colored resin composition and irradiating a UV or visible light source through this mask pattern. At this time, if necessary, exposure may be performed after an oxygen blocking layer such as a polyvinyl alcohol layer is formed on the photopolymerizable layer in order to prevent a decrease in sensitivity of the photopolymerizable layer due to oxygen.
  • the light source used for said image exposure is not specifically limited.
  • Examples of the light source include a xenon lamp, a halogen lamp, a tungsten lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, a medium-pressure mercury lamp, a low-pressure mercury lamp, a carbon arc, and a fluorescent lamp, an argon ion laser, a YAG laser, Examples include an excimer laser, a nitrogen laser, a helium cadmium laser, and a laser light source such as a semiconductor laser. An optical filter can also be used when used by irradiating light of a specific wavelength.
  • the color filter according to the present invention comprises an organic solvent or a surfactant after performing image exposure with the above light source on the coating film using the colored resin composition according to the present invention.
  • an aqueous solution containing an alkaline compound and an alkaline compound an image can be formed on a substrate for production.
  • This aqueous solution may further contain an organic solvent, a buffering agent, a complexing agent, a dye or a pigment.
  • Alkaline compounds include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, sodium metasilicate, sodium phosphate, potassium phosphate
  • Inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate, ammonium hydroxide, mono-di- or triethanolamine, mono-di- or trimethylamine , Mono-di- or triethylamine, mono- or diisopropylamine, n-butylamine, mono-di- or triisopropanolamine, ethyleneimine, ethylenediimine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), choline, etc.
  • Organic alkaline compounds. These alkaline compounds may be a mixture of two or more.
  • surfactant examples include nonionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl esters, sorbitan alkyl esters, monoglyceride alkyl esters, and alkylbenzene sulfonic acids.
  • nonionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl esters, sorbitan alkyl esters, monoglyceride alkyl esters, and alkylbenzene sulfonic acids.
  • anionic surfactants such as salts, alkylnaphthalene sulfonates, alkyl sulfates, alkyl sulfonates, and sulfosuccinate esters
  • amphoteric surfactants such as alkylbetaines and amino acids.
  • the organic solvent examples include isopropyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, phenyl cellosolve, propylene glycol, diacetone alcohol and the like.
  • the organic solvent can be used alone or in combination with an aqueous solution.
  • the development temperature is usually 10 ° C. or higher, especially 15 ° C. or higher, more preferably 20 ° C. or higher, and usually 50 ° C. or lower, especially 45 ° C. or lower, further 40 ° C. or lower. Is preferred.
  • the development method can be any method such as immersion development, spray development, brush development, and ultrasonic development.
  • thermosetting treatment The color filter after development is subjected to thermosetting treatment.
  • the thermosetting treatment conditions are such that the temperature is usually 100 ° C. or more, preferably 150 ° C. or more, and usually 280 ° C. or less, preferably 250 ° C. or less, and the time is 5 minutes or more and 60 minutes or less. Selected by range.
  • the patterning image formation for one color is completed. This process is sequentially repeated to pattern black, red, green, and blue to form a color filter. Note that the order of patterning the four colors is not limited to the order described above.
  • the color filter according to the present invention includes, in addition to the above-described production method, (1) a curable colored resin composition containing a solvent, a chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment as a coloring material, and a polyimide resin as a binder resin.
  • a curable colored resin composition containing a solvent, a chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment as a coloring material, and a polyimide resin as a binder resin.
  • a method of directly forming a pixel image on a transparent substrate using a colored resin composition containing a chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment as a colored ink and (3) a chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine
  • a colored resin composition containing a pigment is used as an electrodeposition solution, and a colored film is deposited on an ITO electrode having a predetermined pattern by dipping the substrate in the electrodeposition solution.
  • the color filter according to the present invention is used as a part of components such as a color display and a liquid crystal display device by forming a transparent electrode such as ITO on the image as it is.
  • a transparent electrode such as ITO
  • a top coat layer such as polyamide or polyimide can be provided on the image as necessary.
  • the transparent electrode may not be formed.
  • the image display device of the present invention has the color filter described above.
  • a liquid crystal display device and an organic EL (Electro Luminescence) display device will be described in detail as the image display device.
  • the liquid crystal display device according to the present invention is generally formed by forming an alignment film on the color filter according to the present invention, spraying spacers on the alignment film, and then bonding to a counter substrate to form a liquid crystal cell.
  • the liquid crystal is injected into the liquid crystal cell and connected to the counter electrode to complete.
  • the alignment film is preferably a resin film such as polyimide.
  • a gravure printing method and / or a flexographic printing method is usually employed, and the thickness of the alignment film is several tens of nm.
  • After the alignment film is cured by thermal baking, it is surface-treated by irradiation with ultraviolet rays or a rubbing cloth to form a surface state in which the tilt of the liquid crystal can be adjusted.
  • spacer a spacer having a size corresponding to a gap with the counter substrate is used, and a spacer of 2 to 8 ⁇ m is usually preferable.
  • a photo spacer (PS) of a transparent resin film can be formed on the color filter substrate by a photolithography method, and this can be used instead of the spacer.
  • the counter substrate an array substrate is usually used, and a TFT (thin film transistor) substrate is particularly preferable.
  • the gap for bonding to the counter substrate varies depending on the use of the liquid crystal display device, but is usually selected in the range of 2 ⁇ m or more and 8 ⁇ m or less.
  • portions other than the liquid crystal injection port are sealed with a sealing material such as an epoxy resin.
  • the sealing material is cured by UV irradiation and / or heating, and the periphery of the liquid crystal cell is sealed.
  • the liquid crystal cell whose periphery is sealed is cut into panel units, then decompressed in a vacuum chamber, the liquid crystal injection port is immersed in liquid crystal, and then the liquid crystal is injected into the liquid crystal cell by leaking in the chamber. .
  • the degree of vacuum in the liquid crystal cell is usually in the range of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 2 Pa or more, preferably 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 Pa or more, and usually 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 Pa or less, preferably 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 Pa or less. is there.
  • the liquid crystal cell is preferably heated during decompression, and the heating temperature is usually 30 ° C. or higher, preferably 50 ° C. or higher, and usually 100 ° C. or lower, preferably 90 ° C. or lower.
  • the warming holding at the time of depressurization is usually in the range of 10 minutes or more and 60 minutes or less, and then immersed in the liquid crystal.
  • a liquid crystal display device panel
  • the type of liquid crystal is not particularly limited, and may be any of conventionally known liquid crystals such as aromatic, aliphatic, and polycyclic compounds, and may be any of lyotropic liquid crystals, thermotropic liquid crystals, and the like.
  • thermotropic liquid crystal nematic liquid crystal, smectic liquid crystal, cholesteric liquid crystal and the like are known, but any of them may be used.
  • a transparent anode 50, a hole injection layer 51, a hole transport layer 52, a light emitting layer 53, an electron injection layer 54, and a cathode 55 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter.
  • a method of adhering the organic light-emitting body 500 formed on another substrate onto the inorganic oxide film 40 can be used.
  • the organic EL element 100 manufactured as described above can be applied to both a passive drive type organic EL display device and an active drive type organic EL display device.
  • Green pigment> In Examples and Comparative Examples, green pigments A and B described in Table 1 were used.
  • the average number of chlorine atoms and the average number of bromine atoms in Table 1 are values measured by a fluorescent X-ray fundamental parameter method (FP method), and the number of chlorine atoms occupied in 16 substitution sites of one molecule of zinc phthalocyanine. Is the average number of bromine atoms.
  • chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine is obtained by substituting all or part of 16 hydrogen atoms in one molecule of zinc phthalocyanine with chlorine atoms or bromine atoms. The average number of hydrogen atoms was calculated by subtracting the sum with the number.
  • the average number of chlorine atoms and the average number of bromine atoms were calculated as relative values per zinc atom from the mass ratio of zinc atom, chlorine atom and bromine atom measured by the FP method.
  • the fluorescent X-ray evaluation apparatus used was RIX-3000 manufactured by Rigaku Denki Kogyo Co., Ltd., and the X-ray tube was used at Rh 50 kV / 50 mA. The amount of the measurement sample was 2 g and used after being pressure-molded (30 mm ⁇ , 200 kN). Further, the average number of chlorine atoms and the average number of bromine atoms in one molecule were the average values in the entire measurement sample. Table 2 shows other detailed conditions set on the RIX-3000 screen. Green pigment B is C.I. I. Pigment Green 58.
  • Table 3 shows the chlorine atom content ratio and bromine atom content ratio measured by combustion ion chromatography for the same green pigments A and B as in Table 1. Specifically, each pigment was dissolved in ethyl benzoate, burned with a combustion device, the combustion gas was absorbed into a hydrogen peroxide absorbing solution, and ions in the absorbing solution were measured by ion chromatography. The average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule of green pigments A and B described in Table 3 is determined by laser desorption / ionization (LDI) -mass spectrometry (MS). It is the value measured by.
  • LPI laser desorption / ionization
  • Measurement is performed by dissolving 1 to 3 mg of pigment in 100 mg of THF (tetrahydrofuran) or NMP (N-methylpyrrolidone), applying ultrasonic waves, mounting the solution on a plate of several ⁇ L, and using an autoflex speed manufactured by BRUKER.
  • the mass spectrum of the green pigment A is shown in FIG. 2, and the mass spectrum of the green pigment B is shown in FIG.
  • the average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule was measured by the following procedure. First, the maximum peak intensity in the mass spectrum was used as a reference, and the 40% intensity was used as a threshold value. Next, the peak above the threshold was used as a calculation target peak, the number of hydrogen atoms was calculated from the molecular weight at the peak top for each peak, and the average number of hydrogen atoms was calculated by averaging them.
  • Dispersion resin A was synthesized by the following procedure. First, a separable flask equipped with a cooling tube as a reaction vessel was prepared, charged with 400 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, purged with nitrogen, and then heated in an oil bath with stirring until the temperature of the reaction vessel reached 90 ° C. The temperature rose.
  • Dispersant A Dispersant “BYK-LPN6919” manufactured by Big Chemie> A methacrylic acid AB block copolymer comprising an A block having a nitrogen atom-containing functional group and a B block having solvophilicity. It has repeating units of the following formulas (2b) and (3b) and does not have a repeating unit of the following formula (1b).
  • the amine value is 120 mgKOH / g, and the acid value is 1 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the content of the following formula (2b) in all repeating units of the A block is 100 mol%, and the content of (3b) in all repeating units of the B block is 11 mol%.
  • Binder resin A was synthesized by the following procedure. 145 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was stirred while replacing with nitrogen, and the temperature was raised to 120 ° C. 20 parts by mass of styrene, 57 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, and 82 parts by mass of monoacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton (FA-513M manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) were added dropwise thereto, and the mixture was further stirred at 120 ° C. for 2 hours.
  • Me in the above structural formula represents a methyl group.
  • Examples 1 to 5, Comparative Examples 1 to 3 A green pigment and a solvent are used in the types and amounts described in Table 4, Dispersant A as a dispersant is 4.0 parts by mass in terms of solid content, Dispersing resin A as a disperse resin is 4.0 parts by mass in terms of solid content, Using 225 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.5 mm, they were filled in a stainless steel container and dispersed for 6 hours in a paint shaker to prepare green pigment dispersions of Examples 1 to 5 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3. .
  • the boiling point is a value at 1013.25 hPa
  • the vapor pressure is a value at 20 ° C.
  • the amount of solvent 1 in Table 4 is the total amount contained in the green pigment dispersion.
  • DEGEA Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate
  • DEGBEA Diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate
  • 1,3-BGDA 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate
  • EEP Ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate MBA: 3-methoxybutyl acetate
  • BA Butyl acetate (butyl acetate)
  • PGMEA Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • ⁇ Preparation of colored resin composition The other components shown in Table 5 were mixed with each of the pigment dispersions to prepare a colored resin composition.
  • the compounding amount of the binder resin and the photopolymerizable monomer in Table 5 is a solid content conversion value
  • the compounding amount of the solvent is a value including the amount of the solvent contained in the binder resin and the photopolymerizable monomer.
  • The ratio of the area covered with the deposit to the total immersion area of the glass piece is 0%.
  • The ratio of the area covered with the adhered material to the total immersion area of the glass piece exceeds 0% and less than 10%. 10% or more
  • Example 1 using Green Pigment A and DEGEA having a boiling point of 217 ° C. and Example 2 using DEGBEA having a boiling point of 247 ° C. show almost no deposit on the glass piece. Very good.
  • Example 5 using MBA having a boiling point of 171 ° C. are also made of glass. Only a small amount of deposit is seen on the piece, which is good. Thus, by using a high boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C.
  • the green pigment B has a very small average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule, and has good wettability and adsorptivity of the pigment. This is probably because the pigment surface is sufficiently coated and the solubility in the solvent is good.
  • Example 6 to 11 Green pigment dispersions of Examples 6 to 11 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the green pigment and the solvent were used in the types and amounts shown in Table 7.
  • the boiling point is a value at 1013.25 hPa
  • the vapor pressure is a value at 20 ° C.
  • the amount of solvent 1 in Table 7 is the total amount contained in the green pigment dispersion.
  • ⁇ Preparation of colored resin composition The pigment dispersion of Table 7 was mixed with other components shown in Table 8 to prepare a colored resin composition.
  • the compounding amount of the binder resin and the photopolymerizable monomer in Table 8 is a solid content conversion value
  • the compounding amount of the solvent is a value including the amount of the solvent contained in the binder resin and the photopolymerizable monomer.
  • Example 9 the deposits were evaluated by the method described above. The results are shown in Table 9 together with the results of Example 3 and Example 5.
  • Example 8 ⁇ Evaluation of film wrinkle after high temperature treatment>
  • Comparative Example 4 was obtained in the same manner as Example 8 except that the green pigment type was changed to green pigment B.
  • a colored resin composition was applied on a glass substrate (Asahi Glass Co., Ltd., AN100) having a 50 mm square and a thickness of 0.6 mm using a spin coater, and then dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes.
  • the coating film thickness was set so that the chromaticity (sx, sy) after post-baking would be (0.250, 0.580) with a C light source.
  • the whole surface exposure process was performed with the exposure amount of 40 mJ / cm ⁇ 2 > with the 2kW high pressure mercury lamp. Thereafter, post-baking was performed in an oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes.
  • Sq root mean square deviation roughness, nm
  • Sa arithmetic mean roughness, nm
  • Sz maximum height of roughness, nm
  • the measurement was performed in a 12800 nm ⁇ 6400 nm visual field in the Focus mode using a 50 ⁇ optical lens.
  • Sq, Sa, and Sz were calculated in accordance with ISO 25178. The results are shown in Table 10.
  • the profile obtained by the measurement is shown in FIG. 4 (Example 8), FIG. 5 (Comparative Example 2), FIG.
  • FIG. 6 Comparative Example 4
  • FIG. 7 Comparative Example 3
  • the lateral width is 12800 nm and the depth is 6400 nm.
  • corrugations seen in each figure correspond to a film wrinkle.
  • Example 8 using the green pigment A and using the high-boiling solvent had small values of Sq, Sa and St, and the film wrinkle was effectively suppressed.
  • the difference between Sq and Sa was small and the value of St was small, it was confirmed that there were few surface irregularities caused by wrinkles, and there was no wrinkle variation in the measurement visual field.
  • the pigment concentration in the color filter is increased, and film wrinkles tend to occur accordingly. When film wrinkles are generated, color unevenness is caused accordingly, and problems such as disconnection failure during panel formation also occur.
  • the colored resin composition and the pigment dispersion of the present invention it is possible to suppress the occurrence of film wrinkles even when the color gamut is widened, and also effectively prevent color unevenness and disconnection failure during panel formation. It was suggested that it can be suppressed.
  • the green pigment A since the green pigment A has a higher coloring power than the green pigment B, the green pigment A can be made thinner to obtain a film having the same chromaticity. This is probably because the amount of the solvent, which is a volatile component, can be relatively reduced, and the amount of a component such as a binder resin, which is a component that contributes to thermal deformation, can also be relatively reduced.
  • the St value is greatly improved by the use of the high boiling point solvent.
  • Green Pigment A has an average number of hydrogen atoms greater than or equal to a predetermined value, so that the affinity with the solvent is increased, and the high boiling point solvent is likely to be present uniformly throughout the film. It can be suppressed, and as a result, the generation of film wrinkles on the entire surface of the film can be suppressed.
  • ⁇ Evaluation of coloring power> Except for using the green pigment dispersion of Comparative Example 2 or Comparative Example 3 described in Table 4 and the yellow pigment dispersion described below, except that the amount of pigment dispersion used was changed to the amount described in Table 11.
  • a colored resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in ⁇ Preparation of colored resin composition>.
  • concentration of Table 11 is a content rate of all the pigments with respect to the total solid of a colored resin composition.
  • the yellow pigment C as a yellow pigment is 12.0 parts by mass in terms of solids
  • the dispersant A is 4.0 parts by mass in terms of solids
  • the dispersion resin A is 4.0 parts by mass in terms of solids as a dispersion resin.
  • a nickel azo complex obtained by inserting a compound represented by the following formula (II) into a 1: 1 complex of azobarbituric acid represented by the following formula (I) with nickel or a compatible isomer thereof (E4GN-GT, manufactured by LANXESS) was used.
  • Reference Example 1 using Green Pigment A has a lower pigment concentration and higher coloring power than Reference Example 2 using Green Pigment B.
  • the binder resin, photopolymerizable monomer, photopolymerization initiator, and the like can be used more in terms of solid content, which is advantageous for many properties such as developability and reliability.
  • the half width of the peak of green pigment A is larger than that of green pigment B due to the influence of the average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule. This is considered to be because it is narrow and effectively shields red and blue transmitted light.
  • ⁇ Preparation of colored resin composition Other components shown in Table 13 were mixed with each pigment dispersion to prepare a colored resin composition.
  • the combinations of the green pigment species and the photopolymerization initiator species were as shown in Table 14.
  • the compounding amount of the binder resin and the photopolymerizable monomer in Table 13 is a solid content conversion value
  • the compounding amount of the solvent is a value including the amount of the solvent contained in the binder resin and the photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the photopolymerization initiators A to I in Table 14 are as follows.
  • a mask pattern having a linear opening with a width of 1 to 50 ⁇ m (1 to 10 ⁇ m: every 1 ⁇ m, every 15 to 50 ⁇ m: every 5 ⁇ m) is placed at a gap of 150 ⁇ m, and a sample is passed through this through a high-pressure mercury lamp to 40 mJ / cm 2.
  • 0.04 mass% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution was used and spray development was performed at a developer temperature of 23 ° C. and a pressure of 0.25 MPa.
  • the development time was set to twice the dissolution time of the colored resin composition measured in advance.
  • the substrate was rinsed with sufficient water and then dried with clean air. Thereafter, post-baking was performed in an oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes.
  • the green pigment A when used as in Experimental Examples 1 to 6, the use of an oxime ester compound as a photopolymerization initiator resulted in a small minimum adhesion value and good adhesion.
  • the green pigment A Compared to the green pigment B, the green pigment A has a higher average number of hydrogen atoms, and due to the difference in the light absorption characteristics associated therewith, it tends to be hard to be sufficiently photocured to the inside of the coating film.
  • the colored resin composition was applied on a 50 mm square and 0.6 mm thick glass substrate (AN100 manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) with a spin coater, and then dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes. Subsequently, the whole surface exposure process was performed with the exposure amount of 40 mJ / cm ⁇ 2 > with the 2kW high pressure mercury lamp. Thereafter, post-baking was performed in an oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides: a coloring resin composition which has high coloring power and provides a dried film that has high solubility in a solvent, and which is capable of suppressing adhesion of foreign materials; a color filter which uses this coloring resin composition; an image display device; and a pigment dispersion liquid which is used in this coloring resin composition. A coloring resin composition according to the present invention contains (A) a pigment, (B) a dispersant, (C) a solvent, (D) a binder resin and (E) a photopolymerization initiator. The pigment (A) contains a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment; and the average number of hydrogen atoms contained in each molecule of the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment is 3 or more. In addition, the solvent (C) contains a high-boiling-point solvent that has a boiling point of 150°C or more at 1,013.25 hPa.

Description

着色樹脂組成物、カラーフィルタ、及び画像表示装置Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
 本発明は、着色樹脂組成物、カラーフィルタ、及び画像表示装置に関する。更に詳しくは、特定のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料と、特定の高沸点溶剤を含有する着色樹脂組成物、この着色樹脂組成物を用いて作成した画素を有するカラーフィルタ、このカラーフィルタを有する画像表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a colored resin composition, a color filter, and an image display device. More specifically, a colored resin composition containing a specific zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment and a specific high-boiling solvent, a color filter having pixels formed using the colored resin composition, and an image display device having the color filter About.
 従来、液晶表示装置等に用いられるカラーフィルタを製造する方法としては、顔料分散法、染色法、電着法、印刷法が知られている。中でも、分光特性、耐久性、パターン形状及び精度等の観点から、平均的に優れた特性を有する顔料分散法が最も広範に採用されている。 Conventionally, a pigment dispersion method, a dyeing method, an electrodeposition method, and a printing method are known as methods for producing a color filter used in a liquid crystal display device or the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics, durability, pattern shape, accuracy, etc., a pigment dispersion method having excellent characteristics on average is most widely adopted.
 近年、カラーフィルタに対して、より高透過、高輝度、高コントラスト且つ高色域化が要求されている。カラーフィルタの色を決める色材としては、耐熱、耐光性等の観点から一般には顔料が用いられているが、中でも固有の透過吸収スペクトルが可視光波長領域でバックライトの蛍光体スペクトルと合致するものが好適に用いられている。例えば、緑色画素形成用として、古くからハロゲン化銅フタロシアニン緑色顔料と、各種黄色顔料との組み合わせが用いられている。 In recent years, higher transmission, higher brightness, higher contrast, and higher color gamut are required for color filters. As the color material that determines the color of the color filter, pigments are generally used from the viewpoints of heat resistance, light resistance, etc., among which the intrinsic transmission absorption spectrum matches the phosphor spectrum of the backlight in the visible light wavelength region. Those are preferably used. For example, a combination of a halogenated copper phthalocyanine green pigment and various yellow pigments has long been used for forming a green pixel.
 緑色画素の高輝度化に関して、例えば特許文献1~3に記載されているような、特定の色相を有する新しいハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン緑色顔料が提案され、従来のハロゲン化銅フタロシアニン緑色顔料に対する高輝度化が実現されている。また、特許文献1~3には、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料と、ビイミダゾールやα-アミノアルキルフェノンなどの光重合開始剤とを組み合わせた例が記載されている。
 さらに、近年においては特許文献4に記載のような、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン緑色顔料としてC.I.ピグメントグリーン58を含有し、溶媒としてプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル及び3-メトキシブチルアセテート等を含む着色組成物において、塗布基板上の凝集異物や表面粗度が改善できることが見出されている。
 さらに、特許文献5に記載されているように、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン緑色顔料と、特定のオキシムエステル系化合物からなる光重合開始剤とを併用することで、着色樹脂組成物製造時や保管中の異物発生を抑制でき、また、N-メチルピロリドンに接した際の析出物の発生を抑制できることが見出されている。また、特許文献6~11にも、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン緑色顔料と、オキシムエステル系化合物からなる光重合開始剤とを組み合わせた例が記載されている。
For increasing the brightness of green pixels, for example, a new zinc halide phthalocyanine green pigment having a specific hue as described in Patent Documents 1 to 3 has been proposed. Is realized. Patent Documents 1 to 3 describe examples in which a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment is combined with a photopolymerization initiator such as biimidazole or α-aminoalkylphenone.
Further, in recent years, as described in Patent Document 4, as a zinc halide phthalocyanine green pigment, C.I. I. In a colored composition containing CI Pigment Green 58 and containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, etc. as a solvent, it can be seen that the aggregated foreign matter and surface roughness on the coated substrate can be improved. Has been issued.
Furthermore, as described in Patent Document 5, by using together a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine green pigment and a photopolymerization initiator composed of a specific oxime ester compound, the colored resin composition is produced or stored. It has been found that the generation of foreign substances can be suppressed and the generation of precipitates when in contact with N-methylpyrrolidone can be suppressed. Patent Documents 6 to 11 also describe examples in which a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine green pigment and a photopolymerization initiator composed of an oxime ester compound are combined.
日本国特開2004-70342号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2004-70342 日本国特開2004-70343号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2004-70343 日本国特開2009-52010号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2009-52010 日本国特開2011-028219号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2011-028219 日本国特開2009-271502号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2009-271502 日本国特開2010-84119号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2010-84119 日本国特開2010-97172号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2010-97172 日本国特開2011-99974号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2011-99974 日本国特開2011-145668号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2011-145668 日本国特開2012-53278号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2012-53278 日本国特開2012-172003号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2012-172003
 本発明者が特許文献1~11に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料であるC.I.ピグメントグリーン58(以下、「G58」と略記する。)を含有する着色樹脂組成物について検討したところ、着色力が低く、一定の色度を達成するためには塗布膜厚を厚くしなければならないことが見出された。
 そこで、着色力が高く、一定の色度を達成するために塗布膜厚を薄くすることが可能な着色樹脂組成物を得るべく鋭意検討を重ねた結果、特定のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を用いることで達成可能であることが見出された。他方、当該顔料を含有する着色樹脂組成物について検討を重ねた結果、当該組成物を用いて形成した乾燥膜は溶媒への溶解性が低く、そのためダイコート法で当該組成物を塗布する際にディスペンスノズル先端に乾燥付着した異物が、塗布膜表面に異物として付着するという、G58の場合には存在しなかった新たな課題があることが見出された。
C.I. is a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment described in Patent Documents 1 to 11. I. When a colored resin composition containing Pigment Green 58 (hereinafter abbreviated as “G58”) was studied, the coloring power is low, and in order to achieve a certain chromaticity, the coating film thickness must be increased. It was found.
Therefore, as a result of intensive studies to obtain a colored resin composition having high coloring power and capable of reducing the coating film thickness to achieve a certain chromaticity, a specific zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment should be used. Was found to be achievable. On the other hand, as a result of repeated studies on a colored resin composition containing the pigment, a dry film formed using the composition has low solubility in a solvent, and therefore, when the composition is applied by a die coating method, it is dispensed. It has been found that there is a new problem that did not exist in the case of G58, in which the foreign matter dried and adhered to the nozzle tip adheres as a foreign matter to the coating film surface.
 本発明は上述の課題に鑑みてなされたもので、その目的は、着色力が高く、乾燥膜の溶媒への溶解性が高く、付着異物の発生を抑制可能な着色樹脂組成物、この着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成した画素を有するカラーフィルタ、このカラーフィルタを有する画像表示装置、及び当該着色樹脂組成物に用いられる顔料分散液を提供することである。 SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made in view of the above-mentioned problems, and the object thereof is a colored resin composition having a high coloring power, a high solubility in a solvent of a dry film, and capable of suppressing the generation of adhered foreign substances, and the colored resin. A color filter having pixels formed using the composition, an image display device having the color filter, and a pigment dispersion used in the colored resin composition.
 本発明者は、上記課題を解決すべく鋭意検討した結果、特定のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン緑色顔料と特定の高沸点溶剤を用いることによって、上記課題を解決できることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。即ち本発明の要旨は以下のとおりである。 As a result of intensive studies to solve the above problems, the present inventors have found that the above problems can be solved by using a specific zinc halide phthalocyanine green pigment and a specific high boiling point solvent, and have completed the present invention. It was. That is, the gist of the present invention is as follows.
[1] (A)顔料、(B)分散剤、(C)溶剤、(D)バインダー樹脂、及び(E)光重合開始剤を含有する着色樹脂組成物であって、
 前記(A)顔料が、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を含み、該ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料の一分子中に含まれる平均水素原子数が3以上であり、かつ、
 前記(C)溶剤が、1013.25hPaにおける沸点が150℃以上の高沸点溶剤を含む着色樹脂組成物。
[2] 前記(C)溶剤が、さらに1013.25hPaにおける沸点が150℃未満の低沸点溶剤を含む、[1]に記載の着色樹脂組成物。
[3] 着色樹脂組成物に対する前記(C)溶剤の含有割合が50質量%以上である、[1]又は[2]に記載の着色樹脂組成物。
[4] 前記(C)溶剤に対する前記高沸点溶剤の含有割合が0.5質量%以上である、[1]~[3]のいずれか1つに記載の着色樹脂組成物。
[5] 前記高沸点溶剤の20℃における蒸気圧が400Pa以下である、[1]~[4]のいずれか1つに記載の着色樹脂組成物。
[6] 前記(B)分散剤が、窒素原子を含む官能基を有するブロック共重合体を含む、[1]~[5]のいずれか1つに記載の着色樹脂組成物。
[1] A colored resin composition comprising (A) a pigment, (B) a dispersant, (C) a solvent, (D) a binder resin, and (E) a photopolymerization initiator,
The (A) pigment contains a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, the average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule of the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment is 3 or more, and
The colored resin composition, wherein the solvent (C) includes a high-boiling solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher at 101.25 hPa.
[2] The colored resin composition according to [1], wherein the solvent (C) further includes a low-boiling solvent having a boiling point of less than 150 ° C. at 1013.25 hPa.
[3] The colored resin composition according to [1] or [2], wherein the content ratio of the solvent (C) with respect to the colored resin composition is 50% by mass or more.
[4] The colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein a content ratio of the high boiling point solvent to the solvent (C) is 0.5% by mass or more.
[5] The colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the high boiling point solvent has a vapor pressure at 20 ° C. of 400 Pa or less.
[6] The colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the (B) dispersant includes a block copolymer having a functional group containing a nitrogen atom.
[7] 前記(E)光重合開始剤が、オキシムエステル系化合物を含む、[1]~[6]のいずれか1つに記載の着色樹脂組成物。
[8] [1]~[7]のいずれか1つに記載の着色樹脂組成物を用いて作成した画素を有する、カラーフィルタ。
[9] [8]に記載のカラーフィルタを有する、画像表示装置。
[10] (A)顔料、(B)分散剤、及び(C)溶剤を含有する顔料分散液であって、
 前記(A)顔料が、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を含み、該ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料の一分子中に含まれる平均水素原子数が3以上であり、かつ、
 前記(C)溶剤が、1013.25hPaにおける沸点が150℃以上の高沸点溶剤を含む顔料分散液。
[11] 前記(C)溶剤が、さらに1013.25hPaにおける沸点が150℃未満の低沸点溶剤を含む、[10]に記載の顔料分散液。
[12] 顔料分散液に対する前記(C)溶剤の含有割合が50質量%以上である、[10]又は[11]に記載の顔料分散液。
[13] 前記(C)溶剤に対する前記高沸点溶剤の含有割合が1質量%以上である、請求項[10]~[12]のいずれか1つに記載の顔料分散液。
[14] 前記高沸点溶剤の20℃における蒸気圧が400Pa以下である、[10]~[13]のいずれか1つに記載の顔料分散液。
[15] 前記(B)分散剤が、窒素原子を含む官能基を有するブロック共重合体を含む、[10]~[14]のいずれか1つに記載の顔料分散液。
[7] The colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the (E) photopolymerization initiator includes an oxime ester compound.
[8] A color filter having a pixel formed using the colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [7].
[9] An image display device having the color filter according to [8].
[10] A pigment dispersion containing (A) a pigment, (B) a dispersant, and (C) a solvent,
The (A) pigment contains a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, the average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule of the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment is 3 or more, and
(C) The pigment dispersion liquid in which the solvent contains a high boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher at 101.25 hPa.
[11] The pigment dispersion according to [10], wherein the solvent (C) further includes a low-boiling solvent having a boiling point of less than 150 ° C. at 1013.25 hPa.
[12] The pigment dispersion according to [10] or [11], wherein the content ratio of the solvent (C) with respect to the pigment dispersion is 50% by mass or more.
[13] The pigment dispersion according to any one of [10] to [12], wherein the content of the high-boiling solvent relative to the solvent (C) is 1% by mass or more.
[14] The pigment dispersion according to any one of [10] to [13], wherein the high boiling point solvent has a vapor pressure at 20 ° C. of 400 Pa or less.
[15] The pigment dispersion according to any one of [10] to [14], wherein the (B) dispersant includes a block copolymer having a functional group containing a nitrogen atom.
 本発明によれば、着色力が高く、乾燥膜の溶媒への溶解性が高く、付着異物の発生を抑制可能な着色樹脂組成物、この着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成した画素を有するカラーフィルタ、このカラーフィルタを有する画像表示装置、及び当該着色樹脂組成物に用いられる顔料分散液を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, a colored resin composition having a high coloring power, a high solubility in a solvent of a dry film, and capable of suppressing the generation of adhered foreign matter, and a color filter having pixels formed using the colored resin composition In addition, it is possible to provide an image display device having the color filter and a pigment dispersion used in the colored resin composition.
図1は、本発明のカラーフィルタを有する有機EL素子の一例を示す断面概略図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of an organic EL element having the color filter of the present invention. 図2は、緑色顔料Aのマススペクトルである。FIG. 2 is a mass spectrum of the green pigment A. 図3は、緑色顔料Bのマススペクトルである。FIG. 3 is a mass spectrum of the green pigment B. 図4は、実施例8の膜表面評価の測定プロファイルである。FIG. 4 is a measurement profile for film surface evaluation in Example 8. 図5は、比較例2の膜表面評価の測定プロファイルである。FIG. 5 is a measurement profile for film surface evaluation in Comparative Example 2. 図6は、比較例4の膜表面評価の測定プロファイルである。FIG. 6 is a measurement profile for film surface evaluation of Comparative Example 4. 図7は、比較例3の膜表面評価の測定プロファイルである。FIG. 7 is a measurement profile for film surface evaluation of Comparative Example 3.
 以下に、本発明の構成要件等について詳細に説明するが、これらは本発明の実施態様の一例であり、これらの内容に限定されるものではない。
 尚、「(メタ)アクリル」、「(メタ)アクリレート」等は、「アクリル及び/又はメタクリル」、「アクリレート及び/又はメタクリレート」等を意味するものとし、例えば「(メタ)アクリル酸」は「アクリル酸及び/又はメタクリル酸」を意味するものとする。また「全固形分」とは、顔料分散液または着色樹脂組成物に含まれる、後記する溶剤成分以外の全成分を意味するものとする。
The constituent requirements and the like of the present invention will be described in detail below, but these are examples of embodiments of the present invention and are not limited to these contents.
In addition, “(meth) acryl”, “(meth) acrylate” and the like mean “acryl and / or methacryl”, “acrylate and / or methacrylate” and the like, for example, “(meth) acrylic acid” is “ It means “acrylic acid and / or methacrylic acid”. Further, “total solid content” means all components other than the solvent components described later, which are contained in the pigment dispersion or the colored resin composition.
 本発明において、「重量平均分子量」とは、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)によるポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量(Mw)を指す。
 また本発明において、「アミン価」とは、特に断りのない限り有効固形分換算のアミン価を表し、分散剤の固形分1gあたりの塩基量と当量のKOHの質量で表される値である。
 尚、本明細書において、質量で表される全ての百分率や部は、重量で表される百分率や部と同様である。
In the present invention, “weight average molecular weight” refers to polystyrene-reduced weight average molecular weight (Mw) by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
In the present invention, the “amine value” means an amine value in terms of effective solid content unless otherwise specified, and is a value represented by the mass of KOH equivalent to the base amount per 1 g of the solid content of the dispersant. .
In the present specification, all percentages and parts expressed by mass are the same as percentages and parts expressed by weight.
[1]着色樹脂組成物及び顔料分散液の構成成分
 以下に本発明の着色樹脂組成物及び顔料分散液の各構成成分を説明する。本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物は、(A)顔料、(B)分散剤、(C)溶剤、(D)バインダー樹脂、及び(E)光重合開始剤を必須成分とし、更に要すれば、上記成分以外の他の添加物等が配合されていてもよい。また、本発明に係る顔料分散液は、(A)顔料、(B)分散剤、及び(C)溶剤を必須成分とし、更に要すれば、上記成分以外の他の添加物等が配合されていてもよい。
[1] Constituent Components of Colored Resin Composition and Pigment Dispersion The constituent components of the colored resin composition and pigment dispersion of the present invention are described below. The colored resin composition according to the present invention includes (A) a pigment, (B) a dispersant, (C) a solvent, (D) a binder resin, and (E) a photopolymerization initiator as essential components. Other additives other than the above components may be blended. In addition, the pigment dispersion according to the present invention contains (A) a pigment, (B) a dispersant, and (C) a solvent as essential components, and if necessary, additives other than the above components are blended. May be.
 本発明の第1の態様に係る着色樹脂組成物は、(A)顔料が、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を含み、該ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料の一分子中に含まれる平均水素原子数が3以上であり、かつ、(C)溶剤が、1013.25hPaにおける沸点が150℃以上の高沸点溶剤を含むものである。また、第2の態様に係る顔料分散液は、(A)顔料が、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を含み、該ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料の一分子中に含まれる平均水素原子数が3以上であり、かつ、(C)溶剤が、1013.25hPaにおける沸点が150℃以上の高沸点溶剤を含むものである。 In the colored resin composition according to the first aspect of the present invention, (A) the pigment contains a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, and the average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule of the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment is 3 or more. And (C) the solvent contains a high-boiling solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or more at 101.25 hPa. Further, in the pigment dispersion according to the second aspect, (A) the pigment contains a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, and the average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule of the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment is 3 or more, And the (C) solvent contains the high boiling point solvent whose boiling point in 101.25 hPa is 150 degreeC or more.
 他方、本発明の第3の態様に係る着色樹脂組成物は、(A)顔料が、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を含み、該ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料の一分子中に含まれる平均水素原子数が3以上であり、かつ、(E)光重合開始剤が、オキシムエステル系化合物を含むものである。
 以下、各構成成分を説明する。以下、特に断りがない限り、第1~第3の態様を併せて説明する。
On the other hand, in the colored resin composition according to the third aspect of the present invention, the (A) pigment contains a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, and the average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule of the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment is 3 In addition, the (E) photopolymerization initiator includes an oxime ester compound.
Hereinafter, each component will be described. Hereinafter, the first to third aspects will be described together unless otherwise specified.
[1-1](A)顔料
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物及び顔料分散液に使用される(A)顔料は、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料(以下、「緑色顔料a」と称することがある。)を含む。当該ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料の一分子中に含まれる平均水素原子数は3以上である。
 このように、(A)顔料として緑色顔料aを含むことで、高着色化と高輝度化を両立することができると考えられる。その詳細な機構は不明であるが、水素原子を多く含むことによる透過スペクトル変化によって、ピークの半値幅が狭く、赤色や青色の透過光を効果的に遮蔽するため、高着色化及び高輝度化が実現されているものと推測される。
[1-1] (A) Pigment The (A) pigment used in the colored resin composition and pigment dispersion of the present invention is a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “green pigment a”). including. The average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule of the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment is 3 or more.
Thus, it is thought that high coloring and high luminance can be achieved by including the green pigment a as the (A) pigment. The detailed mechanism is unknown, but the half-width of the peak is narrow due to the change in the transmission spectrum due to the inclusion of many hydrogen atoms, and the red and blue transmitted light is effectively blocked. Is presumed to be realized.
 通常の亜鉛フタロシアニンは一分子中に16個の水素原子を有しており、これらの水素原子の一部をハロゲン原子で置換したものが、本発明で使用されるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料である。特に、高着色及び高輝度の観点から、塩素化臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料であることが好ましい。 Ordinary zinc phthalocyanine has 16 hydrogen atoms in one molecule, and a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment used in the present invention is one obtained by substituting a part of these hydrogen atoms with a halogen atom. In particular, from the viewpoint of high coloring and high brightness, a chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment is preferable.
 顔料1分子中の平均水素原子数の特定方法は特に限定されないが、蛍光X線ファンダメンタルパラメーター法(FP法)によって測定した平均ハロゲン原子数を用いて算出する方法や、レーザー脱離イオン化法(Laser Desorption/Ionization、LDI)―質量分析法(Mass Spectrometry、MS)にて測定する方法などが挙げられるが、簡便さや精度の観点からはFP法が好ましい。 The method for specifying the average number of hydrogen atoms in one molecule of the pigment is not particularly limited, but a method of calculating using the average number of halogen atoms measured by the fluorescent X-ray fundamental parameter method (FP method), a laser desorption ionization method (Laser Desorption / Ionization, LDI) —Method of measuring by mass spectrometry (Mass Spectrometry, MS) and the like can be mentioned, but the FP method is preferable from the viewpoint of simplicity and accuracy.
 FP法を用いて算出する方法では、まず、FP法により平均ハロゲン原子数を測定する。ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニンにおいてハロゲン原子及び水素原子が占めるサイトは16個であることから、ハロゲン原子で占められていない残りのサイトを算出することで、平均水素原子数が得られる。実施例で用いた装置及び条件を採用して測定を行い、算出することが好ましい。詳細には、FP法にて測定した亜鉛原子とハロゲン原子の質量比から、亜鉛原子1個当たりの平均ハロゲン原子数を求め、16から平均ハロゲン原子数を減ずることで平均水素原子数が得られる。 In the calculation method using the FP method, first, the average number of halogen atoms is measured by the FP method. Since there are 16 sites occupied by halogen atoms and hydrogen atoms in the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine, the average number of hydrogen atoms can be obtained by calculating the remaining sites not occupied by halogen atoms. It is preferable to perform measurement by adopting the apparatus and conditions used in the examples. Specifically, the average number of halogen atoms is obtained by calculating the average number of halogen atoms per zinc atom from the mass ratio of zinc atoms and halogen atoms measured by the FP method, and subtracting the average number of halogen atoms from 16. .
 一方で、LDI-MS法により測定する方法では、LDI-MS法にて分子量(m/z値)に対する強度を測定する。通常、緑色顔料a中には、水素原子、塩素原子及び臭素原子の個数が異なる分子の混合物となっており、該混合物に対して上記方法にて測定して得られた各分子の強度から、各分子に含まれる水素原子、塩素原子及び臭素原子の個数を算出し、さらにそれらを平均することで、一分子中に含まれる水素原子、塩素原子及び臭素原子の個数の平均値を算出することができる。実施例で用いた装置及び条件を採用して測定を行い、算出することが好ましい。
 詳細には、マススペクトルの主要ピークの分子量から、各ピークに対応する塩素化臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニン分子(H16-x-yZnC32BrCl)におけるx及びyの値を得て、次に、ピーク強度が一定値以上の複数のピーク(分子)を対象にしてそれらの平均値を算出することで、各々の原子の平均原子数が得られる。
On the other hand, in the method of measuring by the LDI-MS method, the strength with respect to the molecular weight (m / z value) is measured by the LDI-MS method. Usually, the green pigment a is a mixture of molecules having different numbers of hydrogen atoms, chlorine atoms and bromine atoms, and from the strength of each molecule obtained by measuring the mixture by the above method, Calculate the average number of hydrogen atoms, chlorine atoms and bromine atoms contained in one molecule by calculating the number of hydrogen atoms, chlorine atoms and bromine atoms contained in each molecule, and averaging them. Can do. It is preferable to perform measurement by adopting the apparatus and conditions used in the examples.
Specifically, the values of x and y in the chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine molecule (H 16-xy ZnC 32 N 8 Br x Cl y ) corresponding to each peak are obtained from the molecular weight of the main peak of the mass spectrum. Then, by calculating the average value of a plurality of peaks (molecules) whose peak intensity is a certain value or more, the average number of atoms of each atom can be obtained.
 緑色顔料aは、一分子中に含まれる平均水素原子数が通常2以上であり、好ましくは3以上、より好ましくは4以上、さらに好ましくは5以上、また、好ましくは16以下、より好ましくは14以下、さらに好ましくは12以下、よりさらに好ましくは10以下、特に好ましくは8以下である。前記下限値以上とすることで高着色となる傾向がある。また、前記上限値以下とすることで分散液の安定性を向上できる傾向がある。 The green pigment a has an average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule of usually 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, more preferably 4 or more, still more preferably 5 or more, and preferably 16 or less, more preferably 14 Hereinafter, it is more preferably 12 or less, even more preferably 10 or less, and particularly preferably 8 or less. There exists a tendency which becomes highly colored by setting it as the said lower limit or more. Moreover, there exists a tendency which can improve the stability of a dispersion liquid by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
 また緑色顔料aは、一分子中に含まれる平均塩素原子数が好ましくは0.5以上であり、より好ましくは1以上、さらに好ましくは1.5以上、また、好ましくは14以下、より好ましくは13以下、さらに好ましくは12以下である。前記下限値以上とすることで高着色となる傾向がある。また、前記上限値以下とすることで高輝度となる傾向がある。 The green pigment a has an average number of chlorine atoms contained in one molecule of preferably 0.5 or more, more preferably 1 or more, further preferably 1.5 or more, and preferably 14 or less, more preferably 13 or less, more preferably 12 or less. There exists a tendency which becomes highly colored by setting it as the said lower limit or more. Moreover, there exists a tendency for it to become high-intensity by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
 また緑色顔料aは、一分子中に含まれる平均臭素原子数が好ましくは1以上であり、より好ましくは2以上、さらに好ましくは3以上、また、好ましくは14以下、より好ましくは13以下、さらに好ましくは12以下である。前記下限値以上とすることで高輝度となる傾向がある。また、前記上限値以下とすることで高着色となる傾向がある。 The green pigment a has an average number of bromine atoms contained in one molecule of preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, further preferably 3 or more, and preferably 14 or less, more preferably 13 or less, Preferably it is 12 or less. There exists a tendency for it to become high-intensity by setting it as the said lower limit or more. Moreover, there exists a tendency which becomes highly colored by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
 さらに、緑色顔料aは、一分子中に含まれる平均臭素原子数に対する、一分子中に含まれる平均塩素原子数の割合が、0.1以上であることが好ましく、0.15以上であることがより好ましく、0.2以上であることがさらに好ましく、また、7以下であることが好ましく、3以下であることがより好ましく、1以下であることがさらに好ましく、0.5以下であることが特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで高着色となる傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで、高輝度となる傾向がある。 Further, in the green pigment a, the ratio of the average number of chlorine atoms contained in one molecule to the average number of bromine atoms contained in one molecule is preferably 0.1 or more, and is 0.15 or more. Is more preferably 0.2 or more, preferably 7 or less, more preferably 3 or less, further preferably 1 or less, and 0.5 or less. Is particularly preferred. There exists a tendency which becomes highly colored by setting it as the said lower limit or more, and there exists a tendency for it to become high-intensity by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
 一方で、緑色顔料aは、FP法により算出した、一分子中に含まれる平均水素原子数が通常2以上であり、好ましくは3以上、より好ましくは3.5以上、さらに好ましくは4.0以上、よりさらに好ましくは4.2以上、特に好ましくは4.5以上、また、好ましくは12以下、より好ましくは10以下、さらに好ましくは8以下、よりさらに好ましくは6以下、特に好ましくは5.5以下である。前記下限値以上とすることで高着色となる傾向がある。また、前記上限値以下とすることで分散液の安定性を向上できる傾向がある。 On the other hand, the green pigment a has an average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule calculated by the FP method of usually 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, more preferably 3.5 or more, and still more preferably 4.0. More preferably, it is 4.2 or more, particularly preferably 4.5 or more, preferably 12 or less, more preferably 10 or less, still more preferably 8 or less, still more preferably 6 or less, particularly preferably 5. 5 or less. There exists a tendency which becomes highly colored by setting it as the said lower limit or more. Moreover, there exists a tendency which can improve the stability of a dispersion liquid by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
 また緑色顔料aは、FP法により測定した、一分子中に含まれる平均塩素原子数が好ましくは0.5以上であり、より好ましくは1以上、さらに好ましくは1.5以上、また、好ましくは14以下、より好ましくは12以下、さらに好ましくは10以下、よりさらに好ましくは8以下、特に好ましくは6以下、最も好ましくは4以下である。前記下限値以上とすることで高着色となる傾向がある。また、前記上限値以下とすることで高輝度となる傾向がある。 Further, the green pigment a has an average number of chlorine atoms contained in one molecule measured by the FP method of preferably 0.5 or more, more preferably 1 or more, still more preferably 1.5 or more, and preferably It is 14 or less, more preferably 12 or less, further preferably 10 or less, even more preferably 8 or less, particularly preferably 6 or less, and most preferably 4 or less. There exists a tendency which becomes highly colored by setting it as the said lower limit or more. Moreover, there exists a tendency for it to become high-intensity by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
 また緑色顔料aは、FP法により測定した、一分子中に含まれる平均臭素原子数が好ましくは1以上であり、より好ましくは3以上、さらに好ましくは5以上、よりさらに好ましくは6以上、特に好ましくは7以上、最も好ましくは8以上であり、また、好ましくは14以下、より好ましくは13以下、さらに好ましくは12以下、よりさらに好ましくは11以下、特に好ましくは10以下である。前記下限値以上とすることで高輝度となる傾向がある。また、前記上限値以下とすることで高着色となる傾向がある。 The green pigment a has an average number of bromine atoms contained in one molecule measured by the FP method of preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3 or more, still more preferably 5 or more, still more preferably 6 or more, particularly It is preferably 7 or more, most preferably 8 or more, and is preferably 14 or less, more preferably 13 or less, still more preferably 12 or less, still more preferably 11 or less, and particularly preferably 10 or less. There exists a tendency for it to become high-intensity by setting it as the said lower limit or more. Moreover, there exists a tendency which becomes highly colored by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
 さらに、緑色顔料aは、FP法により測定した、一分子中に含まれる平均臭素原子数に対する、一分子中に含まれる平均塩素原子数の割合が、0.1以上であることが好ましく、0.15以上であることがより好ましく、0.2以上であることがさらに好ましく、また、7以下であることが好ましく、3以下であることがより好ましく、1以下であることがさらに好ましく、0.5以下であることが特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで高着色となる傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで、高輝度となる傾向がある。 Further, in the green pigment a, the ratio of the average number of chlorine atoms contained in one molecule to the average number of bromine atoms contained in one molecule, measured by the FP method, is preferably 0.1 or more. Is preferably 15 or more, more preferably 0.2 or more, and is preferably 7 or less, more preferably 3 or less, still more preferably 1 or less, 0 It is particularly preferred that it is not more than. There exists a tendency which becomes highly colored by setting it as the said lower limit or more, and there exists a tendency which becomes high brightness by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
 また緑色顔料aは、該緑色顔料a中に塩素原子を3.5質量%以上含有するものであることが好ましく、4.0質量%以上がより好ましく、4.3質量%以上がさらに好ましく、4.5質量%以上が特に好ましく、また、好ましくは30質量%以下、より好ましくは20質量%以下、さらに好ましくは10質量%以下、特に好ましくは6質量%以下である。前記下限値以上とすることで高着色となる傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで高輝度となる傾向がある。
 緑色顔料aに含まれる塩素原子及び臭素原子の含有量は、該顔料を安息香酸エチルに溶解後、燃焼装置にて燃焼し、その燃焼ガスを過酸化水素吸収液に吸収させ、その吸収液中のイオンを測定する燃焼ガス-イオンクロマトグラフィー法にて測定することができる。
The green pigment a preferably contains 3.5% by mass or more of chlorine atoms in the green pigment a, more preferably 4.0% by mass or more, and still more preferably 4.3% by mass or more. 4.5 mass% or more is especially preferable, Preferably it is 30 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 20 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 10 mass% or less, Most preferably, it is 6 mass% or less. There exists a tendency which becomes highly colored by setting it as the said lower limit or more, and there exists a tendency which becomes high brightness by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
The content of chlorine atoms and bromine atoms contained in the green pigment a is determined by dissolving the pigment in ethyl benzoate, burning it in a combustion device, absorbing the combustion gas in the hydrogen peroxide absorbent, It can be measured by a combustion gas-ion chromatography method for measuring the ions of the gas.
 また、緑色顔料aは、上記分析法にて測定した、該緑色顔料a中の臭素原子の含有割合が30質量%以上であることが好ましく、40質量%以上であることがより好ましく、45質量%以上であることがさらに好ましく、50質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、臭素原子の含有割有は80質量%以下であることが好ましく、70質量%以下であることがより好ましく、60質量%以下であることがさらに好ましく、55質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで、高輝度となる傾向がある。また、前記上限値以下とすることで、高着色となる傾向がある。 The green pigment a has a bromine atom content in the green pigment a measured by the above analysis method of preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, and 45% by mass. % Or more is more preferable, and 50% by mass or more is particularly preferable. Further, the content of bromine atoms is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, further preferably 60% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 55% by mass or less. preferable. By setting it to the lower limit value or more, there is a tendency that the luminance becomes high. Moreover, there exists a tendency which becomes highly colored by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
 このような塩素化臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料は、日本国特開昭50-130816号公報等に開示されている公知の製造方法で製造できる。例えば、芳香環の水素原子の一部又は全部が臭素の他、塩素等のハロゲン原子で置換されたフタル酸やフタロニトリルを適宜出発原料として使用して、顔料を合成する方法が挙げられる。この場合、必要に応じてモリブデン酸アンモニウム等の触媒を用いてもよい。 Such a chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment can be produced by a known production method disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 50-130816. For example, a method of synthesizing a pigment using phthalic acid or phthalonitrile in which some or all of the hydrogen atoms of the aromatic ring are substituted with a halogen atom such as chlorine in addition to bromine as an appropriate starting material. In this case, a catalyst such as ammonium molybdate may be used as necessary.
 他の方法としては、塩化アルミニウム、塩化ナトリウム、臭化ナトリウム等の混合物からなる110~170℃程度の溶融物中で、亜鉛フタロシアニンを臭素ガスで臭素化する方法が挙げられる。この方法においては、溶融塩中の塩化物と臭化物の比率を調節したり、塩素ガスの導入量や反応時間を変化させたりすることによって、臭素含有量の異なる種々の臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニンの比率を任意にコントロールすることができる。
 反応終了後、得られた混合物を塩酸等の酸性水溶液中に投入すると、生成した臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニンが沈殿する。その後、ろ過、洗浄、乾燥等の後処理を行って、臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニンを得る。
As another method, there is a method in which zinc phthalocyanine is brominated with bromine gas in a melt of about 110 to 170 ° C. composed of a mixture of aluminum chloride, sodium chloride, sodium bromide and the like. In this method, the ratio of various brominated zinc phthalocyanines with different bromine contents can be adjusted by adjusting the ratio of chloride and bromide in the molten salt, or by changing the amount of chlorine gas introduced and the reaction time. Can be controlled arbitrarily.
When the obtained mixture is put into an acidic aqueous solution such as hydrochloric acid after the reaction is completed, the produced brominated zinc phthalocyanine is precipitated. Thereafter, post-treatment such as filtration, washing and drying is performed to obtain brominated zinc phthalocyanine.
 こうして得られた塩素化臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を、必要に応じてアトライター、ボールミル、振動ミル、振動ボールミル等の粉砕機内で乾式摩砕し、ついで、ソルベントソルトミリング法やソルベントボイリング法等で顔料化することによって、透過率やコントラストの高い緑色を発色する塩素化臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料が得られる。顔料化方法には特に制限は無いが、容易に結晶成長を抑制でき、且つ比表面積の大きい顔料粒子が得られる点でソルベントソルトミリング処理を採用するのが好ましい。 The chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment thus obtained is dry-ground in a pulverizer such as an attritor, ball mill, vibration mill, vibration ball mill, etc., if necessary, and then pigmented by a solvent salt milling method or a solvent boiling method. As a result, a chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment that develops a green color with high transmittance and contrast can be obtained. The pigmentation method is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to employ a solvent salt milling treatment from the viewpoint that crystal growth can be easily suppressed and pigment particles having a large specific surface area can be obtained.
 ソルベントソルトミリングとは、合成直後の粗顔料と、無機塩と、有機溶剤とを混練摩砕することを意味する。具体的には、粗顔料と、無機塩と、それを溶解しない有機溶剤とを混練機に仕込み、その中で混練摩砕を行う。この際の混練機としては、例えばニーダー、ミックスマーラーやプラネタリ―ミキサー、もしくは、日本国特開2006-77062号公報に記載されているような環状の固定円盤と同心の回転円盤の間隙部分の形成された粉砕空間を有する連続混練機等が好適に使用される。 Solvent salt milling means kneading and grinding a crude pigment immediately after synthesis, an inorganic salt, and an organic solvent. Specifically, a crude pigment, an inorganic salt, and an organic solvent that does not dissolve it are charged into a kneader, and kneading and grinding are performed therein. As a kneading machine at this time, for example, a kneader, a mix muller, a planetary mixer, or the formation of a gap portion of a rotating disk concentric with an annular fixed disk as described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2006-77062 A continuous kneader having a pulverized space is preferably used.
 上記無機塩としては、水溶性無機塩が好適に使用でき、例えば塩化ナトリウム、塩化カリウム、硫酸ナトリウム等の無機塩を用いることが好ましい。また、これら無機塩の平均粒子径は0.5~50μmであることがより好ましい。このような無機塩は、通常の無機塩を微粉砕することで容易に得られる。
 なお、緑色顔料aとして、DIC株式会社製のG59を用いることもできる。
As the inorganic salt, a water-soluble inorganic salt can be preferably used. For example, an inorganic salt such as sodium chloride, potassium chloride, sodium sulfate is preferably used. The average particle diameter of these inorganic salts is more preferably 0.5 to 50 μm. Such an inorganic salt can be easily obtained by pulverizing a normal inorganic salt.
Note that G59 manufactured by DIC Corporation can also be used as the green pigment a.
 (A)顔料は、緑色顔料a以外に、その他の緑色顔料を含んでいてもよい。その他の緑色顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7、C.I.ピグメントグリーン36、C.I.ピグメントグリーン58などが挙げられる。 (A) The pigment may contain other green pigments in addition to the green pigment a. Other green pigments include, for example, C.I. I. Pigment green 7, C.I. I. Pigment green 36, C.I. I. And CI Pigment Green 58.
 緑色顔料に含まれる緑色顔料aの含有割合は、5質量%以上であることが好ましく、10質量%以上であることがより好ましく、30質量%以上であることがさらに好ましく、50質量%以上であることがよりさらに好ましく、80質量%以上であることが特に好ましく、通常100質量%以下である。前記下限値以上の場合には当該顔料の効果をより多く得られる傾向がある。 The content ratio of the green pigment a contained in the green pigment is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, further preferably 30% by mass or more, and 50% by mass or more. More preferably, it is more preferably 80% by mass or more, and usually 100% by mass or less. When the amount is not less than the lower limit, the effect of the pigment tends to be obtained more.
 また、(A)顔料に含まれる緑色顔料の含有割合は、30質量%以上であることが好ましく、35質量%以上であることがより好ましく、40質量%以上であることがさらに好ましく、45質量%以上であることが特に好ましく、また、通常100質量%以下であり、90質量%以下であることが好ましく、80質量%以下であることがより好ましく、70質量%以下であることがさらに好ましく、60質量%以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで広色域化できる傾向がある。また、前記上限値以下とすることで製版性を良化できる傾向がある。 The content ratio of the green pigment contained in the (A) pigment is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 35% by mass or more, further preferably 40% by mass or more, and 45% by mass. % Is particularly preferably 100% by mass or less, preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and further preferably 70% by mass or less. 60 mass% or less is particularly preferable. There exists a tendency which can be made wide color gamut by setting it as the said lower limit or more. Moreover, there exists a tendency which can improve platemaking property by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物における(A)顔料の含有割合は、固形分全量に対し、通常20質量%以上、好ましくは25質量%以上、より好ましくは30質量%以上、さらに好ましくは35質量%以上、また、通常90質量%以下、好ましくは70質量%以下、より好ましくは60質量%以下、さらに好ましくは50質量%以下、特に好ましくは45質量%以下である。前記範囲内の場合には分散安定性が良好で緑色顔料による効果をより多く得られる傾向がある。 The content ratio of the pigment (A) in the colored resin composition of the present invention is usually 20% by mass or more, preferably 25% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and further preferably 35% by mass with respect to the total solid content. In addition, it is usually 90% by mass or less, preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, still more preferably 50% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 45% by mass or less. Within the above range, the dispersion stability is good and there is a tendency that more effects of the green pigment can be obtained.
 また、本発明の顔料分散液における(A)顔料の含有割合は、固形分全量に対し、20質量%以上であることが好ましく、30質量%以上であることがより好ましく、40質量%以上であることがさらに好ましく、50質量%以上であることが特に好ましく、また、80質量%以下であることが好ましく、70質量%以下であることがより好ましい。前記範囲内の場合には分散安定性が良好で緑色顔料による効果をより多く得られる傾向がある。 Further, the content ratio of the pigment (A) in the pigment dispersion of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and more preferably 40% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content. More preferably, it is particularly preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less. Within the above range, the dispersion stability is good and there is a tendency that more effects of the green pigment can be obtained.
 また、本発明の顔料分散液における緑色顔料の含有割合は、固形分全量に対し、20質量%以上であることが好ましく、30質量%以上であることがより好ましく、40質量%以上であることがさらに好ましく、50質量%以上であることが特に好ましく、また、80質量%以下であることが好ましく、70質量%以下であることがより好ましい。前記範囲内の場合には分散安定性が良好で緑色顔料による効果をより多く得られる傾向がある。 Further, the content ratio of the green pigment in the pigment dispersion of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and 40% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content. Is more preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less. Within the above range, the dispersion stability is good and there is a tendency that more effects of the green pigment can be obtained.
 緑色顔料aを含む緑色顔料の平均一次粒径は、通常0.1μm以下、好ましくは0.04μm以下、より好ましくは0.03μm以下であり、また通常0.005μm以上である。平均一次粒径を前記範囲内とすることで、消偏特性の悪化及び透過率の低下を抑制できる傾向がある。 The average primary particle size of the green pigment containing the green pigment a is usually 0.1 μm or less, preferably 0.04 μm or less, more preferably 0.03 μm or less, and usually 0.005 μm or more. By setting the average primary particle size within the above range, there is a tendency that deterioration in depolarization characteristics and reduction in transmittance can be suppressed.
 なお、顔料の平均一次粒径は次の方法で求めることができる。すなわち、顔料をクロロホルム中に超音波分散し、コロジオン膜貼り付けメッシュ上に滴下して、乾燥させ、透過電子顕微鏡(TEM)観察により、顔料の一次粒子像を得る。有機顔料の場合は、個々の顔料粒子の粒径を、同じ面積となる円の直径に換算した面積円相当径として、複数個の顔料粒子についてそれぞれ粒径を求めた後、下式の計算式の通り個数平均値を計算し平均粒径を求める。 The average primary particle size of the pigment can be obtained by the following method. That is, the pigment is ultrasonically dispersed in chloroform, dropped onto a collodion film-attached mesh, dried, and a primary particle image of the pigment is obtained by observation with a transmission electron microscope (TEM). In the case of an organic pigment, the particle diameter of each pigment particle is defined as an area equivalent circle diameter converted to the diameter of a circle having the same area, and after calculating the particle diameter for each of the plurality of pigment particles, the following formula Calculate the average particle size by calculating the number average value as follows.
 個々の顔料粒子の粒径:
  X,X,X,X,・・・・,X,・・・・・・X 平均粒径 = ΣX/m
Particle size of individual pigment particles:
X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 ,..., X i ,... X m average particle diameter = ΣX i / m
 また、色相の調整のために、(A)顔料は、黄色顔料を含むことが可能である。黄色顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントイエロー(P.Y.)1、1:1、2、3、4、5、6、9、10、12、13、14、16、17、20、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、41、42、43、48、53、55、61、62、62:1、63、65、73、74、75,81、83、86、87、93、94、95、97、100、101、104、105、108、109、110、111、116、117、119、120、125、126、127、127:1、128、129、133、134、136、137、138、139、142、147、148、150、151、153、154、155、157、158、159、160、161、162、163、164、165、166、167、168、169、170、172、173、174、175、176、180、181、182、183、184、185、188、189、190、191、191:1、192、193、194、195、196、197、198、199、200、202、203、204、205、206、207、208、及び下記式(I)で表されるアゾバルビツール酸のニッケルとの1:1錯体又はその互換異性体に、他の化合物が挿入されてなる化合物(以下、「式(I)で表されるニッケルアゾ錯体」と称する)等が挙げられる。 In order to adjust the hue, the (A) pigment can contain a yellow pigment. Examples of yellow pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow (P.Y.) 1, 1: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 41, 42, 43, 48, 53, 55, 61, 62, 62: 1, 63, 65, 73, 74, 75, 81, 83, 86, 87, 93, 94, 95, 97, 100, 101, 104, 105, 108, 109, 110, 111, 116, 117, 119, 120, 125, 126, 127, 127: 1, 128, 129, 133, 134, 136, 137, 138, 139, 142, 147, 148, 150, 151, 153, 154, 155, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 16 168, 169, 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 188, 189, 190, 191, 191: 1, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196 197, 198, 199, 200, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, and a 1: 1 complex of azobarbituric acid represented by the following formula (I) with nickel or compatible isomers thereof And a compound in which another compound is inserted (hereinafter referred to as “nickel azo complex represented by the formula (I)”).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 また、前記他の化合物としては、下記式(II)で表される化合物などが挙げられる。 In addition, examples of the other compounds include compounds represented by the following formula (II).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 この中でも、好ましくはC.I.ピグメントイエロー83、117、129、138、139、154、155、180、185、及び式(I)で表されるニッケルアゾ錯体、更に好ましくはC.I.ピグメントイエロー83、138、139、180、及び式(I)で表されるニッケルアゾ錯体が挙げられる。 Of these, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 83, 117, 129, 138, 139, 154, 155, 180, 185, and a nickel azo complex represented by the formula (I), more preferably C.I. I. Pigment yellow 83, 138, 139, 180, and nickel azo complex represented by the formula (I).
 これらの黄色顔料の平均一次粒子径は、通常0.2μm以下、好ましくは0.1μm以下、より好ましくは0.04μm以下である。顔料の微粒化に際しては、上述したソルベントソルトミリングのような手法が好適に用いられる。
 (A)顔料に含まれる黄色顔料の含有割合は、95質量%以下であることが好ましく、90質量%以下であることがより好ましく、80質量%以下であることがよりさらに好ましく、70質量%以下が特に好ましく、60質量%以下が最も好ましく、通常0質量%以上、10質量%以上が好ましく、30質量%以上がより好ましく、40質量%以上がさらに好ましく、50質量%以上が特に好ましい。前記上限値以下の場合には緑色顔料aの効果をより多く得られる傾向がある。
The average primary particle diameter of these yellow pigments is usually 0.2 μm or less, preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.04 μm or less. When the pigment is atomized, a technique such as the solvent salt milling described above is preferably used.
(A) The content ratio of the yellow pigment contained in the pigment is preferably 95% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, still more preferably 80% by mass or less, and 70% by mass. The following is particularly preferable, 60% by mass or less is most preferable, usually 0% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more is preferable, 30% by mass or more is more preferable, 40% by mass or more is further preferable, and 50% by mass or more is particularly preferable. When the amount is not more than the above upper limit value, the effect of the green pigment a tends to be obtained more.
 また、本発明の着色樹脂組成物及び顔料分散液は、(A)顔料に加えて、染料を含んでいてもよい。特に、輝度の観点からは黄色染料を含むことが好ましい。 Further, the colored resin composition and the pigment dispersion of the present invention may contain a dye in addition to (A) the pigment. In particular, it is preferable to include a yellow dye from the viewpoint of luminance.
[1-2](B)分散剤
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物及び顔料分散液は、(A)顔料を安定に分散させる目的で(B)分散剤を含有する。中でも高分子分散剤を用いると経時の分散安定性に優れるので好ましい。
 高分子分散剤としては、例えば、ウレタン系分散剤、ポリエチレンイミン系分散剤、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル系分散剤、ポリオキシエチレングリコールジエステル系分散剤、ソルビタン脂肪族エステル系分散剤、脂肪族変性ポリエステル系分散剤を挙げることができる。これら分散剤の具体例としては、商品名で、EFKA(登録商標、BASF社製)、DisperBYK(登録商標、ビックケミー社製)、ディスパロン(登録商標、楠本化成社製)、SOLSPERSE(登録商標、ルーブリゾール社製)、KP(信越化学工業社製)、ポリフロー(共栄社化学社製)等を挙げることができる。
[1-2] (B) Dispersant The colored resin composition and the pigment dispersion of the present invention contain (B) a dispersant for the purpose of stably dispersing (A) the pigment. Of these, the use of a polymer dispersant is preferred because of excellent dispersion stability over time.
Examples of the polymer dispersant include a urethane dispersant, a polyethyleneimine dispersant, a polyoxyethylene alkyl ether dispersant, a polyoxyethylene glycol diester dispersant, a sorbitan aliphatic ester dispersant, and an aliphatic modified polyester. There may be mentioned system dispersants. Specific examples of these dispersants are trade names of EFKA (registered trademark, manufactured by BASF), DisperBYK (registered trademark, manufactured by Big Chemie), Disparon (registered trademark, manufactured by Enomoto Kasei), SOLPERSE (registered trademark, Louvre). Zol), KP (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), Polyflow (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 高分子分散剤の中でも、分散性や保存安定性の観点から、窒素原子を含む官能基を有するブロック共重合体が好ましく、アクリル系ブロック共重合体がより好ましい。
 窒素原子を含む官能基を有するブロック共重合体としては、側鎖に4級アンモニウム塩基及び/又はアミノ基を有するAブロックと、4級アンモニウム塩基及び/又はアミノ基を有さないBブロックとからなる、A-Bブロック共重合体及び/又はB-A-Bブロック共重合体が好ましい。
Among the polymer dispersants, a block copolymer having a functional group containing a nitrogen atom is preferable from the viewpoint of dispersibility and storage stability, and an acrylic block copolymer is more preferable.
The block copolymer having a functional group containing a nitrogen atom includes an A block having a quaternary ammonium base and / or amino group in a side chain and a B block having no quaternary ammonium base and / or amino group. The AB block copolymer and / or the BAB block copolymer are preferable.
 窒素原子を含む官能基としては、1~3級アミノ基や、4級アンモニウム塩基が挙げられ、分散性や保存安定性の観点から、1~3級アミノ基を有することが好ましく、3級アミノ基を有することがより好ましい。
 前記ブロック共重合体における、3級アミノ基を有する繰り返し単位の構造は特に限定されないが、分散性や保存安定性の観点から、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
Examples of the functional group containing a nitrogen atom include a primary to tertiary amino group and a quaternary ammonium base, and from the viewpoint of dispersibility and storage stability, a primary amino group is preferable. It is more preferable to have a group.
The structure of the repeating unit having a tertiary amino group in the block copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) from the viewpoint of dispersibility and storage stability. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 上記式(1)中、R及びRは各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアリール基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基であり、R及びRが互いに結合して環状構造を形成してもよい。Rは水素原子又はメチル基である。Xは2価の連結基である。 In the above formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. An aralkyl group which may be present, and R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure. R 3 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. X is a divalent linking group.
 上記式(1)における、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、通常1以上であり、また、10以下であることが好ましく、6以下であることがより好ましく、4以下であることがさらに好ましい。アルキル基の具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基などが挙げられ、これらの中でも、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、又はヘキシル基であることが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、又はブチル基であることがより好ましい。また、直鎖状、分枝状のいずれであってもよい。また、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘキシルメチル基などの環状構造を含んでもよい。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group that may have a substituent in the above formula (1) is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 6 or less. Preferably, it is 4 or less. Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, and an octyl group. Among these, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group are exemplified. It is preferably a group, a pentyl group, or a hexyl group, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. Further, it may be linear or branched. Further, it may contain a cyclic structure such as a cyclohexyl group or a cyclohexylmethyl group.
 上記式(1)における、置換基を有していてもよいアリール基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、通常6以上であり、また、16以下であることが好ましく、12以下であることがより好ましく、8以下であることがさらに好ましい。アリール基の具体例としては、フェニル基、メチルフェニル基、エチルフェニル基、ジメチルフェニル基、ジエチルフェニル基、ナフチル基、アントラセニル基などが挙げられ、これらの中でもフェニル基、メチルフェニル基、エチルフェニル基、ジメチルフェニル基、又はジエチルフェニル基であることが好ましく、フェニル基、メチルフェニル基、又はエチルフェニル基であることがより好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group that may have a substituent in the above formula (1) is not particularly limited, but is usually 6 or more, preferably 16 or less, and more preferably 12 or less. Preferably, it is 8 or less. Specific examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group, an ethylphenyl group, a dimethylphenyl group, a diethylphenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthracenyl group. Among these, a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group, and an ethylphenyl group , A dimethylphenyl group, or a diethylphenyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group, or an ethylphenyl group.
 上記式(1)における、置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、通常7以上であり、また、16以下であることが好ましく、12以下であることがより好ましく、9以下であることがさらに好ましい。アラルキル基の具体例としては、フェニルメチレン基、フェニルエチレン基、フェニルプロピレン基、フェニルブチレン基、フェニルイソプロピレン基などが挙げられ、これらの中でも、フェニルメチレン基、フェニルエチレン基、フェニルプロピレン基、又はフェニルブチレン基であることが好ましく、フェニルメチレン基、又はフェニルエチレン基であることがより好ましい。 In the above formula (1), the carbon number of the aralkyl group which may have a substituent is not particularly limited, but is usually 7 or more, preferably 16 or less, and more preferably 12 or less. Preferably, it is 9 or less. Specific examples of the aralkyl group include a phenylmethylene group, a phenylethylene group, a phenylpropylene group, a phenylbutylene group, and a phenylisopropylene group. Among these, a phenylmethylene group, a phenylethylene group, a phenylpropylene group, or A phenylbutylene group is preferable, and a phenylmethylene group or a phenylethylene group is more preferable.
 これらの中でも、分散性、保存安定性、電気信頼性、現像性の観点から、R及びRが各々独立に置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基であることが好ましく、メチル基又はエチル基であることがより好ましい。 Among these, from the viewpoints of dispersibility, storage stability, electrical reliability, and developability, R 1 and R 2 are preferably each independently an alkyl group which may have a substituent, a methyl group or More preferably, it is an ethyl group.
 上記式(1)におけるアルキル基、アラルキル基又はアリール基が有していてもよい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、ベンゾイル基、水酸基などが挙げられ、合成の容易さの観点からは無置換であることが好ましい。 Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group, aralkyl group, or aryl group in the above formula (1) may have include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a benzoyl group, a hydroxyl group, and the like. Substitution is preferred.
 また、上記式(1)において、R及びRが互いに結合して形成する環状構造としては、例えば5~7員環の含窒素複素環単環又はこれらが2個縮合してなる縮合環が挙げられる。該含窒素複素環は芳香性を有さないものが好ましく、飽和環であればより好ましい。具体的には、例えば下記(IV)のものが挙げられる。 In the above formula (1), examples of the cyclic structure formed by combining R 1 and R 2 with each other include, for example, a 5- to 7-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic monocycle or a condensed ring formed by condensing two of these. Is mentioned. The nitrogen-containing heterocycle preferably has no aromaticity, more preferably a saturated ring. Specific examples include the following (IV).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 これらの環状構造は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。 These cyclic structures may further have a substituent.
 上記式(1)において、2価の連結基Xとしては、例えば、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基、炭素数6~12のアリーレン基、-CONH-R13-基、-COOR14-基〔但し、R13及びR14は単結合、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基、又は炭素数2~10のエーテル基(アルキルオキシアルキル基)である〕等が挙げられ、好ましくは-COO-R14-基である。 In the above formula (1), examples of the divalent linking group X include an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a —CONH—R 13 — group, a —COOR 14 — group [ Provided that R 13 and R 14 are a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an ether group (alkyloxyalkyl group) having 2 to 10 carbon atoms], preferably —COO—R 14 -Group.
 また、前記ブロック共重合体の全繰り返し単位に占める前記式(1)で表される繰り返し単位の含有割合は、1モル%以上であることが好ましく、5モル%以上であることがより好ましく、10モル%以上であることがさらに好ましく、15モル%以上であることがよりさらに好ましく、20モル%以上であることが特に好ましく、25モル%以上であることが最も好ましく、また、90モル%以下であることが好ましく、70モル%以下であることがより好ましく、50モル%以下であることがさらに好ましく、40モル%以下であることが特に好ましい。前記範囲内の場合には分散安定性と高輝度の両立が可能となる傾向がある。 Further, the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1) in all the repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, More preferably, it is 10 mol% or more, more preferably 15 mol% or more, particularly preferably 20 mol% or more, most preferably 25 mol% or more, and 90 mol%. Is preferably 70 mol% or less, more preferably 50 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 40 mol% or less. If it is within the above range, both dispersion stability and high luminance tend to be compatible.
 また前記ブロック共重合体は、分散剤の溶媒等バインダー成分に対する相溶性を高め、分散安定性を向上させるとの観点から、下記式(2)で表される繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。 In addition, the block copolymer preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2) from the viewpoint of improving the compatibility of the dispersant with a binder component such as a solvent and improving the dispersion stability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 上記式(2)中、R10はエチレン基又はプロピレン基であり、R11は置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基であり、R12は水素原子又はメチル基である。nは1~20の整数である。 In the formula (2), R 10 is ethylene or propylene group, R 11 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent, R 12 is hydrogen atom or a methyl group. n is an integer of 1 to 20.
 上記式(2)のR11における、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、通常1以上であり、2以上であることが好ましく、また、10以下であることが好ましく、6以下であることがより好ましく、4以下であることがさらに好ましい。アルキル基の具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基などが挙げられ、これらの中でも、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、又はヘキシル基であることが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、又はブチル基であることがより好ましい。また、直鎖状、分枝状のいずれであってもよい。また、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘキシルメチル基などの環状構造を含んでもよい。 The carbon number of the alkyl group which may have a substituent in R 11 of the above formula (2) is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and 10 or less. Is preferably 6 or less, more preferably 4 or less. Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, and an octyl group. Among these, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group are exemplified. It is preferably a group, a pentyl group, or a hexyl group, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. Further, it may be linear or branched. Further, it may contain a cyclic structure such as a cyclohexyl group or a cyclohexylmethyl group.
 また、上記式(2)におけるnは溶媒等バインダー成分に対する相溶性と分散性の観点から、1以上であることが好ましく、2以上であることがより好ましく、また、10以下であることが好ましく、5以下であることがより好ましい。 Further, n in the above formula (2) is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably 10 or less from the viewpoint of compatibility and dispersibility with respect to a binder component such as a solvent. More preferably, it is 5 or less.
 また、前記ブロック共重合体の全繰り返し単位に占める前記式(2)で表される繰り返し単位の含有割合は、1モル%以上であることが好ましく、2モル%以上であることがより好ましく、4モル%以上であることがさらに好ましく、また、30モル%以下であることが好ましく、20モル%以下であることがより好ましく、10モル%以下であることがさらに好ましい。前記範囲内の場合には溶媒等バインダー成分に対する相溶性と分散安定性の両立が可能となる傾向がある。 Further, the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the formula (2) in all the repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 2 mol% or more, 4 mol% or more is more preferable, 30 mol% or less is preferable, 20 mol% or less is more preferable, and 10 mol% or less is more preferable. When the amount is within the above range, compatibility with a binder component such as a solvent tends to be compatible with dispersion stability.
 また、前記ブロック共重合体は、分散剤の溶媒等バインダー成分に対する相溶性を高め、分散安定性を向上させるという観点から、下記式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。 The block copolymer preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3) from the viewpoint of improving the compatibility of the dispersant with a binder component such as a solvent and improving the dispersion stability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 上記式(3)中、Rは置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアリール基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基である。Rは水素原子又はメチル基である。 In the above formula (3), R 8 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent. R 9 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 上記式(3)のRにおける、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、通常1以上であり、2以上であることが好ましく、また、10以下であることが好ましく、6以下であることがより好ましい。アルキル基の具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基などが挙げられ、これらの中でも、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、又はヘキシル基であることが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、又はブチル基であることがより好ましい。また、直鎖状、分枝状のいずれであってもよい。また、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘキシルメチル基などの環状構造を含んでもよい。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group which may have a substituent in R 8 of the above formula (3) is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and 10 or less. It is preferably 6 or less. Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, and an octyl group. Among these, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group are exemplified. It is preferably a group, a pentyl group, or a hexyl group, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. Further, it may be linear or branched. Further, it may contain a cyclic structure such as a cyclohexyl group or a cyclohexylmethyl group.
 上記式(3)のRにおける、置換基を有していてもよいアリール基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、通常6以上であり、また、16以下であることが好ましく、12以下であることがより好ましい。アリール基の具体例としては、フェニル基、メチルフェニル基、エチルフェニル基、ジメチルフェニル基、ジエチルフェニル基、ナフチル基、アントラセニル基などが挙げられ、これらの中でもフェニル基、メチルフェニル基、エチルフェニル基、ジメチルフェニル基、又はジエチルフェニル基であることが好ましく、フェニル基、メチルフェニル基、又はエチルフェニル基であることがより好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group which may have a substituent in R 8 of the above formula (3) is not particularly limited, but is usually 6 or more, preferably 16 or less, and preferably 12 or less. It is more preferable. Specific examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group, an ethylphenyl group, a dimethylphenyl group, a diethylphenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthracenyl group. Among these, a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group, and an ethylphenyl group , A dimethylphenyl group, or a diethylphenyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group, or an ethylphenyl group.
 上記式(3)のRにおける、置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、通常7以上であり、また、16以下であることが好ましく、12以下であることがより好ましい。アラルキル基の具体例としては、フェニルメチレン基、フェニルエチレン基、フェニルプロピレン基、フェニルブチレン基、フェニルイソプロピレン基などが挙げられ、これらの中でも、フェニルメチレン基、フェニルエチレン基、フェニルプロピレン基、又はフェニルブチレン基であることが好ましく、フェニルメチレン基、又はフェニルエチレン基であることがより好ましい。 The carbon number of the aralkyl group which may have a substituent in R 8 in the above formula (3) is not particularly limited, but is usually 7 or more, preferably 16 or less, and preferably 12 or less. It is more preferable. Specific examples of the aralkyl group include a phenylmethylene group, a phenylethylene group, a phenylpropylene group, a phenylbutylene group, and a phenylisopropylene group. Among these, a phenylmethylene group, a phenylethylene group, a phenylpropylene group, or A phenylbutylene group is preferable, and a phenylmethylene group or a phenylethylene group is more preferable.
 これらの中でも、溶剤相溶性と分散安定性の観点から、Rがアルキル基、又はアラルキル基であることが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、又はフェニルメチレン基であることがより好ましい。
 Rにおける、アルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基等が挙げられる。また、アリール基又はアラルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、鎖状のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基等が挙げられる。また、Rで示される鎖状のアルキル基には、直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれも含まれる。
Among these, from the viewpoint of solvent compatibility and dispersion stability, R 8 is preferably an alkyl group or an aralkyl group, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a phenylmethylene group.
Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group in R 8 may have include a halogen atom and an alkoxy group. Examples of the substituent that the aryl group or aralkyl group may have include a chain alkyl group, a halogen atom, and an alkoxy group. Further, the linear alkyl group represented by R 8 includes both linear and branched chains.
 また、前記ブロック共重合体の全繰り返し単位に占める前記式(3)で表される繰り返し単位の含有割合は、30モル%以上であることが好ましく、40モル%以上であることがより好ましく、50モル%以上であることがさらに好ましく、また、80モル%以下であることが好ましく、70モル%以下であることがより好ましい。前記範囲内の場合には分散安定性と高輝度の両立が可能となる傾向がある。 Further, the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the formula (3) in all the repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, It is further preferably 50 mol% or more, more preferably 80 mol% or less, and even more preferably 70 mol% or less. If it is within the above range, both dispersion stability and high luminance tend to be compatible.
 前記ブロック共重合体は、前記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位、前記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位、前記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位以外の繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。そのような繰り返し単位の例としては、スチレン、α-メチルスチレンなどのスチレン系単量体;(メタ)アクリル酸クロライドなどの(メタ)アクリル酸塩系単量体;(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メチロールアクリルアミドなどの(メタ)アクリルアミド系単量体;酢酸ビニル;アクリロニトリル;アリルグリシジルエーテル、クロトン酸グリシジルエーテル;N-メタクリロイルモルホリン等の単量体に由来する繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 The block copolymer includes a repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1), the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2), and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3). You may have. Examples of such repeating units include styrene monomers such as styrene and α-methylstyrene; (meth) acrylate monomers such as (meth) acrylic acid chloride; (meth) acrylamide, N- (Meth) acrylamide monomers such as methylolacrylamide; vinyl acetate; acrylonitrile; allyl glycidyl ether, crotonic acid glycidyl ether; and repeating units derived from monomers such as N-methacryloylmorpholine.
 分散性をより高めるとの観点から、前記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有するAブロックと、前記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有さないBブロックとを有する、ブロック共重合体であることが好ましい。該ブロック共重合体は、A-Bブロック共重合体又はB-A-Bブロック共重合体であることが好ましい。また、Bブロックが前記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位及び前記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を有することがより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of further improving dispersibility, the A block having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and a B block having no repeating unit represented by the general formula (1). A block copolymer is preferred. The block copolymer is preferably an AB block copolymer or a BAB block copolymer. Moreover, it is more preferable that B block has a repeating unit represented by the said General formula (2) and a repeating unit represented by the said General formula (3).
 また、前記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位以外の繰り返し単位が、Aブロック中に含有されていてもよく、そのような繰り返し単位の例としては、前述の(メタ)アクリル酸エステル系単量体由来の繰り返し単位等が挙げられる。前記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位以外の繰り返し単位の、Aブロック中の含有量は、好ましくは0~50モル%、より好ましくは0~20モル%であるが、かかる繰り返し単位はAブロック中に含有されないことが最も好ましい。 Moreover, repeating units other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) may be contained in the A block, and examples of such repeating units include the (meth) acrylic acid ester group described above. Examples thereof include a monomer-derived repeating unit. The content of the repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) in the A block is preferably 0 to 50 mol%, more preferably 0 to 20 mol%. Most preferably, it is not contained in the A block.
 前記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位及び前記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位以外の繰り返し単位がBブロック中に含有されていてもよく、そのような繰り返し単位の例としては、スチレン、α-メチルスチレンなどのスチレン系単量体;(メタ)アクリル酸クロライドなどの(メタ)アクリル酸塩系単量体;(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メチロールアクリルアミドなどの(メタ)アクリルアミド系単量体;酢酸ビニル;アクリロニトリル;アリルグリシジルエーテル、クロトン酸グリシジルエーテル;N-メタクリロイルモルホリン等の単量体に由来する繰り返し単位が挙げられる。前記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位及び前記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位以外の繰り返し単位の、Bブロック中の含有量は、好ましくは0~50モル%、より好ましくは0~20モル%であるが、かかる繰り返し単位はBブロック中に含有されないことが最も好ましい。 A repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) may be contained in the B block. Examples of such a repeating unit include: Styrene monomers such as styrene, α-methylstyrene; (meth) acrylate monomers such as (meth) acrylic acid chloride; (meth) acrylamides such as (meth) acrylamide and N-methylolacrylamide Monomers; vinyl acetate; acrylonitrile; allyl glycidyl ether, crotonic acid glycidyl ether; and repeating units derived from monomers such as N-methacryloylmorpholine. The content in the B block of the repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) is preferably 0 to 50 mol%, more preferably Although it is 0 to 20 mol%, it is most preferable that such a repeating unit is not contained in the B block.
 また、前記ブロック共重合体の酸価は、分散性の点から、低い方が好ましく、特に0mgKOH/gであることが好ましい。ここで酸価とは、分散剤固形分1gを中和するのに必要なKOHのmg数を表す。 Further, the acid value of the block copolymer is preferably lower from the viewpoint of dispersibility, and particularly preferably 0 mgKOH / g. Here, the acid value represents the number of mg of KOH necessary for neutralizing 1 g of the solid content of the dispersant.
 さらに、前記ブロック共重合体のアミン価は、分散性と現像性の観点から、30mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、50mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましく、70mgKOH/g以上であることがさらに好ましく、90mgKOH/g以上であることがよりさらに好ましく、100mgKOH/g以上であることが特に好ましく、110mgKOH/g以上であることが最も好ましく、また、150mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、130mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましい。ここでアミン価とは、有効固形分換算のアミン価を表し、分散剤の固形分1gあたりの塩基量と当量のKOHの質量で表される値である。 Furthermore, the amine value of the block copolymer is preferably 30 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more, and 70 mgKOH / g or more from the viewpoint of dispersibility and developability. More preferably, it is more preferably 90 mgKOH / g or more, particularly preferably 100 mgKOH / g or more, most preferably 110 mgKOH / g or more, and preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less, 130 mgKOH / G or less is more preferable. Here, the amine value represents an amine value in terms of effective solid content, and is a value represented by the mass of KOH equivalent to the amount of base per 1 g of the solid content of the dispersant.
 また、前記ブロック共重合体の分子量は、ポリスチレン換算重量平均分子量(以下、「Mw」ということがある。)で1000~30000の範囲が好ましい。前記範囲内である場合には、分散安定性が良好となり、また、スリットノズル方式による塗布時に乾燥異物がより発生しにくくなる傾向がある。 The molecular weight of the block copolymer is preferably in the range of 1000 to 30000 in terms of polystyrene-converted weight average molecular weight (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “Mw”). When it is within the above range, the dispersion stability is good, and there is a tendency that dry foreign matters are less likely to be generated during coating by the slit nozzle method.
 前記ブロック共重合体は、公知の方法により製造することができるが、例えば、上記各繰り返し単位を導入する単量体を、リビング重合することにより製造することができる。リビング重合法としては、日本国特開平9-62002号公報、日本国特開2002-31713号公報や、P.Lutz,P.Masson et al,Polym.Bull.12,79(1984);B.C.Anderson,G.D.Andrews et al,Macromolecules,14,1601(1981);K.Hatada,K.Ute,et al,Polym.J.,17,977(1985);K.Hatada,K.Ute,et al,Polym.J.,18,1037(1986);右手浩一、畑田耕一、高分子加工、36,366(1987);東村敏延、沢本光男、高分子論文集、46,189(1989);M.Kuroki,T.Aida,J.Am.Chem.Soc,109,4737(1987);相田卓三、井上祥平、有機合成化学、43,300(1985);D.Y.Sogoh,W.R.Hertler et al,Macromolecules,20,1473(1987)等に記載されている公知の方法を採用することができる。 The block copolymer can be produced by a known method. For example, the block copolymer can be produced by living polymerization of a monomer into which each of the repeating units is introduced. Examples of the living polymerization method include Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-62002, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-31713, and P.I. Lutz, P.M. Masson et al, Polym. Bull. 12, 79 (1984); C. Anderson, G.M. D. Andrews et al, Macromolecules, 14, 1601 (1981); Hatada, K .; Ute, et al, Polym. J. et al. 17, 977 (1985); Hatada, K .; Ute, et al, Polym. J. et al. 18, 1037 (1986); Koichi Right-hand, Koichi Hatada, Polymer Processing, 36, 366 (1987); Toshinobu Higashimura, Mitsuo Sawamoto, Polymer Thesis, 46, 189 (1989); Kuroki, T .; Aida, J .; Am. Chem. Soc, 109, 4737 (1987); Takuzo Aida, Shohei Inoue, Synthetic Organic Chemistry, 43, 300 (1985); Y. Sogoh, W .; R. The well-known method described in Hertler et al, Macromolecules, 20, 1473 (1987) etc. is employable.
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物及び顔料分散液において、(B)分散剤の含有割合は特に限定されるものではないが、(A)顔料100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.5質量部以上、より好ましくは5質量部以上、さらに好ましくは10質量部以上、よりさらに好ましくは20質量部以上、特に好ましくは30質量部以上であり、また、好ましくは70質量部以下、より好ましくは50質量部以下、さらに好ましくは40質量部以下である。前記範囲内とすることで、分散安定性に優れ、高輝度な着色性樹脂組成物を得ることができる傾向がある。 In the colored resin composition and the pigment dispersion of the present invention, the content ratio of the (B) dispersant is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the (A) pigment. More preferably 5 parts by mass or more, further preferably 10 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 20 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 30 parts by mass or more, and preferably 70 parts by mass or less, more preferably 50 parts by mass. Part or less, more preferably 40 parts by weight or less. By being in the said range, there exists a tendency which can be excellent in dispersion stability and can obtain a high-intensity coloring resin composition.
[1-3]分散助剤
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物及び顔料分散液には、顔料の分散性の向上、分散安定性の向上のために分散助剤として顔料誘導体等を含んでいてもよい。顔料誘導体としてはアゾ系、フタロシアニン系、キナクリドン系、ベンツイミダゾロン系、キノフタロン系、イソインドリノン系、イソインドリン系、ジオキサジン系、アントラキノン系、インダンスレン系、ペリレン系、ペリノン系、ジケトピロロピロール系、ジオキサジン系顔料等の誘導体が挙げられる。顔料誘導体の置換基としてはスルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基及びその4級塩、フタルイミドメチル基、ジアルキルアミノアルキル基、水酸基、カルボキシル基、アミド基等が顔料骨格に直接またはアルキル基、アリール基、複素環基等を介して結合したものが挙げられ、好ましくはスルホンアミド基及びその4級塩、スルホン酸基が挙げられ、より好ましくはスルホン酸基である。またこれら置換基は一つの顔料骨格に複数置換していてもよいし、置換数の異なる化合物の混合物でもよい。顔料誘導体の具体例としてはアゾ顔料のスルホン酸誘導体、フタロシアニン顔料のスルホン酸誘導体、キノフタロン顔料のスルホン酸誘導体、イソインドリン顔料のスルホン酸誘導体、アントラキノン顔料のスルホン酸誘導体、キナクリドン顔料のスルホン酸誘導体、ジケトピロロピロール顔料のスルホン酸誘導体、ジオキサジン顔料のスルホン酸誘導体等が挙げられる。
[1-3] Dispersion aid The colored resin composition and the pigment dispersion according to the present invention may contain a pigment derivative or the like as a dispersion aid for improving the dispersibility of the pigment and improving the dispersion stability. Good. As pigment derivatives, azo, phthalocyanine, quinacridone, benzimidazolone, quinophthalone, isoindolinone, isoindoline, dioxazine, anthraquinone, indanthrene, perylene, perinone, diketopyrrolo Derivatives such as pyrrole and dioxazine pigments may be mentioned. Substituents of pigment derivatives include sulfonic acid groups, sulfonamide groups and quaternary salts thereof, phthalimidomethyl groups, dialkylaminoalkyl groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, amide groups, etc. directly on the pigment skeleton or alkyl groups, aryl groups, and complex groups. Examples thereof include those bonded via a ring group and the like, preferably a sulfonamide group and a quaternary salt thereof, and a sulfonic acid group, and more preferably a sulfonic acid group. In addition, a plurality of these substituents may be substituted on one pigment skeleton, or a mixture of compounds having different numbers of substitutions. Specific examples of pigment derivatives include azo pigment sulfonic acid derivatives, phthalocyanine pigment sulfonic acid derivatives, quinophthalone pigment sulfonic acid derivatives, isoindoline pigment sulfonic acid derivatives, anthraquinone pigment sulfonic acid derivatives, quinacridone pigment sulfonic acid derivatives, Examples thereof include sulfonic acid derivatives of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments and sulfonic acid derivatives of dioxazine pigments.
 中でも好ましくは、緑色顔料の色相との干渉が少ない顔料の誘導体が好ましく、より好ましくはピグメントイエロー138のスルホン酸誘導体、ピグメントイエロー139のスルホン酸誘導体、ピグメントブルー15のスルホン酸誘導体である。
 顔料誘導体の使用量は、(A)顔料100質量部に対して通常0.1質量部以上、また、通常30質量部以下、好ましくは20質量部以下、より好ましくは10質量部以下、更に好ましくは5質量部以下である。
Among them, a pigment derivative that has less interference with the hue of the green pigment is preferable, and a sulfonic acid derivative of Pigment Yellow 138, a sulfonic acid derivative of Pigment Yellow 139, and a sulfonic acid derivative of Pigment Blue 15 are more preferable.
The amount of the pigment derivative used is usually 0.1 parts by mass or more, usually 30 parts by mass or less, preferably 20 parts by mass or less, more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 100 parts by mass of the pigment (A). Is 5 parts by mass or less.
[1-4]分散樹脂
 本発明に係る顔料分散液には、後述するバインダー樹脂から選ばれた樹脂の一部または全部を含有していてもよい。具体的には、後述する顔料分散液の調製における分散処理工程において、前述の分散剤とともにバインダー樹脂の一部または全部を含有させることにより、該バインダー樹脂は、分散剤との相乗効果で分散安定性に寄与し、結果として分散剤の添加量を減らせる可能性があるため好ましい。このように、分散処理工程に使用される樹脂を、分散樹脂と称することがある。
[1-4] Dispersion Resin The pigment dispersion according to the present invention may contain a part or all of a resin selected from binder resins described later. Specifically, in the dispersion treatment step in the preparation of the pigment dispersion described later, the binder resin is dispersed and stabilized by a synergistic effect with the dispersant by including part or all of the binder resin together with the above-described dispersant. This is preferable because it contributes to the properties and may result in a reduction in the amount of dispersant added. As described above, the resin used in the dispersion treatment step may be referred to as a dispersion resin.
[1-5](C)溶剤
 (C)溶剤は、本発明の着色樹脂組成物や顔料分散液において、顔料、分散剤、その他の成分を溶解又は分散させ、粘度を調節する機能を有する。
 かかる(C)溶剤としては、各成分を溶解または分散させることができるものであればよい。
[1-5] (C) Solvent The (C) solvent has a function of adjusting the viscosity by dissolving or dispersing the pigment, dispersant, and other components in the colored resin composition and the pigment dispersion of the present invention.
The solvent (C) may be any solvent that can dissolve or disperse each component.
 本発明の第1の態様に係る着色樹脂組成物や第2の態様に係る顔料分散液において、(C)溶剤は、1013.25hPaにおける沸点が150℃以上の高沸点溶剤(以下、単に「高沸点溶剤」と略記する。)を含有する。このように高沸点溶剤を含むことにより、再溶解性が向上し、特定の塩素化臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニン緑色顔料を用いた場合に特異的に生じる、着色樹脂組成物の再溶解性に起因する硬化膜表面への異物発生を抑制できるものと考えられる。 In the colored resin composition according to the first aspect of the present invention and the pigment dispersion according to the second aspect, the solvent (C) is a high-boiling solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher at 101.25 hPa (hereinafter simply “high” Abbreviated as "boiling point solvent"). By including a high-boiling solvent in this way, re-solubility is improved and curing caused by re-solubility of the colored resin composition, which occurs specifically when a specific chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine green pigment is used. It is considered that the generation of foreign matters on the film surface can be suppressed.
 前記高沸点溶剤の1013.25hPaにおける沸点(以下、特に断りがない限りは単に「沸点」と略記する。)は、通常150℃以上、好ましくは170℃以上、より好ましくは190℃以上、さらに好ましくは210℃以上、また、好ましくは340℃以下、より好ましくは300℃以下、さらに好ましくは280℃以下である。前記下限値以上とすることで再溶解性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることでカラーフィルタ製造工程中のVCD(減圧乾燥)の効率が向上する傾向がある。 The boiling point of the high-boiling solvent at 1013.25 hPa (hereinafter simply abbreviated as “boiling point” unless otherwise specified) is usually 150 ° C. or higher, preferably 170 ° C. or higher, more preferably 190 ° C. or higher, even more preferably. Is 210 ° C. or higher, preferably 340 ° C. or lower, more preferably 300 ° C. or lower, and further preferably 280 ° C. or lower. When the amount is not less than the lower limit, the resolubility tends to be improved, and when the amount is not more than the upper limit, the efficiency of VCD (vacuum drying) during the color filter manufacturing process tends to be improved.
 また、前記高沸点溶剤の20℃における蒸気圧は特に限定されないが、好ましくは1Pa以上、より好ましくは10Pa以上、さらに好ましくは100Pa以上、また、好ましくは2000Pa以下、より好ましくは1000Pa以下、さらに好ましくは500Pa以下、特に好ましくは400Pa以下である。前記下限値以上とすることでカラーフィルタ製造工程中のVCD(減圧乾燥)の効率が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで再溶解性が向上する傾向がある。 Further, the vapor pressure of the high boiling point solvent at 20 ° C. is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 Pa or more, more preferably 10 Pa or more, further preferably 100 Pa or more, preferably 2000 Pa or less, more preferably 1000 Pa or less, and further preferably. Is 500 Pa or less, particularly preferably 400 Pa or less. By setting it as the said lower limit or more, there exists a tendency for the efficiency of VCD (vacuum drying) in a color filter manufacturing process to improve, and there exists a tendency for resolubility to improve by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
 前記高沸点溶剤の具体例としては、エチレングリコールジアセテート(沸点:191℃)、エチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル(沸点:171℃)、プロピレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル(沸点:170℃)、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル(沸点:188℃)、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル(沸点:202℃)などのグリコールエーテル類、エチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテルアセテート(沸点:192℃)、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート(沸点:217℃)、ジエチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテルアセテート(沸点:247℃)、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル(沸点:170℃)、3-メトキシブチルアセテート(沸点:171℃)などのグリコールエーテルアセテート類、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート(沸点:232℃)などのグルコールジアセテート類が挙げられ、着色樹脂組成物の溶解性の観点から、アセテート類やグリコールエーテル類が好ましく、グリコールアルキルエーテルアセテート類がより好ましい。 Specific examples of the high boiling point solvent include ethylene glycol diacetate (boiling point: 191 ° C.), ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether (boiling point: 171 ° C.), propylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether (boiling point: 170 ° C.), diethylene glycol Glycol ethers such as diethyl ether (boiling point: 188 ° C), diethylene glycol monoethyl ether (boiling point: 202 ° C), ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate (boiling point: 192 ° C), diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate (boiling point: 217 ° C) ), Diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate (boiling point: 247 ° C.), ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (boiling point: 170 ° C.), 3-methoxybutyl acetate (boiling point: 171 ° C.), etc. Examples include glycol diacetates such as recall ether acetates and 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate (boiling point: 232 ° C.). From the viewpoint of solubility of the colored resin composition, acetates and glycol ethers are preferable. Glycol alkyl ether acetates are more preferred.
 また、本発明の第1の態様に係る着色樹脂組成物や第2の態様に係る顔料分散液において、(C)溶剤は、1013.25hPaにおける沸点が150℃未満の低沸点溶剤(以下、単に「低沸点溶剤」と略記する。)を含有することが好ましい。このように低沸点溶剤を含むことにより、カラーフィルタ製造工程中のVCD(減圧乾燥)の効率が向上する傾向がある。 In the colored resin composition according to the first aspect of the present invention and the pigment dispersion according to the second aspect, the solvent (C) is a low boiling point solvent having a boiling point of less than 150 ° C. Abbreviated as “low boiling solvent”). By including a low boiling point solvent in this manner, the efficiency of VCD (vacuum drying) during the color filter manufacturing process tends to be improved.
 前記低沸点溶剤の1013.25hPaにおける沸点(以下、特に断りがない限りは単に「沸点」と略記する。)は、通常150℃未満、好ましくは140℃以下、より好ましくは130℃以下、さらに好ましくは120℃以下、また、好ましくは80℃以上、より好ましくは90℃以上、さらに好ましくは100℃以上である。前記上限値以下とすることでカラーフィルタ製造工程中のVCD(減圧乾燥)の効率が向上する傾向があり、また、前記下限値以上とすることで再溶解性が向上する傾向がある。 The boiling point of the low boiling point solvent at 1013.25 hPa (hereinafter simply abbreviated as “boiling point” unless otherwise specified) is usually less than 150 ° C., preferably 140 ° C. or less, more preferably 130 ° C. or less, and still more preferably Is 120 ° C. or lower, preferably 80 ° C. or higher, more preferably 90 ° C. or higher, and still more preferably 100 ° C. or higher. By setting it to the upper limit value or less, the efficiency of VCD (vacuum drying) during the color filter manufacturing process tends to be improved, and by setting the value to the lower limit value or more, resolubility tends to be improved.
 低沸点溶媒の具体例としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、2-ペプタノン、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸i-ブチル、酢酸i-ペンチル、酪酸エチル、酪酸n-プロピル、酪酸i-プロピル、ピルビン酸エチル、メチル-3-メトキシプロピオネート、エチレングリコールメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジブチルエーテル、エチルピルベート、n-ブチルアセテート、イソブチルアセテート、アミルアセテート、イソアミルアセテート、ブチルプロピオネート、エチルブチレート、プロピルブチレート、メチル-3-メトキシイソブチレート、メチルグリコレート、メチルラクテート、メチル-2-ヒドロキシイソブチレート、2-メトキシエチルアセテート、エチレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート、ジブチルエーテル、シクロペンタノン、2-ヘキサノン、3-ヘキサノン、5-メチル-2-ヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン、4-ヘプタノン、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール等を挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the low boiling point solvent include propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 2-peptanone, n-butyl acetate, i-butyl acetate, i-pentyl acetate, ethyl butyrate, n-butyrate -Propyl, i-propyl butyrate, ethyl pyruvate, methyl-3-methoxypropionate, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol ethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, dibutyl ether, ethyl pyruvate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate , Amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, ethyl butyrate, propyl butyrate, methyl-3-methoxyisobutyrate, methyl glycolate Methyl lactate, methyl-2-hydroxyisobutyrate, 2-methoxyethyl acetate, ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate, dibutyl ether, cyclopentanone, 2-hexanone, 3-hexanone, 5-methyl-2-hexanone, 2-heptanone , 3-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 1-methoxy-2-propanol and the like.
 本発明の第1の態様に係る着色樹脂組成物における(C)溶剤の含有割合は特に限定されないが、好ましくは50質量%以上、より好ましくは60質量%以上、さらに好ましくは70質量%以上、特に好ましくは75質量%以上、最も好ましくは80質量%以上、また、好ましくは95質量%以下、より好ましくは90質量%以下、さらに好ましくは85質量%以下である。前記下限値以上とすることで着色組成物の保存安定性を向上できる傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで塗布時の膜厚を一定以下にできる傾向がある。 The content ratio of the solvent (C) in the colored resin composition according to the first aspect of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and further preferably 70% by mass or more, It is particularly preferably 75% by mass or more, most preferably 80% by mass or more, preferably 95% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, and further preferably 85% by mass or less. There exists a tendency which can improve the storage stability of a coloring composition by setting it as the said lower limit or more, and there exists a tendency which can make the film thickness at the time of application | coating constant or less by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
 また、本発明の第1の態様に係る着色樹脂組成物において、(C)溶剤に対する前記高沸点溶剤の含有割合は特に限定されないが、好ましくは0.5質量%以上、より好ましくは1質量%以上、さらに好ましくは2質量%以上、よりさらに好ましくは5質量%以上、ことさらに好ましくは8質量%以上、特に好ましくは15質量%以上、最も好ましくは30質量%以上、また、好ましくは80質量%以下、より好ましくは60質量%以下、さらに好ましくは40質量%以下、よりさらに好ましくは30質量%以下、特に好ましくは20質量%以下である。前記下限値以上とすることで乾燥膜の溶媒への溶解性を高くできる傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで塗布後の塗膜の乾燥時間を短縮できる傾向がある。 Further, in the colored resin composition according to the first aspect of the present invention, the content of the high boiling point solvent relative to the solvent (C) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass. Or more, more preferably 2% by mass or more, still more preferably 5% by mass or more, even more preferably 8% by mass or more, particularly preferably 15% by mass or more, most preferably 30% by mass or more, and preferably 80% by mass. % Or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, further preferably 40% by mass or less, still more preferably 30% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 20% by mass or less. There exists a tendency which can make the solubility to the solvent of a dry film higher than the said lower limit, and there exists a tendency which can shorten the drying time of the coating film after application | coating by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
 さらに、本発明の第1の態様に係る着色樹脂組成物において、(C)溶剤に対する前記低沸点溶剤の含有割合は特に限定されないが、好ましくは20質量%以上、より好ましくは40質量%以上、さらに好ましくは60質量%以上、特に好ましくは80質量%以上、また、好ましくは99.5質量%以下、より好ましくは99質量%以下、さらに好ましくは98質量%以下、特に好ましくは95質量%以下である。前記下限値以上とすることで布後の塗膜の乾燥時間を短縮できる傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで乾燥膜の溶媒への溶解性を高くできる傾向がある。 Furthermore, in the colored resin composition according to the first aspect of the present invention, the content ratio of the low-boiling solvent to the solvent (C) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, More preferably 60% by mass or more, particularly preferably 80% by mass or more, preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99% by mass or less, further preferably 98% by mass or less, particularly preferably 95% by mass or less. It is. There exists a tendency which can shorten the drying time of the coating film after cloth by setting it as the said lower limit or more, and there exists a tendency which can improve the solubility to the solvent of a dry film by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
 そして、本発明の第2の態様に係る顔料分散液における(C)溶剤の含有割合は特に限定されないが、好ましくは50質量%以上、より好ましくは60質量%以上、さらに好ましくは70質量%以上、特に好ましくは80質量%以上、また、好ましくは95質量%以下、より好ましくは90質量%以下、さらに好ましくは85質量%以下である。前記下限値以上とすることで顔料分散液の保存安定性を向上できる傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで着色組成物への持ち込み分の溶剤割合を減少できる傾向がある。 And although the content rate of the (C) solvent in the pigment dispersion which concerns on the 2nd aspect of this invention is not specifically limited, Preferably it is 50 mass% or more, More preferably, it is 60 mass% or more, More preferably, it is 70 mass% or more. Particularly preferably, it is 80% by mass or more, preferably 95% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, and still more preferably 85% by mass or less. When the amount is not less than the lower limit, the storage stability of the pigment dispersion tends to be improved, and when the amount is not more than the upper limit, the ratio of the solvent brought into the coloring composition tends to be reduced.
 また、本発明の第2の態様に係る顔料分散液において、(C)溶剤に対する前記高沸点溶剤の含有割合は特に限定されないが、好ましくは1質量%以上、より好ましくは2質量%以上、さらに好ましくは5質量%以上、よりさらに好ましくは10質量%以上、ことさらに好ましくは15質量%以上、特に好ましくは40質量%以上、最も好ましくは60質量%以上、また、好ましくは80質量%以下、より好ましくは60質量%以下、さらに好ましくは40質量%以下、特に好ましくは30質量%以下である。前記下限値以上とすることで乾燥膜の溶媒への溶解性を高くできる傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで塗布後の塗膜の乾燥時間を短縮できる傾向がある。 In the pigment dispersion according to the second aspect of the present invention, the content ratio of the high boiling point solvent relative to the solvent (C) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 2% by mass or more, Preferably 5% by weight or more, more preferably 10% by weight or more, even more preferably 15% by weight or more, particularly preferably 40% by weight or more, most preferably 60% by weight or more, and preferably 80% by weight or less, More preferably, it is 60 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 40 mass% or less, Most preferably, it is 30 mass% or less. There exists a tendency which can make the solubility to the solvent of a dry film higher than the said lower limit, and there exists a tendency which can shorten the drying time of the coating film after application | coating by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
 さらに、本発明の第2の態様に係る顔料分散液において、(C)溶剤に対する前記低沸点溶剤の含有割合は特に限定されないが、好ましくは20質量%以上、より好ましくは40質量%以上、さらに好ましくは60質量%以上、特に好ましくは70質量%以上、また、好ましくは99質量%以下、より好ましくは98質量%以下、さらに好ましくは95質量%以下、特に好ましくは90質量%以下である。前記下限値以上とすることで塗布後の塗膜の乾燥時間を短縮できる傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで乾燥膜の溶媒への溶解性を高くできる傾向がある。 Furthermore, in the pigment dispersion according to the second aspect of the present invention, the content of the low boiling point solvent relative to the solvent (C) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, Preferably it is 60 mass% or more, Especially preferably, it is 70 mass% or more, Preferably it is 99 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 98 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 95 mass% or less, Most preferably, it is 90 mass% or less. There exists a tendency which can shorten the drying time of the coating film after application | coating by setting it as the said lower limit or more, and there exists a tendency which can improve the solubility to the solvent of a dry film by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
 一方で、本発明の第3の態様に係る着色樹脂組成物において、溶剤は特に限定されずに用いることができ、例えば、以下に例示するものを用いることができる。
 エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール-t-ブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、メトキシメチルペンタノール、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブタノール、トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルのようなグリコールモノアルキルエーテル類;
On the other hand, in the colored resin composition according to the third aspect of the present invention, the solvent can be used without any particular limitation, and for example, those exemplified below can be used.
Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, propylene glycol t-butyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl Ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, methoxymethylpentanol, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, triethylene glycol Monomechi Ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, glycol monoalkyl ethers such as tripropylene glycol methyl ether;
 エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジプロピルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテルのようなグリコールジアルキルエーテル類;
 エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、メトキシペンチルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテルアセテート、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテートのようなグリコールアルキルエーテルアセテート類;
Glycol dialkyl ethers such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dipropyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether;
Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, methoxybutyl Acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, methoxypentyl acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, triethylene glycol Roh ether acetate, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, glycol alkyl ether acetates such as 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate;
 エチレングリコールジアセテート、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート、1,6-ヘキサノールジアセテートなどのグリコールジアセテート類;
 シクロヘキサノールアセテートなどのアルキルアセテート類;
 アミルエーテル、プロピルエーテル、ジエチルエーテル、ジプロピルエーテル、ジイソプロピルエーテル、ブチルエーテル、ジアミルエーテル、エチルイソブチルエーテル、ジヘキシルエーテルのようなエーテル類;
 アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルアミルケトン、メチルイソプロピルケトン、メチルイソアミルケトン、ジイソプロピルケトン、ジイソブチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、エチルアミルケトン、メチルブチルケトン、メチルヘキシルケトン、メチルノニルケトン、メトキシメチルペンタノンのようなケトン類;
 エタノール、プロパノール、ブタノール、ヘキサノール、シクロヘキサノール、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ブタンジオール、ジエチレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、メトキシメチルペンタノール、グリセリン、ベンジルアルコールのような1価又は多価アルコール類;
 n-ペンタン、n-オクタン、ジイソブチレン、n-ヘキサン、ヘキセン、イソプレン、ジペンテン、ドデカンのような脂肪族炭化水素類;
 シクロヘキサン、メチルシクロヘキサン、メチルシクロヘキセン、ビシクロヘキシルのような脂環式炭化水素類;
Glycol diacetates such as ethylene glycol diacetate, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, 1,6-hexanol diacetate;
Alkyl acetates such as cyclohexanol acetate;
Ethers such as amyl ether, propyl ether, diethyl ether, dipropyl ether, diisopropyl ether, butyl ether, diamyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, dihexyl ether;
Like acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl amyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, diisopropyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl butyl ketone, methyl hexyl ketone, methyl nonyl ketone, methoxymethyl pentanone Ketones;
Mono- or polyhydric alcohols such as ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butanediol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, triethylene glycol, methoxymethylpentanol, glycerin, benzyl alcohol;
aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-pentane, n-octane, diisobutylene, n-hexane, hexene, isoprene, dipentene, dodecane;
Cycloaliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, methylcyclohexene, bicyclohexyl;
 ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、クメンのような芳香族炭化水素類;
 アミルホルメート、エチルホルメート、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸アミル、メチルイソブチレート、エチレングリコールアセテート、エチルプロピオネート、プロピルプロピオネート、酪酸ブチル、酪酸イソブチル、イソ酪酸メチル、エチルカプリレート、ブチルステアレート、エチルベンゾエート、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸ブチル、γ-ブチロラクトンのような鎖状又は環状エステル類;
 3-メトキシプロピオン酸、3-エトキシプロピオン酸のようなアルコキシカルボン酸類;
 ブチルクロライド、アミルクロライドのようなハロゲン化炭化水素類;
 メトキシメチルペンタノンのようなエーテルケトン類;
 アセトニトリル、ベンゾニトリルのようなニトリル類等。
Aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, cumene;
Amyl formate, ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, propyl acetate, amyl acetate, methyl isobutyrate, ethylene glycol acetate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, butyl butyrate, isobutyl butyrate, methyl isobutyrate, ethyl Caprylate, butyl stearate, ethyl benzoate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropionic acid Linear or cyclic esters such as butyl, γ-butyrolactone;
Alkoxycarboxylic acids such as 3-methoxypropionic acid and 3-ethoxypropionic acid;
Halogenated hydrocarbons such as butyl chloride and amyl chloride;
Ether ketones such as methoxymethylpentanone;
Nitriles such as acetonitrile and benzonitrile.
 上記に該当する市販の溶剤としては、ミネラルスピリット、バルソル#2、アプコ#18ソルベント、アプコシンナー、ソーカルソルベントNo.1及びNo.2、ソルベッソ#150、シェルTS28 ソルベント、カルビトール、エチルカルビトール、ブチルカルビトール、メチルセロソルブ、エチルセロソルブ、エチルセロソルブアセテート、メチルセロソルブアセテート、ジグライム(いずれも商品名)などが挙げられる。これらの溶媒は、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 Commercially available solvents corresponding to the above include mineral spirits, Valsol # 2, Apco # 18 solvent, Apco thinner, Soal Solvent No. 1 and no. 2, Solvesso # 150, Shell TS28, Solvent, Carbitol, Ethylcarbitol, Butylcarbitol, Methylcellosolve, Ethylcellosolve, Ethylcellosolve acetate, Methylcellosolve acetate, Diglyme (all are trade names) and the like. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 フォトリソグラフィ法にてカラーフィルタの画素を形成する場合、溶剤としては沸点が100~200℃(圧力1013.25[hPa]条件下。以下、沸点に関しては全て同様。)の範囲のものを選択するのが好ましい。より好ましくは120~170℃の沸点をもつものである。
 上記溶剤中、塗布性、表面張力などのバランスがよく、組成物中の構成成分の溶解度が比較的高い点からは、グリコールアルキルエーテルアセテート類が好ましい。
When forming color filter pixels by photolithography, a solvent having a boiling point in the range of 100 to 200 ° C. (under a pressure of 101.25 [hPa]. Hereinafter, all of the boiling points are the same) is selected. Is preferred. More preferably, it has a boiling point of 120 to 170 ° C.
Glycol alkyl ether acetates are preferred from the viewpoints of good balance between the above-mentioned solvent, applicability, surface tension and the like, and relatively high solubility of the constituent components in the composition.
 また、グリコールアルキルエーテルアセテート類は、単独で使用してもよいが、他の溶剤を併用してもよい。併用する溶剤として、特に好ましいのはグリコールモノアルキルエーテル類である。中でも、特に組成物中の構成成分の溶解性からプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルが好ましい。なお、グリコールモノアルキルエーテル類は極性が高く、添加量が多すぎると顔料が凝集しやすく、後に得られる着色樹脂組成物の粘度が上がっていくなどの保存安定性が低下する傾向があるので、溶剤中のグリコールモノアルキルエーテル類の割合は5質量%~30質量%が好ましく、5質量%~20質量%がより好ましい。 In addition, glycol alkyl ether acetates may be used alone or in combination with other solvents. As the solvent used in combination, glycol monoalkyl ethers are particularly preferable. Of these, propylene glycol monomethyl ether is particularly preferred because of the solubility of the constituent components in the composition. Glycol monoalkyl ethers are highly polar, and if the amount added is too large, the pigment tends to aggregate, and the storage stability such as the viscosity of the colored resin composition obtained later tends to decrease. The proportion of glycol monoalkyl ethers in the solvent is preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass, and more preferably 5% by mass to 20% by mass.
 また、150℃以上の沸点をもつ溶剤を併用することも好ましい。このような高沸点の溶剤を併用することにより、着色樹脂組成物は乾きにくくなるが、急激に乾燥することによる顔料分散液の相互関係の破壊を起こし難くする効果がある。高沸点溶剤の含有量は、溶剤に対して3質量%~50質量%が好ましく、5質量%~40質量%がより好ましく、5質量%~30質量%が特に好ましい。高沸点溶剤の量が少なすぎると、例えばスリットノズル先端で色材成分などが析出・固化して異物欠陥を惹き起こす可能性があり、また多すぎると組成物の乾燥温度が遅くなり、後述するカラーフィルタ製造工程における、減圧乾燥プロセスのタクト不良や、プリベークのピン跡といった問題を惹き起こすことが懸念される。
 なお沸点150℃以上の溶剤が、グリコールアルキルエーテルアセテート類であっても、またグリコールアルキルエーテル類であってもよく、この場合は、沸点150℃以上の溶剤を別途含有させなくてもかまわない。
It is also preferable to use a solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher in combination. By using such a high boiling point solvent in combination, the colored resin composition becomes difficult to dry, but it has the effect of making it difficult for the pigment dispersion liquid to break down due to rapid drying. The content of the high boiling point solvent is preferably 3% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass with respect to the solvent. If the amount of the high-boiling solvent is too small, for example, coloring material components may precipitate and solidify at the tip of the slit nozzle to cause foreign matter defects, and if it is too much, the drying temperature of the composition will be slow, which will be described later. There is a concern that it may cause problems such as tact defects in the vacuum drying process and pre-baked pin marks in the color filter manufacturing process.
The solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher may be glycol alkyl ether acetates or glycol alkyl ethers. In this case, a solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher may not be separately contained.
 インクジェット法にてカラーフィルタの画素を形成する場合、溶剤としては、沸点が、通常130℃以上300℃以下、好ましくは150℃以上280℃以下のものが適当である。沸点が低すぎると、得られる塗膜の均一性が不良になる傾向がある。逆に沸点が高すぎると、後述するように、硬化性樹脂組成物の乾燥抑制の効果は高いが、熱焼成後においても塗膜中に残留溶剤が多く存在し、品質上の不具合を生じたり、真空乾燥などでの乾燥時間が長くなり、タクトタイムを増大させるなどの不具合を生じたりする場合がある。
 また、溶剤の蒸気圧は、得られる塗膜の均一性の観点から、通常10mmHg以下、好ましくは5mmHg以下、より好ましくは1mmHg以下のものが使用できる。
When forming a pixel of a color filter by the ink jet method, a solvent having a boiling point of usually 130 ° C. or higher and 300 ° C. or lower, preferably 150 ° C. or higher and 280 ° C. or lower is appropriate. When the boiling point is too low, the uniformity of the resulting coating film tends to be poor. On the other hand, if the boiling point is too high, the effect of inhibiting drying of the curable resin composition is high as described later, but there are many residual solvents in the coating film even after heat firing, which may cause quality problems. In some cases, the drying time in vacuum drying or the like becomes long, resulting in problems such as an increase in tact time.
The solvent vapor pressure is usually 10 mmHg or less, preferably 5 mmHg or less, more preferably 1 mmHg or less, from the viewpoint of the uniformity of the resulting coating film.
 なお、インクジェット法によるカラーフィルタ製造において、ノズルから発せられるインクは数~数十pLと非常に微細であるため、ノズル口周辺あるいは画素バンク内に着弾する前に、溶剤が蒸発してインクが濃縮・乾固する傾向がある。これを回避するためには溶剤の沸点は高い方が好ましく、具体的には、沸点180℃以上の溶剤を含むことが好ましい。より好ましくは、沸点が200℃以上、特に好ましくは沸点が220℃以上である溶剤を含有する。また、沸点180℃以上である高沸点溶剤は、顔料分散液および/または後述する着色樹脂組成物に含まれる全溶剤中、50質量%以上であることが好ましく、70質量%以上がより好ましく、90質量%以上が最も好ましい。高沸点溶剤が50質量%未満である場合には、液滴からの溶剤の蒸発防止効果が十分に発揮されない場合もある。 In the production of color filters by the ink jet method, the ink emitted from the nozzle is very fine, from several to several tens of pL, so the solvent evaporates and concentrates before landing on the periphery of the nozzle opening or in the pixel bank.・ Tends to dry. In order to avoid this, it is preferable that the solvent has a high boiling point. Specifically, it is preferable to include a solvent having a boiling point of 180 ° C. or higher. More preferably, it contains a solvent having a boiling point of 200 ° C. or higher, particularly preferably a boiling point of 220 ° C. or higher. Further, the high boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 180 ° C. or higher is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more in the total solvent contained in the pigment dispersion and / or the colored resin composition described later. 90 mass% or more is the most preferable. When the high boiling point solvent is less than 50% by mass, the effect of preventing evaporation of the solvent from the droplets may not be sufficiently exhibited.
 好ましい高沸点溶剤として、例えば前述の各種溶剤の中ではジエチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート、1,6-ヘキサノールジアセテート、トリアセチンなどが挙げられる。
 さらに、顔料分散液や後述する着色樹脂組成物の粘度調整や固形分の溶解度調整のためには、沸点が180℃より低い溶剤を一部含有することも効果的である。このような溶剤としては、低粘度で溶解性が高く、低表面張力であるような溶剤が好ましく、エーテル類、エステル類やケトン類などが好ましい。中でも特に、シクロヘキサノン、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、シクロヘキサノールアセテートなどが好ましい。
Preferred high boiling solvents include, for example, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, and 1,6-hexanol diester. Examples include acetate and triacetin.
Furthermore, it is also effective to partially contain a solvent having a boiling point lower than 180 ° C. in order to adjust the viscosity of the pigment dispersion and the colored resin composition described later and the solubility of the solid content. As such a solvent, a solvent having low viscosity, high solubility, and low surface tension is preferable, and ethers, esters, ketones, and the like are preferable. Of these, cyclohexanone, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, cyclohexanol acetate, and the like are particularly preferable.
 一方、溶剤がアルコール類を含有すると、インクジェット法における吐出安定性が劣化する場合がある。よって、アルコール類は全溶剤中20質量%以下とすることが好ましく、10質量%以下がより好ましく、5質量%以下が特に好ましい。 On the other hand, when the solvent contains alcohols, the ejection stability in the ink jet method may deteriorate. Therefore, it is preferable that alcohol is 20 mass% or less in all the solvents, 10 mass% or less is more preferable, and 5 mass% or less is especially preferable.
 また、本発明の第3の態様に係る着色樹脂組成物全体に占める溶剤の含有量は、特に制限はないが、その上限は通常99質量%以下、好ましくは90質量%以下、より好ましくは85質量%以下である。前記上限値を超える場合は、顔料、分散剤などが少なくなり過ぎて塗布膜を形成するには不適当となる場合がある。一方、溶剤含有量の下限は、塗布に適した粘性などを考慮して、通常70質量%以上、好ましくは75質量%以上、より好ましくは80質量%以上である。 Further, the content of the solvent in the entire colored resin composition according to the third aspect of the present invention is not particularly limited, but the upper limit is usually 99% by mass or less, preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 85%. It is below mass%. When the above upper limit is exceeded, the amount of pigment, dispersant, etc. may be too small to be suitable for forming a coating film. On the other hand, the lower limit of the solvent content is usually 70% by mass or more, preferably 75% by mass or more, and more preferably 80% by mass or more in consideration of viscosity suitable for application.
[1-6](D)バインダー樹脂
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物は、(D)バインダー樹脂を含有する。(D)バインダー樹脂を含有することで、光重合による膜硬化性と現像液による溶解性を両立することができる。
 (D)バインダー樹脂としては、どのような手段により硬化する着色樹脂組成物とするかにより、好ましい樹脂は異なる傾向がある。光重合性樹脂組成物の場合、バインダー樹脂としては、例えば日本国特開平7-207211号公報、日本国特開平8-259876号公報、日本国特開平10-300922号公報、日本国特開平11-140144号公報、日本国特開平11-174224号公報、日本国特開2000-56118号公報、日本国特開2003-233179号公報などの各公報等に記載される公知の高分子化合物を使用することができる。好ましくは、
 [1-6-1]:エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートと、他のラジカル重合性単量体との共重合体に対し、該共重合体が有するエポキシ基の少なくとも一部に不飽和一塩基酸を付加させてなる樹脂、或いは該付加反応により生じた水酸基の少なくとも一部に多塩基酸無水物を付加させて得られる、アルカリ可溶性樹脂
 [1-6-2]主鎖にカルボキシル基を含有する直鎖状アルカリ可溶性樹脂
 [1-6-3]前記カルボキシル基含有樹脂のカルボキシル基部分に、エポキシ基含有不飽和化合物を付加させた樹脂
 [1-6-4](メタ)アクリル系樹脂
 [1-6-5]カルボキシル基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂、等が挙げられる。以下、これら各樹脂について説明する。
[1-6] (D) Binder Resin The colored resin composition of the present invention contains (D) a binder resin. (D) By containing a binder resin, film curability by photopolymerization and solubility by a developer can be compatible.
(D) As the binder resin, a preferable resin tends to be different depending on what means is used for the colored resin composition to be cured. In the case of the photopolymerizable resin composition, examples of the binder resin include, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 7-207211, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 8-259876, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-300922, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Known polymer compounds described in JP-A No. 140144, JP-A No. 11-174224, JP-A No. 2000-56118, JP-A No. 2003-233179, etc. are used. can do. Preferably,
[1-6-1]: Unsaturated monobasic at least part of the epoxy group of the copolymer with respect to the copolymer of epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate and other radical polymerizable monomer Resin obtained by adding an acid, or an alkali-soluble resin obtained by adding a polybasic acid anhydride to at least part of the hydroxyl group generated by the addition reaction [1-6-2] containing a carboxyl group in the main chain [1-6-3] Resin in which an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound is added to the carboxyl group portion of the carboxyl group-containing resin [1-6-4] (Meth) acrylic resin [1-6-3] 1-6-5] an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxyl group, and the like. Hereinafter, each of these resins will be described.
[1-6-1]エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートと、他のラジカル重合性単量体との共重合体に対し、該共重合体が有するエポキシ基の少なくとも一部に不飽和一塩基酸を付加させてなる樹脂、或いは該付加反応により生じた水酸基の少なくとも一部に多塩基酸無水物を付加させて得られるアルカリ可溶性樹脂
 特に好ましい樹脂の一つとして、「エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート5~90モル%と、他のラジカル重合性単量体10~95モル%との共重合体に対し、該共重合体が有するエポキシ基の10~100モル%に不飽和一塩基酸を付加させてなる樹脂、或いは該付加反応により生じた水酸基の10~100モル%に多塩基酸無水物を付加させて得られるアルカリ可溶性樹脂」が挙げられる。
[1-6-1] With respect to a copolymer of an epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate and another radical polymerizable monomer, at least a part of the epoxy group of the copolymer has an unsaturated monobasic acid Or an alkali-soluble resin obtained by adding a polybasic acid anhydride to at least a part of the hydroxyl group generated by the addition reaction. As one of particularly preferred resins, “epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate” Unsaturated monobasic acid is added to 10 to 100 mol% of the epoxy group of the copolymer with respect to a copolymer of 5 to 90 mol% and other radical polymerizable monomer 10 to 95 mol%. And an alkali-soluble resin obtained by adding a polybasic acid anhydride to 10 to 100 mol% of the hydroxyl group generated by the addition reaction.
 そのエポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、3,4-エポキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレートグリシジルエーテル等が例示できる。中でもグリシジル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。これらのエポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートは1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 Examples of the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate include glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxybutyl (meth) acrylate, (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate. ) Acrylate glycidyl ether and the like. Of these, glycidyl (meth) acrylate is preferred. These epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylates may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 上記エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートと共重合させる他のラジカル重合性単量体としては、下記一般式(V)で表される構造を有するモノ(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。 The other radical polymerizable monomer copolymerized with the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate is preferably a mono (meth) acrylate having a structure represented by the following general formula (V).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 式(V)中、R91~R98は各々独立して、水素原子、又は炭素数1~3のアルキル基を示す。尚、R96とR98、又はR95とR97とが、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。
 式(V)において、R96とR98、又はR95とR97とが連結して形成される環は、脂肪族環であるのが好ましく、飽和又は不飽和の何れでもよく、又、炭素数が5~6であるのが好ましい。
In the formula (V), R 91 to R 98 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. R 96 and R 98 , or R 95 and R 97 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
In the formula (V), the ring formed by linking R 96 and R 98 or R 95 and R 97 is preferably an aliphatic ring, which may be saturated or unsaturated, The number is preferably 5-6.
 中でも、一般式(V)で表される構造としては、下記式(Va)、(Vb)、又は(Vc)で表される構造が好ましい。
 バインダー樹脂にこれらの構造を導入することによって、本発明の着色樹脂組成物をカラーフィルタや液晶表示素子に使用する場合に、該着色樹脂組成物の耐熱性を向上させたり、該着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成された画素の強度を増すことが可能である。
Especially, as a structure represented by general formula (V), the structure represented by following formula (Va), (Vb), or (Vc) is preferable.
By introducing these structures into the binder resin, when the colored resin composition of the present invention is used for a color filter or a liquid crystal display element, the heat resistance of the colored resin composition is improved, or the colored resin composition is used. It is possible to increase the intensity of the pixel formed by using.
 尚、一般式(V)で表される構造を有するモノ(メタ)アクリレートは、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 In addition, the mono (meth) acrylate which has a structure represented by general formula (V) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 前記一般式(V)で表される構造を有するモノ(メタ)アクリレートとしては、当該構造を有する限り公知の各種のものが使用できるが、特に下記一般式(VI)で表されるものが好ましい。 As the mono (meth) acrylate having the structure represented by the general formula (V), various known ones can be used as long as the structure has the structure, and those represented by the following general formula (VI) are particularly preferable. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 式(VI)中、R89は水素原子又はメチル基を示し、R90は前記一般式(V)の構造を示す。
 前記エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートと、他のラジカル重合性単量体との共重合体において、前記一般式(VI)で表される構造を有するモノ(メタ)アクリレートに由来する繰返し単位は、「他のラジカル重合性単量体」に由来する繰返し単位中、5~90モル%含有するものが好ましく、10~70モル%含有するものが更に好ましく、15~50モル%含有するものが特に好ましい。
In the formula (VI), R 89 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 90 represents the structure of the general formula (V).
In the copolymer of the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate and another radical polymerizable monomer, the repeating unit derived from the mono (meth) acrylate having the structure represented by the general formula (VI) is: Among the repeating units derived from “other radical polymerizable monomers”, those containing 5 to 90 mol% are preferred, those containing 10 to 70 mol% are more preferred, and those containing 15 to 50 mol% are particularly preferred preferable.
 尚、前記一般式(VI)で表される構造を有するモノ(メタ)アクリレート以外の、「他のラジカル重合性単量体」としては、特に限定されるものではない。具体的には、例えば、スチレン、スチレンのα-、o-、m-、又はp-アルキル、ニトロ、シアノ、アミド、エステル誘導体等のビニル芳香族類;ブタジエン、2,3-ジメチルブタジエン、イソプレン、クロロプレン等のジエン類;(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸-iso-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸-n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-sec-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-tert-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ネオペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソアミル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ラウリル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-メチルシクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソボロニル、(メタ)アクリル酸アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸プロパギル、(メタ)アクリル酸フェニル、(メタ)アクリル酸ナフチル、(メタ)アクリル酸アントラセニル、(メタ)アクリル酸アントラニノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸ピペロニル、(メタ)アクリル酸サリチル、(メタ)アクリル酸フリル、(メタ)アクリル酸フルフリル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラヒドロフリル、(メタ)アクリル酸ピラニル、(メタ)アクリル酸ベンジル、(メタ)アクリル酸フェネチル、(メタ)アクリル酸クレジル、(メタ)アクリル酸-1,1,1-トリフルオロエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸パーフルオルエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸パーフルオロ-n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸パーフルオロ-iso-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸トリフェニルメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸クミル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3-(N,N-ジメチルアミノ)プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-ヒドロキシプロピル等の(メタ)アクリル酸エステル類;(メタ)アクリル酸アミド、(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジメチルアミド、(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジエチルアミド、(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジプロピルアミド、(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジ-iso-プロピルアミド、(メタ)アクリル酸アントラセニルアミド等の(メタ)アクリル酸アミド;(メタ)アクリル酸アニリド、(メタ)アクリロイルニトリル、アクロレイン、塩化ビニル、塩化ビニリデン、フッ化ビニル、フッ化ビニリデン、N-ビニルピロリドン、ビニルピリジン、酢酸ビニル等のビニル化合物類;シトラコン酸ジエチル、マレイン酸ジエチル、フマル酸ジエチル、イタコン酸ジエチル等の不飽和ジカルボン酸ジエステル類;N-フェニルマレイミド、N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド、N-ラウリルマレイミド、N-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)マレイミド等のモノマレイミド類;N-(メタ)アクリロイルフタルイミド等が挙げられる。 The “other radical polymerizable monomer” other than the mono (meth) acrylate having the structure represented by the general formula (VI) is not particularly limited. Specifically, for example, vinyl aromatics such as styrene, styrene α-, o-, m-, or p-alkyl, nitro, cyano, amide, ester derivatives; butadiene, 2,3-dimethylbutadiene, isoprene Dienes such as chloroprene; methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate-n-propyl, (meth) acrylate-iso-propyl, (meth) acrylate-n-butyl , (Meth) acrylic acid-sec-butyl, (meth) acrylic acid-tert-butyl, pentyl (meth) acrylate, neopentyl (meth) acrylate, isoamyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, ( 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) a Cyclopentyl toluate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-methylcyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, propargyl (meth) acrylate, Phenyl (meth) acrylate, naphthyl (meth) acrylate, anthracenyl (meth) acrylate, anthraninonyl (meth) acrylate, piperonyl (meth) acrylate, salicyl (meth) acrylate, furyl (meth) acrylate , Furfuryl (meth) acrylate, tetrahydrofuryl (meth) acrylate, pyranyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenethyl (meth) acrylate, cresyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid- 1,1,1-trifluoro Roethyl, perfluoroethyl (meth) acrylate, perfluoro-n-propyl (meth) acrylate, perfluoro-iso-propyl (meth) acrylate, triphenylmethyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid (Meth) acrylic acid esters such as cumyl, (meth) acrylic acid-3- (N, N-dimethylamino) propyl, (meth) acrylic acid-2-hydroxyethyl, (meth) acrylic acid-2-hydroxypropyl ; (Meth) acrylic acid amide, (meth) acrylic acid N, N-dimethylamide, (meth) acrylic acid N, N-diethylamide, (meth) acrylic acid N, N-dipropylamide, (meth) acrylic acid N (Meth) acrylic acid amides such as N, di-iso-propylamide, (meth) acrylic acid anthracenyl amide; ) Vinyl compounds such as acrylic acid anilide, (meth) acryloylnitrile, acrolein, vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, vinyl fluoride, vinylidene fluoride, N-vinylpyrrolidone, vinylpyridine, vinyl acetate; diethyl citraconic acid, diethyl maleate Unsaturated dicarboxylic acid diesters such as diethyl fumarate and diethyl itaconate; monomaleimides such as N-phenylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-laurylmaleimide, N- (4-hydroxyphenyl) maleimide; N- ( And (meth) acryloylphthalimide.
 これら「他のラジカル重合性単量体」の中で、着色樹脂組成物に優れた耐熱性及び強度を付与させるためには、スチレン、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、及びモノマレイミドから選択された少なくとも一種を使用することが有効である。特に「他のラジカル重合性単量体」に由来する繰返し単位中、これらスチレン、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、及びモノマレイミドから選択された少なくとも一種に由来する繰返し単位の含有割合が、1~70モル%であるものが好ましく、3~50モル%であるものが更に好ましい。 Among these “other radically polymerizable monomers”, at least one selected from styrene, benzyl (meth) acrylate, and monomaleimide is used to impart excellent heat resistance and strength to the colored resin composition. It is effective to use In particular, in the repeating unit derived from “another radical polymerizable monomer”, the content of the repeating unit derived from at least one selected from styrene, benzyl (meth) acrylate, and monomaleimide is 1 to 70 mol. %, Preferably 3 to 50 mol%.
 尚、前記エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートと、前記他のラジカル重合性単量体との共重合反応には、公知の溶液重合法が適用される。使用する溶剤はラジカル重合に不活性なものであれば特に限定されるものではなく、通常用いられている有機溶剤を使用することができる。
 その溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソプロピル、セロソルブアセテート、ブチルセロソルブアセテート等のエチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類;ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、カルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート等のジエチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類;プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類;ジプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類等の酢酸エステル類;エチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類;メチルカルビトール、エチルカルビトール、ブチルカルビトール等のジエチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類;トリエチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類;プロピレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類;ジプロピレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類;1,4-ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル類;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン等のケトン類;ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、オクタン、デカン等の炭化水素類;石油エーテル、石油ナフサ、水添石油ナフサ、ソルベントナフサ等の石油系溶剤;乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル等の乳酸エステル類;ジメチルホルムアミド、N-メチルピロリドン等が挙げられる。これらの溶剤は単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
A known solution polymerization method is applied to the copolymerization reaction between the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate and the other radical polymerizable monomer. The solvent to be used is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to radical polymerization, and a commonly used organic solvent can be used.
Examples of the solvent include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates such as ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, cellosolve acetate, and butyl cellosolve acetate; diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates such as diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, carbitol acetate, and butyl carbitol acetate; Propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates; Acetic esters such as dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates; Ethylene glycol dialkyl ethers; Diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers such as methyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol, butyl carbitol; Triethylene glycol dialkyl Ethers; propylene glycol dialkyl Ethers; dipropylene glycol dialkyl ethers; ethers such as 1,4-dioxane and tetrahydrofuran; ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone and cyclohexanone; hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, octane and decane Petroleum petroleum solvents such as petroleum ether, petroleum naphtha, hydrogenated petroleum naphtha and solvent naphtha; lactic acid esters such as methyl lactate, ethyl lactate and butyl lactate; dimethylformamide, N-methylpyrrolidone and the like. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 これらの溶剤の使用量は、得られる共重合体100質量部に対し、通常30~1000質量部、好ましくは50~800質量部である。溶剤の使用量がこの範囲外では共重合体の分子量の制御が困難となる。
 又、共重合反応に使用されるラジカル重合開始剤は、ラジカル重合を開始できるものであれば特に限定されるものではなく、通常用いられている有機過酸化物触媒やアゾ化合物触媒を使用することができる。その有機過酸化物触媒としては、公知のケトンパーオキサイド、パーオキシケタール、ハイドロパーオキサイド、ジアリルパーオキサイド、ジアシルパーオキサイド、パーオキシエステル、パーオキシジカーボネートに分類されるものが挙げられる。
The amount of these solvents to be used is generally 30 to 1000 parts by mass, preferably 50 to 800 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the copolymer obtained. When the amount of the solvent used is outside this range, it becomes difficult to control the molecular weight of the copolymer.
The radical polymerization initiator used in the copolymerization reaction is not particularly limited as long as it can initiate radical polymerization, and a commonly used organic peroxide catalyst or azo compound catalyst should be used. Can do. Examples of the organic peroxide catalyst include those classified into known ketone peroxides, peroxyketals, hydroperoxides, diallyl peroxides, diacyl peroxides, peroxyesters, and peroxydicarbonates.
 その具体例としては、ベンゾイルパーオキサイド、ジクミルパーオキサイド、ジイソプロピルパーオキサイド、ジ-t-ブチルパーオキサイド、t-ブチルパーオキシベンゾエート、t-ヘキシルパーオキシベンゾエート、t-ブチルパーオキシ-2-エチルヘキサノエート、t-ヘキシルパーオキシ-2-エチルヘキサノエート、1,1-ビス(t-ブチルパーオキシ)-3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサン、2,5-ジメチル-2,5-ビス(t-ブチルパーオキシ)ヘキシル-3,3-イソプロピルヒドロパーオキサイド、t-ブチルヒドロパーオキサイド、ジクミルパーオキサイド、ジクミルヒドロパーオキサイド、アセチルパーオキサイド、ビス(4-t-ブチルシクロヘキシル)パーオキシジカーボネート、ジイソプロピルパーオキシジカーボネート、イソブチルパーオキサイド、3,3,5-トリメチルヘキサノイルパーオキサイド、ラウリルパーオキサイド、1,1-ビス(t-ブチルパーオキシ)3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサン、1,1-ビス(t-ヘキシルパーオキシ)3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサン等が挙げられる。 Specific examples thereof include benzoyl peroxide, dicumyl peroxide, diisopropyl peroxide, di-t-butyl peroxide, t-butyl peroxybenzoate, t-hexyl peroxybenzoate, and t-butyl peroxy-2-ethyl. Hexanoate, t-hexylperoxy-2-ethylhexanoate, 1,1-bis (t-butylperoxy) -3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-bis (T-butylperoxy) hexyl-3,3-isopropyl hydroperoxide, t-butyl hydroperoxide, dicumyl peroxide, dicumyl hydroperoxide, acetyl peroxide, bis (4-t-butylcyclohexyl) peroxide Oxydicarbonate, diisopropyl Peroxydicarbonate, isobutyl peroxide, 3,3,5-trimethylhexanoyl peroxide, lauryl peroxide, 1,1-bis (t-butylperoxy) 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 1,1- Examples thereof include bis (t-hexylperoxy) 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane.
 又、アゾ化合物触媒としては、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、アゾビスカルボンアミド等が挙げられる。
 これらの中から、重合温度に応じて、適当な半減期のラジカル重合開始剤が1種又は2種以上使用される。ラジカル重合開始剤の使用量は、共重合反応に使用される単量体の合計100質量部に対して、0.5~20質量部、好ましくは1~10質量部である。
Examples of the azo compound catalyst include azobisisobutyronitrile and azobiscarbonamide.
Among these, one or more radical polymerization initiators having an appropriate half-life are used depending on the polymerization temperature. The amount of the radical polymerization initiator used is 0.5 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass in total of the monomers used for the copolymerization reaction.
 共重合反応は、共重合反応に使用される単量体及びラジカル重合開始剤を溶剤に溶解し、攪拌しながら昇温して行ってもよいし、ラジカル重合開始剤を添加した単量体を、昇温、攪拌した溶剤中に滴下して行ってもよい。又、溶剤中にラジカル重合開始剤を添加し昇温した中に単量体を滴下してもよい。反応条件は目標とする分子量に応じて自由に変えることができる。 The copolymerization reaction may be carried out by dissolving the monomer and radical polymerization initiator used in the copolymerization reaction in a solvent and raising the temperature while stirring, or by adding the monomer to which the radical polymerization initiator has been added. Alternatively, the reaction may be performed dropwise in a solvent that has been heated and stirred. Further, the monomer may be added dropwise while the temperature is raised by adding a radical polymerization initiator to the solvent. The reaction conditions can be freely changed according to the target molecular weight.
 本発明において、前記エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートと前記他のラジカル重合性単量体との共重合体としては、エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートに由来する繰返し単位5~90モル%と、他のラジカル重合性単量体に由来する繰返し単位10~95モル%と、からなるものが好ましく、前者20~80モル%と、後者80~20モル%とからなるものが更に好ましく、前者30~70モル%と、後者70~30モル%とからなるものが特に好ましい。 In the present invention, the copolymer of the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate and the other radical polymerizable monomer may include 5 to 90 mol% of repeating units derived from the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate, and the like. Are preferably composed of 10 to 95 mol% of repeating units derived from the radical polymerizable monomer, more preferably 20 to 80 mol% of the former and 80 to 20 mol% of the latter, and 30 to Those composed of 70 mol% and the latter 70 to 30 mol% are particularly preferred.
 エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートが少なすぎると、後述する重合性成分及びアルカリ可溶性成分の付加量が不十分となる場合があり、一方、エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートが多すぎて、他のラジカル重合性単量体が少なすぎると、耐熱性や強度が不十分となる可能性がある。
 続いて、エポキシ樹脂含有(メタ)アクリレートと、他のラジカル重合性単量体との共重合体のエポキシ基部分に、不飽和一塩基酸(重合性成分)と、多塩基酸無水物(アルカリ可溶性成分)とを反応させる。
If the amount of the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate is too small, the addition amount of the polymerizable component and the alkali-soluble component described later may be insufficient, while the amount of the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate is too large and other radicals. When there are too few polymerizable monomers, heat resistance and intensity | strength may become inadequate.
Subsequently, an unsaturated monobasic acid (polymerizable component) and a polybasic acid anhydride (alkali) are added to the epoxy group portion of the copolymer of the epoxy resin-containing (meth) acrylate and another radical polymerizable monomer. A soluble component).
 エポキシ基に付加させる「不飽和一塩基酸」としては、公知のものを使用することができ、例えば、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する不飽和カルボン酸が挙げられる。
 具体例としては、(メタ)アクリル酸、クロトン酸、o-、m-、又はp-ビニル安息香酸、α-位がハロアルキル基、アルコキシル基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、又はシアノ基などで置換された(メタ)アクリル酸等のモノカルボン酸等が挙げられる。中でも好ましくは(メタ)アクリル酸である。これらの1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
As the “unsaturated monobasic acid” to be added to the epoxy group, known ones can be used, and examples thereof include unsaturated carboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond.
Specific examples include (meth) acrylic acid, crotonic acid, o-, m-, or p-vinylbenzoic acid, the α-position is substituted with a haloalkyl group, an alkoxyl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, or a cyano group. And monocarboxylic acids such as (meth) acrylic acid. Of these, (meth) acrylic acid is preferred. These 1 type may be used independently and may use 2 or more types together.
 このような成分を付加させることにより、本発明で用いるバインダー樹脂に重合性を付与することができる。
 これらの不飽和一塩基酸は、通常、前記共重合体が有するエポキシ基の10~100モル%に付加させるが、好ましくは30~100モル%、より好ましくは50~100モル%に付加させる。不飽和一塩基酸の付加割合が少なすぎると、着色樹脂組成物の経時安定性等に関して、残存エポキシ基による悪影響が懸念される。尚、共重合体のエポキシ基に不飽和一塩基酸を付加させる方法としては、公知の方法を採用することができる。
By adding such components, polymerizability can be imparted to the binder resin used in the present invention.
These unsaturated monobasic acids are usually added to 10 to 100 mol% of the epoxy group of the copolymer, preferably 30 to 100 mol%, more preferably 50 to 100 mol%. If the addition ratio of unsaturated monobasic acid is too small, there is a concern about the adverse effects of the remaining epoxy groups on the temporal stability of the colored resin composition. In addition, a well-known method is employable as a method of adding unsaturated monobasic acid to the epoxy group of a copolymer.
 更に、共重合体のエポキシ基に不飽和一塩基酸を付加させたときに生じる水酸基に付加させる「多塩基酸無水物」としては、公知のものが使用できる。
 例えば、無水マレイン酸、無水コハク酸、無水イタコン酸、無水フタル酸、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、ヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸、無水クロレンド酸等の二塩基酸無水物;無水トリメリット酸、無水ピロメリット酸、ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸無水物、ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸無水物等の三塩基以上の酸の無水物が挙げられる。中でも、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、及び/又は無水コハク酸が好ましい。これらの多塩基酸無水物は1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
Furthermore, as the “polybasic acid anhydride” to be added to the hydroxyl group generated when an unsaturated monobasic acid is added to the epoxy group of the copolymer, known ones can be used.
For example, dibasic acid anhydrides such as maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, chlorendic anhydride; trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, benzophenone Examples thereof include anhydrides of three or more bases such as tetracarboxylic acid anhydride and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid anhydride. Of these, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride and / or succinic anhydride are preferable. These polybasic acid anhydrides may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
 このような成分を付加させることにより、本発明で用いるバインダー樹脂にアルカリ可溶性を付与することができる。
 これらの多塩基酸無水物は、通常、前記共重合体が有するエポキシ基に、不飽和一塩基酸を付加させることにより生じる水酸基の10~100モル%に付加させるが、好ましくは20~90モル%、より好ましくは30~80モル%に付加させる。この付加割合が多すぎると、現像時の残膜率が低下する場合があり、少なすぎると溶解性が不十分となる可能性がある。尚、当該水酸基に多塩基酸無水物を付加させる方法としては、公知の方法を採用することができる。
By adding such a component, alkali solubility can be imparted to the binder resin used in the present invention.
These polybasic acid anhydrides are usually added to 10 to 100 mol% of the hydroxyl group generated by adding an unsaturated monobasic acid to the epoxy group of the copolymer, preferably 20 to 90 mol. %, More preferably 30 to 80 mol%. When the addition ratio is too large, the remaining film ratio at the time of development may decrease, and when it is too small, the solubility may be insufficient. In addition, a well-known method is employable as a method of adding a polybasic acid anhydride to the said hydroxyl group.
 更に、光感度を向上させるために、前述の多塩基酸無水物を付加させた後、生成したカルボキシル基の一部にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレートや重合性不飽和基を有するグリシジルエーテル化合物を付加させてもよい。
 また、現像性を向上させるために、生成したカルボキシル基の一部に、重合性不飽和基を有さないグリシジルエーテル化合物を付加させてもよい。
Furthermore, in order to improve photosensitivity, after adding the above-mentioned polybasic acid anhydride, glycidyl (meth) acrylate or a glycidyl ether compound having a polymerizable unsaturated group is added to a part of the generated carboxyl group. May be.
Moreover, in order to improve developability, you may add the glycidyl ether compound which does not have a polymerizable unsaturated group to some produced | generated carboxyl groups.
 又、この両方を付加させてもよい。
 重合性不飽和基を有さないグリシジルエーテル化合物の具体例としては、フェニル基やアルキル基を有するグリシジルエーテル化合物等が挙げられる。市販品として、例えば、ナガセ化成工業社製の商品名「デナコール(登録商標、以下同様)EX-111」、「デナコールEX-121」、「デナコールEX-141」、「デナコールEX-145」、「デナコールEX-146」、「デナコールEX-171」、「デナコールEX-192」等がある。
Both of these may be added.
Specific examples of the glycidyl ether compound having no polymerizable unsaturated group include glycidyl ether compounds having a phenyl group or an alkyl group. As commercial products, for example, trade names “Denacol (registered trademark, the same shall apply hereinafter) EX-111”, “Denacol EX-121”, “Denacol EX-141”, “Denacol EX-145”, “Nagase Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.” Examples include Denacol EX-146, Denacol EX-171, and Denacol EX-192.
 尚、このような樹脂の構造に関しては、例えば日本国特開平8-297366号公報や日本国特開2001-89533号公報に記載されており、既に公知である。
 上述のバインダー樹脂の、GPCで測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、3000~100000が好ましく、5000~50000が特に好ましい。分子量が3000未満であると、耐熱性や膜強度に劣る可能性があり、100000を超えると現像液に対する溶解性が不足する傾向がある。又、分子量分布の目安として、重量平均分子量(Mw)/数平均分子量(Mn)の比は、2.0~5.0が好ましい。
The structure of such a resin is described in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 8-297366 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-89533, and is already known.
The above-mentioned binder resin has a polystyrene-reduced weight average molecular weight (Mw) measured by GPC of preferably from 3000 to 100,000, particularly preferably from 5000 to 50,000. If the molecular weight is less than 3000, heat resistance and film strength may be inferior, and if it exceeds 100,000, the solubility in a developer tends to be insufficient. As a measure of the molecular weight distribution, the ratio of weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 2.0 to 5.0.
[1-6-2]主鎖にカルボキシル基を含有する直鎖状アルカリ可溶性樹脂
 主鎖にカルボキシル基を含有する直鎖状アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、カルボキシル基を有していれば特に限定されず、通常、カルボキシル基を含有する重合性単量体を重合して得られる。
[1-6-2] Linear alkali-soluble resin containing a carboxyl group in the main chain The linear alkali-soluble resin containing a carboxyl group in the main chain is not particularly limited as long as it has a carboxyl group. Usually, it is obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer containing a carboxyl group.
 カルボキシル基含有重合性単量体としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、マレイン酸、クロトン酸、イタコン酸、フマル酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルコハク酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルアジピン酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルマレイン酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルヘキサヒドロフタル酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルフタル酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルコハク酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルアジピン酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルマレイン酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルヒドロフタル酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルフタル酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシブチルコハク酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシブチルアジピン酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシブチルマレイン酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシブチルヒドロフタル酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシブチルフタル酸等のビニル系単量体;アクリル酸にε-カプロラクトン、β-プロピオラクトン、γ-ブチロラクトン、δ-バレロラクトン等のラクトン類を付加させたものである単量体;ヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレートにコハク酸、マレイン酸、フタル酸、或いはそれらの無水物等の酸或いは無水物を付加させた単量体等が挙げられる。これらは複数種使用してもよい。 Examples of the carboxyl group-containing polymerizable monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, maleic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl succinic acid, and 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl. Adipic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethylmaleic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethylhexahydrophthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethylphthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxypropylsuccinic acid, 2 -(Meth) acryloyloxypropyladipic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxypropylmaleic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxypropylhydrophthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxypropylphthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyl Oxybutyl succinic acid, 2- (me ) Vinyl monomers such as acryloyloxybutyl adipic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxybutylmaleic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxybutylhydrophthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxybutylphthalic acid; acrylic acid A monomer obtained by adding a lactone such as ε-caprolactone, β-propiolactone, γ-butyrolactone, and δ-valerolactone; hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate to succinic acid, maleic acid, phthalic acid, Or the monomer etc. which added acids or anhydrides, such as those anhydrides, are mentioned. A plurality of these may be used.
 中でも好ましいのは、(メタ)アクリル酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルコハク酸であり、更に好ましいのは、(メタ)アクリル酸である。
 又、主鎖にカルボキシル基を含有する直鎖状アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、上記のカルボキシル基含有重合性単量体に、カルボキシル基を有さない他の重合性単量体を共重合させてもよい。
Among these, (meth) acrylic acid and 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl succinic acid are preferable, and (meth) acrylic acid is more preferable.
The linear alkali-soluble resin containing a carboxyl group in the main chain may be copolymerized with the above-mentioned polymerizable monomer having no carboxyl group to the carboxyl group-containing polymerizable monomer. .
 他の重合性単量体としては、特に限定されないが、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、イソプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシメチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、グリセロールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリル(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロデカニル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボニル(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸エステル類;スチレン及びその誘導体等のビニル芳香族類;N-ビニルピロリドン等のビニル化合物類;N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド、N-フェニルマレイミド、N-ベンジルマレイミド等のN-置換マレイミド類;ポリメチル(メタ)アクリレートマクロモノマー、ポリスチレンマクロモノマー、ポリ2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートマクロモノマー、ポリエチレングリコールマクロモノマー、ポリプロピレングリコールマクロモノマー、ポリカプロラクトンマクロモノマー等のマクロモノマー類等が挙げられる。これらは複数種併用してもよい。 Other polymerizable monomers include, but are not limited to, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate , Benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxy Ethyl (meth) acrylate, Glycerol mono (meth) acrylate, Tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate, Tricyclodecanyl (meth) acrylate, Isobonyl (meth) acrylate (Meth) acrylic esters such as adamantyl (meth) acrylate; vinyl aromatics such as styrene and its derivatives; vinyl compounds such as N-vinylpyrrolidone; N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide, N-benzyl N-substituted maleimides such as maleimide; macros such as polymethyl (meth) acrylate macromonomer, polystyrene macromonomer, poly-2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate macromonomer, polyethylene glycol macromonomer, polypropylene glycol macromonomer, polycaprolactone macromonomer And monomers. These may be used in combination.
 特に好ましいのは、スチレン、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロデカニル(メタ)アクリレート、N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド、N-ベンジルマレイミド、N-フェニルマレイミドである。 Particularly preferred are styrene, methyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, These are butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecanyl (meth) acrylate, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-benzylmaleimide, and N-phenylmaleimide.
 主鎖にカルボキシル基を含有する直鎖状アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、さらに水酸基を有していてもよい。水酸基含有単量体としては、例えば、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート等のヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート、グリセロールモノ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。これらを上述の各種単量体と共重合させることにより、カルボキシル基および水酸基を有する樹脂を得ることができる。 The linear alkali-soluble resin containing a carboxyl group in the main chain may further have a hydroxyl group. Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate such as 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, glycerol mono (meth) acrylate, etc. Is mentioned. By copolymerizing these with the above-mentioned various monomers, a resin having a carboxyl group and a hydroxyl group can be obtained.
 主鎖にカルボキシル基を含有する直鎖状アルカリ可溶性樹脂として、具体的には、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸と、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシルマレイミド等の水酸基を含まない重合性単量体と、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート等の水酸基含有単量体との共重合体;(メタ)アクリル酸と、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸エステルとの共重合体;(メタ)アクリル酸とスチレンとの共重合体;(メタ)アクリル酸とスチレンとα-メチルスチレンとの共重合体;(メタ)アクリル酸とシクロヘキシルマレイミドとの共重合体等が挙げられる。 Specifically, as a linear alkali-soluble resin containing a carboxyl group in the main chain, for example, (meth) acrylic acid, methyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl ( Polymeric monomers that do not contain hydroxyl groups such as meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexylmaleimide, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, etc. A copolymer of a hydroxyl group-containing monomer such as (meth) acrylic acid, methyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, etc. (Meta) Acu Copolymer with sulfonic acid ester; Copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid and styrene; Copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid, styrene and α-methylstyrene; Copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid and cyclohexylmaleimide A copolymer etc. are mentioned.
 顔料分散性に優れる点からは、特にベンジル(メタ)アクリレートを含む共重合体樹脂が好ましい。
 本発明における主鎖にカルボキシル基を含有する直鎖状アルカリ可溶性樹脂の酸価は、通常30~500KOHmg/g、好ましくは40~350KOHmg/g、さらに好ましくは50~300KOHmg/gである。
From the viewpoint of excellent pigment dispersibility, a copolymer resin containing benzyl (meth) acrylate is particularly preferable.
The acid value of the linear alkali-soluble resin containing a carboxyl group in the main chain in the present invention is usually 30 to 500 KOH mg / g, preferably 40 to 350 KOH mg / g, more preferably 50 to 300 KOH mg / g.
 また、GPCで測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は、通常2000~80000、好ましくは3000~50000、さらに好ましくは4000~30000である。重量平均分子量が小さすぎると、着色樹脂組成物の安定性に劣る傾向があり、大きすぎると、後述するカラーフィルタや液晶表示装置に使用する場合に、現像液に対する溶解性が悪化する傾向がある。 Further, the weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC is usually 2000 to 80000, preferably 3000 to 50000, and more preferably 4000 to 30000. If the weight average molecular weight is too small, the stability of the colored resin composition tends to be inferior. If it is too large, the solubility in a developer tends to deteriorate when used in a color filter or a liquid crystal display device described later. .
[1-6-3][1-6-2]に記載した樹脂のカルボキシル基部分に、エポキシ基含有不飽和化合物を付加させた樹脂
 前記、主鎖にカルボキシル基を含有する直鎖状アルカリ可溶性樹脂の、カルボキシル基部分にエポキシ基含有不飽和化合物を付加させた樹脂も特に好ましい。
[1-6-3] Resin in which an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound is added to the carboxyl group portion of the resin described in [1-6-2] The linear alkali-soluble compound having a carboxyl group in the main chain A resin in which an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound is added to the carboxyl group portion of the resin is also particularly preferable.
 エポキシ基含有不飽和化合物としては、分子内にエチレン性不飽和基及びエポキシ基を有するものであれば特に限定されるものではない。
 例えば、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、アリルグリシジルエーテル、グリシジル-α-エチルアクリレート、クロトニルグリシジルエーテル、(イソ)クロトン酸グリシジルエーテル、N-(3,5-ジメチル-4-グリシジル)ベンジルアクリルアミド、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレートグリシジルエーテル等の非環式エポキシ基含有不飽和化合物も挙げることができるが、耐熱性や、後述する顔料の分散性の観点から、脂環式エポキシ基含有不飽和化合物が好ましい。
The epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound is not particularly limited as long as it has an ethylenically unsaturated group and an epoxy group in the molecule.
For example, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, allyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl-α-ethyl acrylate, crotonyl glycidyl ether, (iso) crotonic acid glycidyl ether, N- (3,5-dimethyl-4-glycidyl) benzylacrylamide, 4- Acyclic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compounds such as hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate glycidyl ether can also be mentioned, but from the viewpoints of heat resistance and dispersibility of the pigment described later, alicyclic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compounds are used. preferable.
 ここで、脂環式エポキシ基含有不飽和化合物としては、その脂環式エポキシ基として、例えば、2,3-エポキシシクロペンチル基、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル基、7,8-エポキシ〔トリシクロ[5.2.1.0]デシ-2-イル〕基等が挙げられる。又、エチレン性不飽和基としては、(メタ)アクリロイル基に由来するものであるのが好ましく、好適な脂環式エポキシ基含有不飽和化合物としては、下記一般式(5a)~(5m)表される化合物が挙げられる。 Here, as the alicyclic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound, as the alicyclic epoxy group, for example, 2,3-epoxycyclopentyl group, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl group, 7,8-epoxy [tricyclo [5 .2.1.0] dec-2-yl] group and the like. The ethylenically unsaturated group is preferably derived from a (meth) acryloyl group. Suitable alicyclic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compounds include the following general formulas (5a) to (5m) The compound which is made is mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 式(5a)~(5m)中、R21は水素原子又はメチル基を、R22はアルキレン基を、R23は2価の炭化水素基をそれぞれ示し、mは1~10の整数である。なお、式中に2つあるR21、R22は、同じであっても異なっていてもよい。
 一般式(5a)~(5m)における、R22のアルキレン基は、炭素数1~10であるものが好ましい。具体的には、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基等が例示できるが、好ましくはメチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基である。又、R23の炭化水素基としては、炭素数が1~10であるものが好ましく、アルキレン基、フェニレン基等が挙げられる。
In the formulas (5a) to (5m), R 21 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 22 represents an alkylene group, R 23 represents a divalent hydrocarbon group, and m is an integer of 1 to 10. Two R 21 and R 22 in the formula may be the same or different.
In the general formulas (5a) to (5m), the alkylene group for R 22 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Specific examples include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, and a butylene group, and a methylene group, an ethylene group, and a propylene group are preferable. Further, the hydrocarbon group for R 23 is preferably one having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an alkylene group and a phenylene group.
 これらの脂環式エポキシ基含有不飽和化合物は、1種類を単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 中でも、一般式(5c)で表される化合物が好ましく、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレートが特に好ましい。
 前記[1-6-2]記載の樹脂のカルボキシル基部分に、前記エポキシ基含有不飽和化合物を付加させるには、公知の手法を用いることができる。例えば、カルボキシル基含有樹脂とエポキシ基含有不飽和化合物とを、トリエチルアミン、ベンジルメチルアミン等の3級アミン;ドデシルトリメチルアンモニウムクロライド、テトラメチルアンモニウムクロライド、テトラエチルアンモニウムクロライド、テトラブチルアンモニウムクロライド、ベンジルトリエチルアンモニウムクロライド等の4級アンモニウム塩;ピリジン、トリフェニルホスフィン等の触媒の存在下、有機溶剤中、反応温度50~150℃で数時間~数十時間反応させることにより、樹脂のカルボキシル基にエポキシ基含有不飽和化合物を導入することができる。
These alicyclic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Among these, a compound represented by the general formula (5c) is preferable, and 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate is particularly preferable.
In order to add the epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound to the carboxyl group portion of the resin described in [1-6-2], a known method can be used. For example, a carboxyl group-containing resin and an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound are converted into a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or benzylmethylamine; dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride, tetramethylammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride, tetrabutylammonium chloride, benzyltriethylammonium chloride Quaternary ammonium salts such as pyridine, triphenylphosphine, etc .; in the presence of a catalyst such as pyridine and triphenylphosphine, the reaction is carried out in an organic solvent at a reaction temperature of 50 to 150 ° C. for several hours to several tens of hours. Saturated compounds can be introduced.
 エポキシ基含有不飽和化合物を導入したカルボキシル基含有樹脂の酸価は、通常10~200KOHmg/g、好ましくは20~150KOHmg/g、より好ましくは30~150KOHmg/gである。
 又、GPCで測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は、通常2000~100000、好ましくは4000~50000、更に好ましくは5000~30000である。
The acid value of the carboxyl group-containing resin into which the epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound is introduced is usually 10 to 200 KOH mg / g, preferably 20 to 150 KOH mg / g, more preferably 30 to 150 KOH mg / g.
The polystyrene-reduced weight average molecular weight measured by GPC is usually 2000 to 100,000, preferably 4000 to 50000, and more preferably 5000 to 30000.
[1-6-4](メタ)アクリル系樹脂
 (メタ)アクリル系樹脂としては、(メタ)アクリル酸及び/又は(メタ)アクリル酸エステルを単量体成分とし、これらを重合してなるポリマーをいう。好ましい(メタ)アクリル系樹脂としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸及びベンジル(メタ)アクリレートを含む単量体成分を重合してなるポリマー、及び下記一般式(6)及び/又は(7)で表される化合物を必須とする単量体成分を重合してなるポリマー、を挙げることができる。
[1-6-4] (Meth) acrylic resin (Meth) acrylic resin is a polymer obtained by polymerizing (meth) acrylic acid and / or (meth) acrylic acid ester as monomer components. Say. Preferred (meth) acrylic resins include, for example, a polymer obtained by polymerizing monomer components including (meth) acrylic acid and benzyl (meth) acrylate, and the following general formulas (6) and / or (7). The polymer formed by polymerizing the monomer component which has the essential compound represented can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式(6)中、R1aおよびR2aは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基を表す。 In formula (6), R 1a and R 2a each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 式(7)中、R1bは水素原子又は置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基を表し、Lは2価の連結基又は直接結合を表し、Xは下記式(8)で表される基又は置換されていてもよいアダマンチル基を示す。Lは下記式(8)におけるR3b又はR4bと結合して環を形成していてもよい。 In formula (7), R 1b represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent, L 3 represents a divalent linking group or a direct bond, and X is represented by the following formula (8). Or an adamantyl group which may be substituted. L 3 may be bonded to R 3b or R 4b in the following formula (8) to form a ring.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 式(8)中、R2b、R3b、R4bはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、水酸基、ハロゲン原子、アミノ基、又は有機基を表し、L、Lは2価の連結基を表し、*は結合手を表し、L、Lおよび上記式(7)におけるLの2以上が互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。 In formula (8), R 2b , R 3b and R 4b each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, an amino group, or an organic group, and L 1 and L 2 represent a divalent linking group. , * Represents a bond, and two or more of L 1 , L 2 and L 3 in the above formula (7) may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
[1-6-4a](メタ)アクリル酸及びベンジル(メタ)アクリレートを含む単量体成分を重合してなるポリマー
 (メタ)アクリル酸及びベンジル(メタ)アクリレートを含む単量体成分を重合してなるポリマーは、顔料との親和性が高いという点で、好ましく用いられる。
[1-6-4a] A polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer component containing (meth) acrylic acid and benzyl (meth) acrylate. A monomer component containing (meth) acrylic acid and benzyl (meth) acrylate is polymerized. The polymer is preferably used in that it has a high affinity with the pigment.
 単量体成分中における前記(メタ)アクリル酸及びベンジル(メタ)アクリレートの割合は、特に制限されないが、全単量体成分中(メタ)アクリル酸は、通常10~90質量%、好ましくは15~80質量%、さらに好ましくは20~70質量%である。また、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレートは、全単量体成分中、通常5~90質量%、好ましくは15~80質量%、さらに好ましくは20~70質量%である。(メタ)アクリル酸の量が多すぎると、現像の際、塗膜表面が荒れやすくなり、少なすぎると、現像不可能になる場合がある。また、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレートの量は、多すぎても少なすぎても、分散が困難になる傾向がある。 The ratio of the (meth) acrylic acid and benzyl (meth) acrylate in the monomer component is not particularly limited, but (meth) acrylic acid in the total monomer component is usually 10 to 90% by mass, preferably 15%. -80 mass%, more preferably 20-70 mass%. The benzyl (meth) acrylate is generally 5 to 90% by mass, preferably 15 to 80% by mass, and more preferably 20 to 70% by mass in the total monomer components. If the amount of (meth) acrylic acid is too large, the surface of the coating film tends to be rough during development, and if it is too small, development may be impossible. Further, if the amount of benzyl (meth) acrylate is too much or too little, dispersion tends to be difficult.
[1-6-4b]一般式(6)及び/又は(7)で表される化合物を必須とする単量体成分を重合してなるポリマー
 まず、一般式(6)の化合物について説明する。
 一般式(6)で表されるエーテルダイマーにおいて、R1aおよびR2aで表される置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基としては、特に制限はないが、例えば、メチル、エチル、n-プロピル、イソプロピル、n-ブチル、イソブチル、t-ブチル、t-アミル、ステアリル、ラウリル、2-エチルヘキシル等の直鎖状または分岐状のアルキル基;フェニル等のアリール基;シクロヘキシル、t-ブチルシクロヘキシル、ジシクロペンタジエニル、トリシクロデカニル、イソボルニル、アダマンチル、2-メチル-2-アダマンチル等の脂環式基;1-メトキシエチル、1-エトキシエチル等のアルコキシで置換されたアルキル基;ベンジル等のアリール基で置換されたアルキル基;等が挙げられる。これらの中でも特に、メチル、エチル、シクロヘキシル、ベンジル等のような酸や熱で脱離しにくい1級または2級炭素の置換基が耐熱性の点で好ましい。なお、R1aおよびR2aは、同種の置換基であってもよいし、異なる置換基であってもよい。
[1-6-4b] A polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer component essentially comprising the compound represented by the general formula (6) and / or (7). First, the compound of the general formula (6) will be described.
In the ether dimer represented by the general formula (6), the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by R 1a and R 2a is not particularly limited. Linear or branched alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, t-amyl, stearyl, lauryl, 2-ethylhexyl; aryl groups such as phenyl; Alicyclic groups such as cyclohexyl, t-butylcyclohexyl, dicyclopentadienyl, tricyclodecanyl, isobornyl, adamantyl, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl; substituted with alkoxy such as 1-methoxyethyl, 1-ethoxyethyl An alkyl group substituted with an aryl group such as benzyl; and the like. Among these, an acid such as methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, benzyl or the like, or a primary or secondary carbon substituent which is difficult to be removed by heat is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance. R 1a and R 2a may be the same type of substituent or different substituents.
 前記エーテルダイマーの具体例としては、例えば、ジメチル-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジエチル-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(n-プロピル)-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(イソプロピル)-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(n-ブチル)-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(イソブチル)-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(t-ブチル)-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(t-アミル)-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(ステアリル)-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(ラウリル)-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(2-エチルヘキシル)-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(1-メトキシエチル)-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(1-エトキシエチル)-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジベンジル-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジフェニル-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジシクロヘキシル-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(t-ブチルシクロヘキシル)-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(ジシクロペンタジエニル)-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(トリシクロデカニル)-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(イソボルニル)-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジアダマンチル-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(2-メチル-2-アダマンチル)-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the ether dimer include dimethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, diethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, (N-propyl) -2,2 '-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (isopropyl) -2,2'-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (n-butyl) ) -2,2 '-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (isobutyl) -2,2'-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (t-butyl) -2, 2 '-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (t-amyl) -2,2'-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-prop Di (stearyl) -2,2 '-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (lauryl) -2,2'-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (2- Ethylhexyl) -2,2 '-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (1-methoxyethyl) -2,2'-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (1-ethoxy) Ethyl) -2,2 '-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, dibenzyl-2,2'-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, diphenyl-2,2 '-[oxybis (methylene) )] Bis-2-propenoate, dicyclohexyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (t Butylcyclohexyl) -2,2 '-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (dicyclopentadienyl) -2,2'-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (tri Cyclodecanyl) -2,2 '-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (isobornyl) -2,2'-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, diadamantyl-2,2 Examples include '-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate and di (2-methyl-2-adamantyl) -2,2'-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate.
 これらの中でも特に、ジメチル-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジエチル-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジシクロヘキシル-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジベンジル-2,2′-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエートが好ましい。これらエーテルダイマーは、1種のみ単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上併用してもよい。 Among these, dimethyl-2,2 '-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, diethyl-2,2'-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, dicyclohexyl-2,2'- [Oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, dibenzyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate are preferred. These ether dimers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 前記アクリル系樹脂を得る際の、単量体成分中における前記エーテルダイマーの割合は、特に制限されないが、全単量体成分中、通常2~60質量%、好ましくは5~55質量%、さらに好ましくは5~50質量%である。エーテルダイマーの量が多すぎると、重合の際、低分子量のものを得ることが困難になったり、あるいはゲル化し易くなったりする場合があり、一方、少なすぎると、透明性や耐熱性などの塗膜性能が不充分となる場合がある。 The proportion of the ether dimer in the monomer component in obtaining the acrylic resin is not particularly limited, but is usually 2 to 60% by mass, preferably 5 to 55% by mass, based on the total monomer component. Preferably, it is 5 to 50% by mass. If the amount of the ether dimer is too large, it may be difficult to obtain a low molecular weight product during polymerization, or may be easily gelled. On the other hand, if the amount is too small, the transparency, heat resistance, etc. The coating film performance may be insufficient.
 続いて、一般式(7)の化合物について説明する。
 一般式(7)中、R1bは、好ましくは水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表し、さらに好ましくは水素原子、メチル基である。
 また、一般式(8)中、R2b、R3b、R4bの有機基としては、それぞれ独立して、例えばアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アシル基、カルボキシル基、又はアシルオキシ基等が挙げられ、好ましくは炭素数1~18のアルキル基、炭素数3~18のシクロアルキル基、炭素数2~18のアルケニル基、炭素数3~18のシクロアルケニル基、炭素数1~15のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~15のアルキルチオ基、炭素数1~15のアシル基、炭素数1のカルボキシル基、又は炭素数1~15のアシルオキシ基であり、更に好ましくは、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、又は炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基である。
Then, the compound of General formula (7) is demonstrated.
In general formula (7), R 1b preferably represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
In the general formula (8), the organic groups represented by R 2b , R 3b , and R 4b are each independently, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an acyl group. Group, carboxyl group, acyloxy group and the like, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and a cyclohexane having 3 to 18 carbon atoms. An alkenyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, an acyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group having 1 carbon atom, or an acyloxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, An alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is preferable.
 R2b、R3b、R4bの中で好ましい置換基としては、水素原子、水酸基、炭素数1~10のアルキル基である。
 L、Lは2価の連結基、Lは2価の連結基又は直接結合であれば特に限定を受けないが、少なくともL又はLのどちらかは炭素数1以上の連結基であるのが好ましい。また、L、L、Lは、それぞれ独立に、直接結合、炭素数1~15のアルキレン、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、炭素数1~15のアルケニレン、フェニレン、あるいはそれらの組み合わせが好ましい。
Preferred substituents among R 2b , R 3b , and R 4b are a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
L 1 and L 2 are not particularly limited as long as they are divalent linking groups and L 3 is a divalent linking group or a direct bond, but at least either L 1 or L 2 is a linking group having 1 or more carbon atoms. Is preferred. L 1 , L 2 , and L 3 are each independently a direct bond, alkylene having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, —O—, —S—, —C (═O) —, or alkenylene having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. , Phenylene, or combinations thereof are preferred.
 L、L、Lの好ましい組合せとしては、Lは直接結合、炭素数1~5のアルキレン、又はR3bあるいはR4bと結合して形成する環であり、L、Lは炭素数1~5のアルキレンである。
 また、一般式(8)の好ましいものとしては、下記一般式(9)で表される化合物を挙げることができる。
As a preferable combination of L 1 , L 2 and L 3 , L 3 is a direct bond, alkylene having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a ring formed by bonding with R 3b or R 4b, and L 1 and L 2 are Alkylene having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
Moreover, as a preferable thing of General formula (8), the compound represented by following General formula (9) can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式(9)中、R2b、R3b、R4b、L、L、及び*は、式(8)におけると同義であり、R5b、R6bはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、水酸基、ハロゲン原子、アミノ基、又は有機基を示す。
 一般式(9)中、R5b、R6bの有機基としては、それぞれ独立して、例えばアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アシル基、カルボキシル基、又はアシルオキシ基等が挙げられ、好ましくは炭素数1~18のアルキル基、炭素数3~18のシクロアルキル基、炭素数2~18のアルケニル基、炭素数3~18のシクロアルケニル基、炭素数1~15のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~15のアルキルチオ基、炭素数1~15のアシル基、炭素数1のカルボキシル基、又は炭素数1~15のアシルオキシ基であり、更に好ましくは、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、又は炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基である。
In formula (9), R 2b , R 3b , R 4b , L 1 , L 2 , and * are as defined in formula (8), and R 5b and R 6b are each independently a hydrogen atom, hydroxyl group Represents a halogen atom, an amino group, or an organic group.
In the general formula (9), the organic groups represented by R 5b and R 6b are each independently, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an acyl group, a carboxyl group, Or an acyloxy group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, a carbon number An alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, an acyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group having 1 carbon atom, or an acyloxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and more preferably An alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
 R5b、R6bの中で好ましい置換基としては、水素原子、水酸基、炭素数1~10のアルキル基である。
 また、R1bのアルキル基、R2b、R3b、R4b、の各有機基、L、L、Lの2価の連結基、Xのアダマンチル基は、それぞれ独立して置換基を有していてよく、具体的には以下の置換基を挙げることができる。
Preferred substituents among R 5b and R 6b are a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
In addition, the alkyl group of R 1b , the organic groups of R 2b , R 3b , and R 4b , the divalent linking group of L 1 , L 2 , and L 3 , and the adamantyl group of X are each independently a substituent. Specific examples thereof may include the following substituents.
 ハロゲン原子;水酸基;ニトロ基;シアノ基;メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、アミル基、t-アミル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、t-オクチル基等の炭素数1~18の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基;シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、アダマンチル基等の炭素数3~18のシクロアルキル基;ビニル基、プロペニル基、ヘキセニル基等の炭素数2~18の直鎖又は分岐のアルケニル基;シクロペンテニル基、シクロヘキセニル基等の炭素数3~18のシクロアルケニル基;メトキシ基、エトキシ基、n-プロポキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、n-ブトキシ基、s-ブトキシ基、t-ブトキシ基、アミルオキシ基、t-アミルオキシ基、n-ヘキシルオキシ基、n-ヘプチルオキシ基、n-オクチルオキシ基、t-オクチルオキシ基等の炭素数1~18の直鎖又は分岐のアルコキシ基;メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基、n-プロピルチオ基、イソプロピルチオ基、n-ブチルチオ基、s-ブチルチオ基、t-ブチルチオ基、アミルチオ基、t-アミルチオ基、n-ヘキシルチオ基、n-ヘプチルチオ基、n-オクチルチオ基、t-オクチルチオ基等の炭素数1~18の直鎖又は分岐のアルキルチオ基;フェニル基、トリル基、キシリル基、メシチル基等の炭素数6~18のアリール基;ベンジル基、フェネチル基等の炭素数7~18のアラルキル基;ビニルオキシ基、プロペニルオキシ基、ヘキセニルオキシ基等の炭素数2~18の直鎖又は分岐のアルケニルオキシ基;ビニルチオ基、プロペニルチオ基、ヘキセニルチオ基等の炭素数2~18の直鎖又は分岐のアルケニルチオ基;-COR17で表されるアシル基;カルボキシル基;-OCOR18で表されるアシルオキシ基;-NR1920で表されるアミノ基;-NHCOR21で表されるアシルアミノ基;-NHCOOR22で表されるカーバメート基;-CONR2324で表されるカルバモイル基;-COOR25で表されるカルボン酸エステル基;-SONR2627で表されるスルファモイル基;-SO28で表されるスルホン酸エステル基;2-チエニル基、2-ピリジル基、フリル基、オキサゾリル基、ベンゾキサゾリル基、チアゾリル基、ベンゾチアゾリル基、モルホリノ基、ピロリジニル基、テトラヒドロチオフェンジオキサイド基等の飽和もしくは不飽和の複素環基;トリメチルシリル基などのトリアルキルシリル基等。 Halogen atom; hydroxyl group; nitro group; cyano group; methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, amyl group, t-amyl group, n-hexyl group A linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms such as n-heptyl group, n-octyl group and t-octyl group; carbon number such as cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group and adamantyl group A cycloalkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms; a linear or branched alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms such as a vinyl group, a propenyl group and a hexenyl group; a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms such as a cyclopentenyl group and a cyclohexenyl group Methoxy group, ethoxy group, n-propoxy group, isopropoxy group, n-butoxy group, s-butoxy group, t-butoxy group, amyl A linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms such as a xy group, a t-amyloxy group, an n-hexyloxy group, an n-heptyloxy group, an n-octyloxy group, a t-octyloxy group; a methylthio group; Ethylthio group, n-propylthio group, isopropylthio group, n-butylthio group, s-butylthio group, t-butylthio group, amylthio group, t-amylthio group, n-hexylthio group, n-heptylthio group, n-octylthio group, a linear or branched alkylthio group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms such as a t-octylthio group; an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group or a mesityl group; a carbon such as a benzyl group or a phenethyl group; Aralkyl group having 7 to 18 carbon atoms; straight or branched chain having 2 to 18 carbon atoms such as vinyloxy group, propenyloxy group, hexenyloxy group Alkenyloxy group; represented by -OCOR 18; carboxyl group; an acyl group represented by -COR 17; vinylthio group, propenylthio group, alkenylthio group linear or branched 2 to 18 carbon atoms such as hexenyl thio group An acyloxy group represented by —NR 19 R 20 ; an acylamino group represented by —NHCOR 21 ; a carbamate group represented by —NHCOOR 22 ; a carbamoyl group represented by —CONR 23 R 24 ; Carboxylic acid ester group represented by 25 ; sulfamoyl group represented by —SO 3 NR 26 R 27 ; sulfonic acid ester group represented by —SO 3 R 28 ; 2-thienyl group, 2-pyridyl group, furyl group , Oxazolyl group, benzoxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, benzothiazolyl group, morpholino group, pyrrolidi Group, a heterocyclic group, saturated or unsaturated, such as tetrahydrothiophene dioxide group; a trialkylsilyl group such as trimethylsilyl group and the like.
 なお、R17~R28は、それぞれ水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルケニル基、置換基を有していてもよいアリール基、または置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基を示す。
 また、上記置換基の位置関係は特に限定されず、複数の置換基を有する場合、同種でも異なっていてもよい。
R 17 to R 28 are each a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, or The aralkyl group which may have a substituent is shown.
Moreover, the positional relationship of the said substituent is not specifically limited, When it has a some substituent, it may be same or different.
 一般式(7)で表される化合物の具体例としては下記が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (7) include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 本発明に係る[1-6-4b]のポリマーを構成する単量体成分中、一般式(7)の割合は、特に制限されないが、通常は全単量体成分中0.5~60質量%、好ましくは1~55質量%、さらに好ましくは5~50質量%である。多すぎると、分散剤として使用する場合、分散液の分散安定性が低下する場合があり、一方、少なすぎると、地汚れ適性が低下する場合がある。 The ratio of the general formula (7) in the monomer component constituting the polymer of [1-6-4b] according to the present invention is not particularly limited, but is usually 0.5 to 60 mass in the total monomer components. %, Preferably 1 to 55% by mass, more preferably 5 to 50% by mass. If the amount is too large, the dispersion stability of the dispersion may be lowered when used as a dispersant. On the other hand, if the amount is too small, the soil stain aptitude may be lowered.
 本発明における[1-6-4]の(メタ)アクリル系樹脂は、[1-6-4a]および[1-6-4b]で述べたポリマーを含め、いずれも酸基を有することが好ましい。酸基を有することにより、得られる着色樹脂組成物が、酸基とエポキシ基が反応してエステル結合を形成する架橋反応(以下、酸-エポキシ硬化と略する)により硬化が可能な着色樹脂組成物、あるいは未硬化部をアルカリ現像液で顕像可能な組成物、とすることができる。前記酸基としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、カルボン酸無水物基等が挙げられる。これら酸基は、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。 [1-6-4] (meth) acrylic resin in the present invention preferably has an acid group, including the polymers described in [1-6-4a] and [1-6-4b]. . By having an acid group, the resulting colored resin composition can be cured by a crosslinking reaction in which an acid group and an epoxy group react to form an ester bond (hereinafter abbreviated as acid-epoxy curing). Or a composition in which an uncured part can be visualized with an alkali developer. The acid group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a carboxylic anhydride group. These acid groups may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 (メタ)アクリル系樹脂に酸基を導入するには、例えば、酸基を有するモノマーおよび/または「重合後に酸基を付与しうるモノマー」(以下「酸基を導入するための単量体」と称することもある。)を、単量体成分として使用すればよい。なお「重合後に酸基を付与しうるモノマー」を単量体成分として使用する場合には、重合後に、後述するような酸基を付与するための処理が必要となる。 In order to introduce an acid group into the (meth) acrylic resin, for example, a monomer having an acid group and / or a “monomer capable of imparting an acid group after polymerization” (hereinafter, “monomer for introducing an acid group”) May be used as a monomer component. In addition, when using "monomer which can provide an acid group after superposition | polymerization" as a monomer component, the process for providing an acid group as mentioned later is required after superposition | polymerization.
 前記酸基を有するモノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸やイタコン酸等のカルボキシル基を有するモノマー;N-ヒドロキシフェニルマレイミド等のフェノール性水酸基を有するモノマー;無水マレイン酸、無水イタコン酸等のカルボン酸無水物基を有するモノマー等が挙げられるが、これらの中でも特に、(メタ)アクリル酸が好ましい。
 前記重合後に酸基を付与しうるモノマーとしては、例えば、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート等の水酸基を有するモノマー;グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等のエポキシ基を有するモノマー;2-イソシアナートエチル(メタ)アクリレート等のイソシアネート基を有するモノマー等が挙げられる。
Examples of the monomer having an acid group include monomers having a carboxyl group such as (meth) acrylic acid and itaconic acid; monomers having a phenolic hydroxyl group such as N-hydroxyphenylmaleimide; maleic anhydride and itaconic anhydride. Although the monomer etc. which have a carboxylic anhydride group are mentioned, Especially, (meth) acrylic acid is preferable among these.
Examples of the monomer capable of imparting an acid group after the polymerization include, for example, a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate; a monomer having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate; ) Monomers having an isocyanate group such as acrylate.
 これら酸基を導入するための単量体は、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。
 (メタ)アクリル系樹脂を得る際の単量体成分が、前記酸基を導入するための単量体をも含む場合、その含有割合は特に制限されないが、通常は全単量体成分中5~70質量%、好ましくは10~60質量%である。
These monomers for introducing an acid group may be only one type or two or more types.
When the monomer component for obtaining the (meth) acrylic resin also includes the monomer for introducing the acid group, the content ratio is not particularly limited, but usually 5% of all the monomer components. It is ˜70% by mass, preferably 10 to 60% by mass.
 また[1-6-4](メタ)アクリル系樹脂は、ラジカル重合性二重結合を有するものであってもよい。
 前記(メタ)アクリル系樹脂にラジカル重合性二重結合を導入するには、例えば「重合後にラジカル重合性二重結合を付与しうるモノマー」(以下「ラジカル重合性二重結合を導入するための単量体」と称することもある。)を、単量体成分として重合した後に、後述するようなラジカル重合性二重結合を付与するための処理を行えばよい。
[1-6-4] (Meth) acrylic resin may have a radical polymerizable double bond.
In order to introduce a radical polymerizable double bond into the (meth) acrylic resin, for example, “a monomer capable of imparting a radical polymerizable double bond after polymerization” (hereinafter referred to as “for introducing a radical polymerizable double bond”). May be referred to as a “monomer”.) Is polymerized as a monomer component, and then a treatment for imparting a radical polymerizable double bond as described later may be performed.
 重合後にラジカル重合性二重結合を付与しうるモノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、イタコン酸等のカルボキシル基を有するモノマー;無水マレイン酸、無水イタコン酸等のカルボン酸無水物基を有するモノマー;グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート、o-(またはm-、またはp-)ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル等のエポキシ基を有するモノマー等が挙げられる。これらラジカル重合性二重結合を導入するための単量体は、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。 Examples of the monomer capable of imparting a radical polymerizable double bond after polymerization include, for example, a monomer having a carboxyl group such as (meth) acrylic acid and itaconic acid; a carboxylic acid anhydride group such as maleic anhydride and itaconic anhydride Monomers: Monomers having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, o- (or m-, or p-) vinylbenzylglycidyl ether, and the like. The monomer for introducing these radical polymerizable double bonds may be only one kind or two or more kinds.
 [1-6-4]の(メタ)アクリル系樹脂を得る際の単量体成分が、前記ラジカル重合性二重結合を導入するための単量体をも含む場合、その含有割合は特に制限されないが、通常は全単量体成分中5~70質量%、好ましくは10~60質量%である。
 本発明の(メタ)アクリル系樹脂が、[1-6-4a]の項で説明した、前記一般式(6)の化合物を必須の単量体成分とするポリマーである場合、エポキシ基を有することが好ましい。
In the case where the monomer component for obtaining the (meth) acrylic resin of [1-6-4] also contains a monomer for introducing the radical polymerizable double bond, its content is particularly limited. However, it is usually 5 to 70% by mass, preferably 10 to 60% by mass, based on all monomer components.
When the (meth) acrylic resin of the present invention is a polymer having the compound of the general formula (6) as an essential monomer component described in the section [1-6-4a], it has an epoxy group It is preferable.
 エポキシ基を導入するには、例えば、エポキシ基を有するモノマー(以下「エポキシ基を導入するための単量体」と称することもある。)を、単量体成分として重合すればよい。
 前記エポキシ基を有するモノマーとしては、例えば、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート、o-(またはm-、またはp-)ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル等が挙げられる。これらエポキシ基を導入するための単量体は、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。
In order to introduce an epoxy group, for example, a monomer having an epoxy group (hereinafter also referred to as “monomer for introducing an epoxy group”) may be polymerized as a monomer component.
Examples of the monomer having an epoxy group include glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, o- (or m-, or p-) vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, and the like. These monomers for introducing an epoxy group may be only one type or two or more types.
 [1-6-4]の(メタ)アクリル系樹脂を得る際の単量体成分が、前記エポキシ基を導入するための単量体をも含む場合、その含有割合は特に制限されないが、通常は全単量体成分中5~70質量%、好ましくは10~60質量%であるのがよい。
 [1-6-4]の(メタ)アクリル系樹脂を得る際の単量体成分は、上記必須の単量体成分のほかに、必要に応じて、他の共重合可能なモノマーを含んでいてもよい。
When the monomer component for obtaining the (meth) acrylic resin of [1-6-4] also contains the monomer for introducing the epoxy group, the content ratio is not particularly limited, but usually Is 5 to 70% by mass, preferably 10 to 60% by mass, based on the total monomer components.
The monomer component for obtaining the (meth) acrylic resin of [1-6-4] contains, in addition to the above essential monomer component, other copolymerizable monomers as required. May be.
 他の共重合可能なモノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸t-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ベンジル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル等の(メタ)アクリル酸エステル類;スチレン、ビニルトルエン、α-メチルスチレン等の芳香族ビニル化合物;N-フェニルマレイミド、N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド等のN-置換マレイミド類;ブタジエン、イソプレン等のブタジエンまたは置換ブタジエン化合物;エチレン、プロピレン、塩化ビニル、アクリロニトリル等のエチレンまたは置換エチレン化合物;酢酸ビニル等のビニルエステル類等が挙げられる。 Examples of other copolymerizable monomers include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, and n-butyl (meth) acrylate. , Isobutyl (meth) acrylate, t-butyl (meth) acrylate, methyl 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate (Meth) acrylic acid esters such as: aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene, vinyltoluene and α-methylstyrene; N-substituted maleimides such as N-phenylmaleimide and N-cyclohexylmaleimide; butadienes such as butadiene and isoprene; Substituted butadiene compounds; ethylene, propylene, vinyl chloride Le, ethylene or substituted ethylene compound such as acrylonitrile, vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate and the like.
 これらの中でも、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ベンジル、スチレンが、透明性が良好で、耐熱性を損ないにくい点で好ましい。これら共重合可能な他のモノマーは、1種のみ用いても2種以上を併用してもよい。
 また、特に(メタ)アクリル系樹脂の一部または全部を、後述するように分散剤として用いる場合は、(メタ)アクリル酸ベンジルを用いることが好ましく、その含有量は、通常全単量体成分中1~70質量%、好ましくは5~60質量%であるのがよい。
Among these, methyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, and styrene are preferable in terms of good transparency and resistance to heat resistance. These other copolymerizable monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
In particular, when a part or all of the (meth) acrylic resin is used as a dispersant as described later, it is preferable to use benzyl (meth) acrylate, and the content thereof is usually all monomer components. The content is 1 to 70% by mass, preferably 5 to 60% by mass.
 前記(メタ)アクリル系樹脂を得る際の単量体成分が、前記共重合可能な他のモノマーをも含む場合、その含有割合は特に制限されないが、95質量%以下が好ましく、85質量%以下がより好ましい。
 次に、[1-6-4]の(メタ)アクリル系樹脂の製造方法(重合方法)について説明する。
When the monomer component for obtaining the (meth) acrylic resin also includes the other copolymerizable monomer, the content ratio is not particularly limited, but is preferably 95% by mass or less, and 85% by mass or less. Is more preferable.
Next, the production method (polymerization method) of [1-6-4] (meth) acrylic resin will be described.
 前記単量体成分の重合方法に特に制限はなく、従来公知の各種方法を採用することができるが、特に、溶液重合法によることが好ましい。なお、重合温度や重合濃度(重合濃度=[単量体成分の全質量/(単量体成分の全質量+溶媒質量)]×100とする)は、使用する単量体成分の種類や比率、目標とするポリマーの分子量によって異なる。重合温度に関しては、好ましくは40~150℃、さらに好ましくは重合温度60~130℃である。また重合濃度に関しては、好ましくは重合濃度5~50質量%、さらに好ましくは10~40質量%である。 There is no particular limitation on the polymerization method of the monomer component, and various conventionally known methods can be adopted, but the solution polymerization method is particularly preferable. The polymerization temperature and polymerization concentration (polymerization concentration = [total mass of monomer components / (total mass of monomer components + solvent mass)] × 100) are the types and ratios of the monomer components used. , Depending on the molecular weight of the target polymer. The polymerization temperature is preferably 40 to 150 ° C., more preferably 60 to 130 ° C. The polymerization concentration is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass.
 また、重合時に溶媒を用いる場合には、通常のラジカル重合反応で使用される溶媒を用いればよい。具体的には、例えば、テトラヒドロフラン、ジオキサン、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル等のエーテル類;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン等のケトン類;酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート等のエステル類;メタノール、エタノール、イソプロパノール、n-ブタノール、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル等のアルコール類;トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン等の芳香族炭化水素類;クロロホルム;ジメチルスルホキシド等が挙げられる。これら溶媒は、1種のみを用いても2種以上を併用してもよい。 In addition, when a solvent is used at the time of polymerization, a solvent used in a normal radical polymerization reaction may be used. Specifically, for example, ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether; ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3- Esters such as methoxybutyl acetate; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and ethylbenzene; chloroform; dimethyl sulfoxide, and the like Is mentioned. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 前記単量体成分を重合する際には、必要に応じて、重合開始剤を使用してもよい。重合開始剤に特に制限は無いが、例えば、クメンハイドロパーオキサイド、ジイソプロピルベンゼンハイドロパーオキサイド、ジ-t-ブチルパーオキサイド、ラウロイルパーオキサイド、ベンゾイルパーオキサイド、t-ブチルパーオキシイソプロピルカーボネート、t-アミルパーオキシ-2-エチルヘキサノエート、t-ブチルパーオキシ-2-エチルヘキサノエート等の有機過酸化物;2,2′-アゾビス(イソブチロニトリル)、1,1′-アゾビス(シクロヘキサンカルボニトリル)、2,2′-アゾビス(2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)、ジメチル2,2′-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオネート)等のアゾ化合物が挙げられる。これら重合開始剤は、1種のみを用いても2種以上を併用してもよい。 When polymerizing the monomer component, a polymerization initiator may be used as necessary. The polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include cumene hydroperoxide, diisopropylbenzene hydroperoxide, di-t-butyl peroxide, lauroyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, t-butylperoxyisopropyl carbonate, and t-amyl. Organic peroxides such as peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate and t-butylperoxy-2-ethylhexanoate; 2,2'-azobis (isobutyronitrile), 1,1'-azobis (cyclohexane Carbonitrile), 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), dimethyl 2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionate) and the like. These polymerization initiators may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 なお、開始剤の使用量は、用いる単量体の組み合わせや、反応条件、目標とするポリマーの分子量等に応じて適宜設定すればよく、特に限定されないが、ゲル化することなく重量平均分子量が数千~数万のポリマーを得ることができる点で、通常は全単量体成分に対して0.1~15質量%、より好ましくは0.5~10質量%である。
 また分子量調整のために、連鎖移動剤を添加してもよい。連鎖移動剤としては、例えば、n-ドデシルメルカプタン、メルカプト酢酸、メルカプト酢酸メチル等のメルカプタン系連鎖移動剤、α-メチルスチレンダイマー等が挙げられるが、好ましくは、連鎖移動効果が高く、残存モノマーを低減でき、入手も容易な、n-ドデシルメルカプタン、メルカプト酢酸がよい。連鎖移動剤を使用する場合、その使用量は、用いる単量体の組み合わせや、反応条件、目標とするポリマーの分子量等に応じて適宜設定すればよく、特に限定されないが、ゲル化することなく重量平均分子量が数千~数万のポリマーを得ることができる点で、通常は全単量体成分に対して0.1~15質量%、より好ましくは0.5~10質量%である。
The amount of initiator used may be appropriately set according to the combination of monomers used, reaction conditions, target polymer molecular weight, etc., and is not particularly limited, but the weight average molecular weight without gelation. The amount is usually from 0.1 to 15% by mass, more preferably from 0.5 to 10% by mass, based on all monomer components, in that several thousand to several tens of thousands of polymers can be obtained.
Moreover, you may add a chain transfer agent for molecular weight adjustment. Examples of the chain transfer agent include mercaptan chain transfer agents such as n-dodecyl mercaptan, mercaptoacetic acid, methyl mercaptoacetate and the like, α-methylstyrene dimer, and the like. Preferred are n-dodecyl mercaptan and mercaptoacetic acid, which can be reduced and easily obtained. When a chain transfer agent is used, the amount used may be appropriately set according to the combination of monomers used, reaction conditions, the molecular weight of the target polymer, etc., and is not particularly limited, but without gelation In terms of being able to obtain a polymer having a weight average molecular weight of several thousand to several tens of thousands, it is usually 0.1 to 15% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass with respect to the total monomer components.
 なお、一般式(6)の化合物を必須の単量体成分として使用する場合、前記重合反応においては、エーテルダイマーの環化反応が同時に進行するものと考えられるが、このときのエーテルダイマーの環化率は必ずしも100モル%である必要はない。
 前記アクリル系樹脂を得る際に、単量体成分として、前述した酸基を付与しうるモノマーを用いることにより酸基を導入する場合、重合後に酸基を付与するための処理を行う必要がある。該処理は、用いるモノマーの種類によって異なるが、例えば、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートのような水酸基を有するモノマーを用いた場合には、コハク酸無水物、テトラヒドロフタル酸無水物、マレイン酸無水物等の酸無水物を付加させればよい。グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等のエポキシ基を有するモノマーを用いた場合には、N-メチルアミノ安息香酸、N-メチルアミノフェノール等のアミノ基と酸基を有する化合物を付加させるか、もしくは、まず(メタ)アクリル酸のような酸を付加させ、結果生じた水酸基に、コハク酸無水物、テトラヒドロフタル酸無水物、マレイン酸無水物等の酸無水物を付加させればよい。2-イソシアナートエチル(メタ)アクリレート等のイソシアネート基を有するモノマーを用いた場合には、例えば、2-ヒドロキシ酪酸等の水酸基と酸基を有する化合物を付加させればよい。
In addition, when the compound of the general formula (6) is used as an essential monomer component, it is considered that the cyclization reaction of the ether dimer proceeds simultaneously in the polymerization reaction. The conversion rate is not necessarily 100 mol%.
When the acrylic resin is obtained, when the acid group is introduced by using the monomer capable of imparting the acid group described above as the monomer component, it is necessary to perform a treatment for imparting the acid group after polymerization. . The treatment varies depending on the type of monomer used. For example, when a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate is used, succinic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, maleic anhydride An acid anhydride such as a product may be added. When a monomer having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate is used, a compound having an amino group and an acid group such as N-methylaminobenzoic acid or N-methylaminophenol is added, or first ( An acid such as meth) acrylic acid may be added, and an acid anhydride such as succinic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, maleic anhydride or the like may be added to the resulting hydroxyl group. When a monomer having an isocyanate group such as 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth) acrylate is used, for example, a compound having a hydroxyl group and an acid group such as 2-hydroxybutyric acid may be added.
 前記[1-6-4]の(メタ)アクリル系樹脂を得る際に、単量体成分として、前述したラジカル重合性二重結合を付与しうるモノマーを用いることによりラジカル重合性二重結合を導入する場合、重合後にラジカル重合性二重結合を付与するための処理を行う必要がある。
 該処理は、用いるモノマーの種類によって異なるが、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸やイタコン酸等のカルボキシル基を有するモノマーを用いた場合には、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート、o-(またはm-、またはp-)ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル等の、エポキシ基とラジカル重合性二重結合とを有する化合物を付加させればよい。無水マレイン酸や無水イタコン酸等のカルボン酸無水物基を有するモノマーを用いた場合には、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート等の、水酸基とラジカル重合性二重結合とを有する化合物を付加させればよい。グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート、o-(またはm-、またはp-)ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル等の、エポキシ基を有するモノマーを用いた場合には、(メタ)アクリル酸等の酸基とラジカル重合性二重結合とを有する化合物を付加させればよい。
In obtaining the (meth) acrylic resin of [1-6-4], a radical polymerizable double bond is formed by using the monomer capable of imparting the radical polymerizable double bond described above as a monomer component. When introducing, it is necessary to perform a treatment for imparting a radically polymerizable double bond after polymerization.
The treatment varies depending on the type of monomer used. For example, when a monomer having a carboxyl group such as (meth) acrylic acid or itaconic acid is used, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl ( A compound having an epoxy group and a radically polymerizable double bond such as (meth) acrylate, o- (or m-, or p-) vinylbenzylglycidyl ether may be added. When a monomer having a carboxylic acid anhydride group such as maleic anhydride or itaconic anhydride is used, a compound having a hydroxyl group and a radical polymerizable double bond such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate is added. Just do it. When a monomer having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, o- (or m-, or p-) vinylbenzylglycidyl ether is used, ) A compound having an acid group such as acrylic acid and a radical polymerizable double bond may be added.
 前記[1-6-4]の(メタ)アクリル系樹脂の重量平均分子量は、特に制限されないが、好ましくはGPCにて測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量が2000~200000、より好ましくは4000~100000である。重量平均分子量が200000を超える場合、高粘度となりすぎ塗膜を形成しにくくなる場合があり、一方2000未満であると、十分な耐熱性を発現しにくくなる傾向がある。 The weight average molecular weight of the [1-6-4] (meth) acrylic resin is not particularly limited, but preferably has a polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight of 2,000 to 200,000, more preferably 4,000 to 100,000, as measured by GPC. It is. When the weight average molecular weight exceeds 200,000, the viscosity may become too high to form a coating film, and when it is less than 2,000, sufficient heat resistance tends to be hardly exhibited.
 前記(メタ)アクリル系樹脂が酸基を有する場合、好ましい酸価は30~500mgKOH/g、より好ましくは50~400mgKOH/gである。酸価が30mgKOH/g未満の場合、アルカリ現像に適用することが難しくなる場合があり、500mgKOH/gを超える場合、高粘度となりすぎ塗膜を形成しにくくなる傾向がある。
 尚、前記(メタ)アクリル系樹脂成分のうち、一般式(6)で表される化合物を必須の単量体成分とするポリマーは、それ自体公知の化合物であり、例えば、日本国特開2004-300203号公報及び日本国特開2004-300204号公報に記載の化合物を挙げることが出来る。
When the (meth) acrylic resin has an acid group, a preferable acid value is 30 to 500 mgKOH / g, more preferably 50 to 400 mgKOH / g. When the acid value is less than 30 mgKOH / g, it may be difficult to apply to alkali development, and when it exceeds 500 mgKOH / g, the viscosity tends to be too high to form a coating film.
Of the (meth) acrylic resin components, the polymer having the compound represented by the general formula (6) as an essential monomer component is a compound known per se, such as Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-2004. And the compounds described in JP-A-300203 and JP-A-2004-300204.
[1-6-5]カルボキシル基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂
 エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂は、エポキシ樹脂にα,β-不飽和モノカルボン酸又はエステル部分にカルボキシル基を有するα,β-不飽和モノカルボン酸エステルを付加させ、さらに、多塩基酸無水物を反応させることにより合成される。かかる反応生成物は化学構造上、実質的にエポキシ基を有さず、かつ「(メタ)アクリレート」に限定されるものではないが、エポキシ樹脂が原料であり、かつ「(メタ)アクリレート」が代表例であるので、慣用に従いこのように命名したものである。
[1-6-5] Epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having carboxyl group The epoxy (meth) acrylate resin is an α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid in the epoxy resin or α, β-unsaturated having a carboxyl group in the ester moiety. It is synthesized by adding a saturated monocarboxylic acid ester and further reacting with a polybasic acid anhydride. Such a reaction product has substantially no epoxy group in terms of chemical structure and is not limited to “(meth) acrylate”. However, epoxy resin is a raw material, and “(meth) acrylate” Since it is a representative example, it is named in this manner according to common usage.
 原料となるエポキシ樹脂として、例えばビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂(例えば、三菱化学社製の「エピコート(登録商標、以下同じ。)828」、「エピコート1001」、「エピコート1002」、「エピコート1004」等)、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂のアルコール性水酸基とエピクロルヒドリンの反応により得られるエポキシ樹脂(例えば、日本化薬社製の「NER-1302」(エポキシ当量323,軟化点76℃))、ビスフェノールF型樹脂(例えば、三菱化学社製の「エピコート807」、「EP-4001」、「EP-4002」、「EP-4004等」)、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂のアルコール性水酸基とエピクロルヒドリンの反応により得られるエポキシ樹脂(例えば、日本化薬社製の「NER-7406」(エポキシ当量350,軟化点66℃))、ビスフェノールS型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニルグリシジルエーテル(例えば、三菱化学社製の「YX-4000」)、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂(例えば、日本化薬社製の「EPPN-201」、三菱化学社製の「EP-152」、「EP-154」、ダウケミカル社製の「DEN-438」)、(o,m,p-)クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂(例えば、日本化薬社製の「EOCN(登録商標、以下同じ。)-102S」、「EOCN-1020」、「EOCN-104S」)、トリグリシジルイソシアヌレート(例えば、日産化学社製の「TEPIC(登録商標)」)、トリスフェノールメタン型エポキシ樹脂(例えば、日本化薬社製の「EPPN(登録商標)-501」、「EPN-502」、「EPPN-503」)、フルオレンエポキシ樹脂(例えば、新日鐵化学社製のカルドエポキシ樹脂「ESF-300」)、脂環式エポキシ樹脂(ダイセル化学工業社製の「セロキサイド(登録商標、以下同じ。)2021P」、「セロキサイドEHPE」)、ジシクロペンタジエンとフェノールの反応によるフェノール樹脂をグリシジル化したジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂(例えば、日本化薬社製の「XD-1000」、大日本インキ社製の「EXA-7200」、日本化薬社製の「NC-3000」、「NC-7300」)、および下記構造式で示されるエポキシ樹脂(日本国特開平4-355450号公報参照)、等を好適に用いることができる。 As an epoxy resin used as a raw material, for example, a bisphenol A type epoxy resin (for example, “Epicoat (registered trademark, the same applies hereinafter) 828”, “Epicoat 1001”, “Epicoat 1002”, “Epicoat 1004”, etc., manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) An epoxy resin obtained by the reaction of an alcoholic hydroxyl group of bisphenol A type epoxy resin and epichlorohydrin (for example, “NER-1302” (epoxy equivalent 323, softening point 76 ° C.) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), bisphenol F type resin ( For example, “Epicoat 807”, “EP-4001”, “EP-4002”, “EP-4004”, etc., manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation)), an epoxy resin obtained by reaction of an alcoholic hydroxyl group of bisphenol F type epoxy resin with epichlorohydrin (For example, “NER” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. 7406 "(epoxy equivalent 350, softening point 66 ° C)), bisphenol S type epoxy resin, biphenyl glycidyl ether (eg" YX-4000 "manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), phenol novolac type epoxy resin (eg Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) "EPPN-201" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, "EP-152" and "EP-154" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, "DEN-438" manufactured by Dow Chemical Co., Ltd.), (o, m, p-) cresol novolac type epoxy resin (For example, “EOCN (registered trademark, the same shall apply hereinafter) -102S”, “EOCN-1020”, “EOCN-104S” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), triglycidyl isocyanurate (for example, “TEPIC manufactured by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.) (Registered trademark) "), trisphenol methane type epoxy resin (for example," EPPN (registered trademark) "manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 501 ”,“ EPN-502 ”,“ EPPN-503 ”), fluorene epoxy resin (for example, cardo epoxy resin“ ESF-300 ”manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd.), alicyclic epoxy resin (manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.) "Celoxide (registered trademark, the same shall apply hereinafter) 2021P", "Celoxide EHPE"), a dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin obtained by glycidylation of a phenol resin by the reaction of dicyclopentadiene and phenol (for example, "manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd." XD-1000 ”,“ EXA-7200 ”manufactured by Dainippon Ink,“ NC-3000 ”,“ NC-7300 ”manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and an epoxy resin represented by the following structural formula 4-355450) can be preferably used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 これらは1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 エポキシ樹脂の他の例としては共重合型エポキシ樹脂が挙げられる。共重合型エポキシ樹脂としては、例えば、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリロイルメチルシクロヘキセンオキサイド、ビニルシクロヘキセンオキサイドなど(以下「共重合型エポキシ樹脂の第1成分」と称す。)とこれら以外の1官能エチレン性不飽和基含有化合物(以下、「共重合型エポキシ樹脂の第2成分」と称す。)、例えば、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリル酸、スチレン、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、α-メチルスチレン、グリセリンモノ(メタ)アクリレート、下記一般式(10)で表される化合物から選ばれる1種又は2種以上、とを反応させて得られた共重合体が挙げられる。
These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Another example of the epoxy resin is a copolymer type epoxy resin. Examples of the copolymerization type epoxy resin include glycidyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acryloylmethylcyclohexene oxide, vinylcyclohexene oxide and the like (hereinafter referred to as “first component of copolymerization type epoxy resin”) and one other than these. Functional ethylenically unsaturated group-containing compound (hereinafter referred to as “second component of copolymerization type epoxy resin”), for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxy Ethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid, styrene, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, α-methylstyrene, glycerin mono (meth) acrylate, the following general formula (10 Compound represented by Al one or more selected, reacting the city include a copolymer obtained by.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 式(10)中、R61は水素原子又はエチル基、R62は水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を示し、rは2~10の整数である。一般式(10)の化合物としては、例えば、ジエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、トリエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート等のポリエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート;メトキシジエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシトリエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシテトラエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、等のアルコキシポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 In the formula (10), R 61 represents a hydrogen atom or an ethyl group, R 62 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and r is an integer of 2 to 10. Examples of the compound of the general formula (10) include polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylates such as diethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, and tetraethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate; methoxydiethylene glycol mono ( Examples thereof include alkoxy polyethylene glycol (meth) acrylates such as meth) acrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, and methoxytetraethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate.
 上記共重合型エポキシ樹脂の分子量は約1000~200000が好ましい。また、上記共重合型エポキシ樹脂の第1成分の使用量は、上記共重合型エポキシ樹脂の第2成分に対して好ましくは10質量%以上、特に好ましくは20質量%以上であり、好ましくは70質量%以下、特に好ましくは50質量%以下である。
 このような共重合型エポキシ樹脂としては、具体的には日油社製の「CP-15」、「CP-30」、「CP-50」、「CP-20SA」、「CP-510SA」、「CP-50S」、「CP-50M」、「CP-20MA」等が例示される。
The copolymer type epoxy resin preferably has a molecular weight of about 1,000 to 200,000. Further, the amount of the first component of the copolymerization type epoxy resin used is preferably 10% by mass or more, particularly preferably 20% by mass or more, preferably 70%, based on the second component of the copolymerization type epoxy resin. It is at most 50% by mass, particularly preferably at most 50% by mass.
Specific examples of such a copolymer type epoxy resin include “CP-15”, “CP-30”, “CP-50”, “CP-20SA”, “CP-510SA” manufactured by NOF Corporation, “CP-50S”, “CP-50M”, “CP-20MA” and the like are exemplified.
 原料エポキシ樹脂の分子量は、GPCで測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量として、通常200~20万、好ましくは300~100000の範囲である。重量平均分子量が上記範囲未満であると被膜形成性に問題を生じる場合が多く、逆に、上記範囲を超えた樹脂ではα,β-不飽和モノカルボン酸の付加反応時にゲル化が起こりやすく製造が困難となる場合がある。 The molecular weight of the raw material epoxy resin is usually in the range of 200 to 200,000, preferably 300 to 100,000 as the weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC. If the weight average molecular weight is less than the above range, there are many cases where a problem occurs in the film forming property. Conversely, if the resin exceeds the above range, gelation easily occurs during the addition reaction of α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid. May be difficult.
 α,β-不飽和モノカルボン酸としては、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、桂皮酸、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸等が挙げられ、好ましくは、アクリル酸及びメタクリル酸であり、特にアクリル酸が反応性に富むため好ましい。
 エステル部分にカルボキシル基を有するα,β-不飽和モノカルボン酸エステルとしては、アクリル酸-2-サクシノイルオキシエチル、アクリル酸-2-マレイノイルオキシエチル、アクリル酸-2-フタロイルオキシエチル、アクリル酸-2-ヘキサヒドロフタロイルオキシエチル、メタクリル酸-2-サクシノイルオキシエチル、メタクリル酸-2-マレイノイルオキシエチル、メタクリル酸-2-フタロイルオキシエチル、メタクリル酸-2-ヘキサヒドロフタロイルオキシエチル、クロトン酸-2-サクシノイルオキシエチル等が挙げられ、好ましくは、アクリル酸-2-マレイノイルオキシエチル及びアクリル酸-2-フタロイルオキシエチルであり、特にアクリル酸-2-マレイノイルオキシエチルが好ましい。これらは1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
Examples of the α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid include itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and the like, preferably acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and particularly acrylic acid is highly reactive. Therefore, it is preferable.
Examples of the α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group in the ester moiety include 2-succinoyloxyethyl acrylate, 2-malenoyloxyethyl acrylate, 2-phthaloyloxyethyl acrylate, Acrylic acid-2-hexahydrophthaloyloxyethyl, methacrylic acid-2-succinoyloxyethyl, methacrylic acid-2-malenoyloxyethyl, methacrylic acid-2-phthaloyloxyethyl, methacrylic acid-2-hexahydrophthalo Yloxyethyl, crotonic acid-2-succinoyloxyethyl, and the like. Preferred are 2-maleoyloxyethyl acrylate and 2-phthaloyloxyethyl acrylate, and in particular, 2-maleic acrylate. Noyloxyethyl is preferred. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 α,β-不飽和モノカルボン酸又はそのエステルとエポキシ樹脂との付加反応は、公知の手法を用いることができ、例えば、エステル化触媒存在下、50~150℃の温度で反応させることにより実施することができる。エステル化触媒としてはトリエチルアミン、トリメチルアミン、ベンジルジメチルアミン、ベンジルジエチルアミン等の3級アミン;テトラメチルアンモニウムクロライド、テトラエチルアンモニウムクロライド、ドデシルトリメチルアンモニウムクロライド等の4級アンモニウム塩等を用いることができる。 The addition reaction between the α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or its ester and the epoxy resin can be carried out by a known method, for example, by carrying out the reaction at a temperature of 50 to 150 ° C. in the presence of an esterification catalyst. can do. As the esterification catalyst, tertiary amines such as triethylamine, trimethylamine, benzyldimethylamine, and benzyldiethylamine; quaternary ammonium salts such as tetramethylammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride, and dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride can be used.
 α,β-不飽和モノカルボン酸又はそのエステルの使用量は、原料エポキシ樹脂のエポキシ基1当量に対し0.5~1.2当量の範囲が好ましく、さらに好ましくは0.7~1.1当量の範囲である。α,β-不飽和モノカルボン酸又はそのエステルの使用量が少ないと不飽和基の導入量が不足し、引き続く多塩基酸無水物との反応も不十分となる。また、多量のエポキシ基が残存することも有利ではない。一方、該使用量が多いとα,β-不飽和モノカルボン酸又はそのエステルが未反応物として残存する。いずれの場合も硬化特性が悪化する傾向が認められる。 The amount of α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or ester thereof used is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 1.2 equivalents, more preferably 0.7 to 1.1, relative to 1 equivalent of the epoxy group of the raw material epoxy resin. Equivalent range. If the amount of α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or ester thereof used is small, the amount of unsaturated groups introduced is insufficient, and the subsequent reaction with polybasic acid anhydrides is also insufficient. Also, it is not advantageous that a large amount of epoxy groups remain. On the other hand, when the amount used is large, α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or ester thereof remains as an unreacted product. In either case, there is a tendency for the curing properties to deteriorate.
 α,β-不飽和カルボン酸又はそのエステルが付加したエポキシ樹脂に、更に付加させる多塩基酸無水物としては、無水マレイン酸、無水コハク酸、無水イタコン酸、無水フタル酸、無水テトラヒドロフタル酸、無水ヘキサヒドロフタル酸、無水ピロメリット酸、無水トリメリット酸、ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、無水メチルヘキサヒドロフタル酸、無水エンドメチレンテトラヒドロフタル酸、無水クロレンド酸、無水メチルテトラヒドロフタル酸、ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物等が挙げられ、好ましくは、無水マレイン酸、無水コハク酸、無水イタコン酸、無水フタル酸、無水テトラヒドロフタル酸、無水ヘキサヒドロフタル酸、無水ピロメリット酸、無水トリメリット酸、ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物であり、特に好ましい化合物は、無水テトラヒドロフタル酸及びビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物である。これらは1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 The polybasic acid anhydride to be further added to the epoxy resin to which α, β-unsaturated carboxylic acid or its ester is added includes maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, Hexahydrophthalic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, methylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, endomethylenetetrahydrophthalic anhydride, chlorendic anhydride, methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, biphenyltetra Carboxylic acid dianhydride and the like, preferably maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, Biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride Particularly preferred compounds are tetrahydrophthalic anhydride and biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 多塩基酸無水物の付加反応に関しても公知の手法を用いることができ、α,β-不飽和カルボン酸又はそのエステルの付加反応と同様な条件下で継続反応させることにより実施することができる。
 多塩基酸無水物の付加量は、生成するエポキシアクリレート樹脂の酸価が10~150mgKOH/gの範囲となるような量が好ましく、更に20~140mgKOH/gの範囲が特に好ましい。樹脂の酸価が小さすぎるとアルカリ現像性に乏しくなり、また、樹脂の酸価が大きすぎると硬化性能に劣る傾向が認められる。
A known method can also be used for the addition reaction of the polybasic acid anhydride, and it can be carried out by continuing the reaction under the same conditions as the addition reaction of the α, β-unsaturated carboxylic acid or its ester.
The addition amount of the polybasic acid anhydride is preferably such that the acid value of the resulting epoxy acrylate resin is in the range of 10 to 150 mgKOH / g, more preferably in the range of 20 to 140 mgKOH / g. If the acid value of the resin is too small, the alkali developability is poor, and if the acid value of the resin is too large, the curing performance tends to be inferior.
 その他、カルボキシル基を有するエポキシアクリレート樹脂としては、例えば、日本国特開平6-49174号公報記載のナフタレン含有樹脂;日本国特開2003-89716号公報、日本国特開2003-165830号公報、日本国特開2005-325331号公報、日本国特開2001-354735号公報記載のフルオレン含有樹脂;日本国特開2005-126674号公報、日本国特開2005-55814号公報、日本国特開2004-295084号公報等に記載の樹脂を挙げることができる。 Other examples of the epoxy acrylate resin having a carboxyl group include a naphthalene-containing resin described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-49174; Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-89716, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-165830, Japan Fluorene-containing resins described in JP-A-2005-325331, JP-A-2001-354735; JP-A-2005-126694, JP-A-2005-55814, JP-A-2004 The resin described in 295084 gazette etc. can be mentioned.
 また、市販のカルボキシル基を有するエポキシアクリレート樹脂を用いることもでき、市販品としては、例えばダイセル社製の「ACA-200M」等を挙げることが出来る。
 バインダー樹脂としては、また、例えば日本国特開2005-154708号公報などに記載のアクリル系のバインダーも用いることができる。
 上述した各種バインダー樹脂のうち、特に好ましいのは、[1-6-1]の「エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートと、他のラジカル重合性単量体との共重合体に対し、該共重合体が有するエポキシ基の少なくとも一部に不飽和一塩基酸を付加させてなる樹脂、或いは該付加反応により生じた水酸基の少なくとも一部に多塩基酸無水物を付加させて得られるアルカリ可溶性樹脂」である。
Also, commercially available epoxy acrylate resins having a carboxyl group can be used, and examples of commercially available products include “ACA-200M” manufactured by Daicel Corporation.
As the binder resin, an acrylic binder described in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-154708 can also be used.
Of the various binder resins described above, particularly preferred is a copolymer of [1-6-1] “epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate and other radical polymerizable monomer. A resin obtained by adding an unsaturated monobasic acid to at least a part of the epoxy group of the coal, or an alkali-soluble resin obtained by adding a polybasic acid anhydride to at least a part of the hydroxyl group generated by the addition reaction " It is.
 本発明におけるバインダー樹脂としては、前述の各種バインダー樹脂のうち1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 前述の各種バインダー樹脂は、特に前述の分散剤等との併用による相乗効果により、分散安定性に寄与し、結果として分散剤の添加量を減少させることができるため、現像性が向上した、具体的には例えば、基板上の非画像部に未溶解物が残存することなく基板との密着性に優れた、高濃度の色画素を形成し得るといった効果を奏し、好ましい。
As binder resin in this invention, 1 type may be used independently among the above-mentioned various binder resins, and 2 or more types may be used together.
The above-mentioned various binder resins contribute to the dispersion stability due to the synergistic effect particularly in combination with the above-mentioned dispersant and the like, and as a result, the amount of the dispersant added can be reduced, so that the developability is improved. Specifically, for example, it is preferable because an effect of being able to form a high-density color pixel having excellent adhesion to the substrate without remaining undissolved material in the non-image portion on the substrate is preferable.
 具体的には、バインダー樹脂の一部を前述の分散剤や分散助剤などとともに、後述する分散処理工程に使用する。この時、バインダー樹脂は、顔料分散液中の顔料全量に対して5~200質量%程度使用することが好ましく、10~100質量%程度使用することがより好ましい。
 このように、分散処理工程に使用するバインダー樹脂としては、前述した各種樹脂を使用することができるが、特に[1-6-4]の(メタ)アクリル系樹脂が好ましく、その中でも前記一般式(6)で表される化合物を必須とするモノマー成分を重合してなるポリマーが最も好ましい。
Specifically, a part of the binder resin is used in the dispersion treatment step described later together with the above-described dispersant and dispersion aid. At this time, the binder resin is preferably used in an amount of about 5 to 200% by mass, more preferably about 10 to 100% by mass, based on the total amount of pigment in the pigment dispersion.
As described above, as the binder resin used in the dispersion treatment step, the various resins described above can be used, and the (meth) acrylic resin of [1-6-4] is particularly preferable, and among them, the general formula A polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer component essentially comprising the compound represented by (6) is most preferable.
 分散剤とともに分散処理工程に使用する場合、そのバインダー樹脂の酸価は10mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、30mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、50mgKOH/g以上が最も好ましく、また500mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、300mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下が最も好ましい。酸価が高すぎると、高粘度となり合成が困難になる傾向があり、また低すぎるとアルカリ現像に適用することが難しくなる場合がある。 When used in a dispersion treatment step together with a dispersant, the acid value of the binder resin is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 30 mgKOH / g or more, most preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more, and preferably 500 mgKOH / g or less, 300 mgKOH / G or less is more preferable, and 200 mgKOH / g or less is most preferable. If the acid value is too high, the viscosity tends to be high and synthesis tends to be difficult, and if it is too low, it may be difficult to apply to alkali development.
 また、分散剤とともに分散処理工程に使用する場合、そのバインダー樹脂のGPCにて測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は、1000以上が好ましく、1500以上がより好ましく、2000以上が最も好ましく、また200000以下が好ましく、50000以下がより好ましく、30000以下が最も好ましい。分子量が大きすぎると、アルカリ現像に適用することが困難になる傾向があり、また分子量が小さすぎると、分散安定性が低下する場合がある。 When used in a dispersion treatment step together with a dispersant, the weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC of the binder resin is preferably 1000 or more, more preferably 1500 or more, most preferably 2000 or more, and 200000 or less. Is more preferable, 50000 or less is more preferable, and 30000 or less is most preferable. If the molecular weight is too large, it tends to be difficult to apply to alkali development, and if the molecular weight is too small, the dispersion stability may decrease.
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物において、バインダー樹脂の含有割合は、全固形分中、通常0.1質量%以上、好ましくは1質量%以上であり、又、通常80質量%以下、好ましくは60質量%以下である。前記下限値以上とすることにより、強固な膜が得られ、基板への密着性にも優れる傾向がある。また、前記上限値以下とすることにより、露光部への現像液の浸透性が低く、画素の表面平滑性や感度の悪化を抑制できる傾向がある。 In the colored resin composition of the present invention, the content ratio of the binder resin in the total solid content is usually 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 1% by mass or more, and usually 80% by mass or less, preferably 60% by mass. % Or less. By setting it to the lower limit value or more, a strong film can be obtained and the adhesion to the substrate tends to be excellent. Moreover, by setting it as the said upper limit or less, there exists a tendency for the permeability of the developing solution to an exposure part to be low, and to suppress the deterioration of the surface smoothness and sensitivity of a pixel.
[1-7](E)光重合開始剤
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物は(E)光重合開始剤を含有する。(E)光重合開始剤を含有することで光重合による膜硬化性を得ることができる。
 (E)光重合開始剤は、通常、加速剤及び必要に応じて添加される増感色素等の付加剤との混合物(光重合開始系)として用いられる。光重合開始系は、光を直接吸収し、或いは光増感されて分解反応又は水素引き抜き反応を起こし、重合活性ラジカルを発生する機能を有する成分である。
[1-7] (E) Photopolymerization initiator The colored resin composition of the present invention contains (E) a photopolymerization initiator. (E) By containing a photopolymerization initiator, film curability by photopolymerization can be obtained.
(E) The photopolymerization initiator is usually used as a mixture (photopolymerization initiation system) with an accelerator and an additive such as a sensitizing dye added as necessary. The photopolymerization initiation system is a component that has a function of directly absorbing light or photosensitized to cause a decomposition reaction or a hydrogen abstraction reaction to generate a polymerization active radical.
 本発明の第1の態様に係る着色樹脂組成物において用いることができる光重合開始剤としては、例えば、日本国特開昭59-152396号、日本国特開昭61-151197号各公報に記載のチタノセン化合物を含むメタロセン化合物や、日本国特開平10-39503号公報記載のヘキサアリールビイミダゾール誘導体、ハロメチル-s-トリアジン誘導体、N-フェニルグリシン等のN-アリール-α-アミノ酸類、N-アリール-α-アミノ酸塩類、N-アリール-α-アミノ酸エステル類等のラジカル活性剤、α-アミノアルキルフェノン系化合物、日本国特開2000-80068号公報に記載されているオキシムエステル系開始剤等が挙げられる。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator that can be used in the colored resin composition according to the first aspect of the present invention are described in JP-A Nos. 59-152396 and 61-151197. Metallocene compounds including those titanocene compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole derivatives, halomethyl-s-triazine derivatives, N-aryl-α-amino acids such as N-phenylglycine described in JP-A-10-39503, N- Radical activators such as aryl-α-amino acid salts and N-aryl-α-amino acid esters, α-aminoalkylphenone compounds, oxime ester initiators described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2000-80068, etc. Is mentioned.
 本発明で用いることができる光重合開始剤の具体的な例を以下に列挙する。
 2-(4-メトキシフェニル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(4-メトキシナフチル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(4-エトキシナフチル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(4-エトキシカルボニルナフチル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン等のハロメチル化トリアジン誘導体;
Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator that can be used in the present invention are listed below.
2- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- (4-methoxynaphthyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- (4 Halomethylated triazine derivatives such as -ethoxynaphthyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- (4-ethoxycarbonylnaphthyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine;
 2-トリクロロメチル-5-(2′-ベンゾフリル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-〔β-(2′-ベンゾフリル)ビニル〕-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-〔β-(2′-(6″-ベンゾフリル)ビニル)〕-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5一フリル-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール等のハロメチル化オキサジアゾール誘導体;
 2-(2′-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダソール2量体、2-(2′-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ビス(3′-メトキシフェニル)イミダゾール2量体、2-(2′-フルオロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール2量体、2-(2′-メトキシフエニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール2量体、(4′-メトキシフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール2量体等のイミダゾール誘導体;
 ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインフェニルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル等のベンゾインアルキルエーテル類;
 2-メチルアントラキノン、2-エチルアントラキノン、2-t-ブチルアントラキノン、1-クロロアントラキノン等のアントラキノン誘導体;
2-trichloromethyl-5- (2'-benzofuryl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5- [β- (2'-benzofuryl) vinyl] -1,3,4-oxa Diazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5- [β- (2 ′-(6 ″ -benzofuryl) vinyl)]-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-furfuryl-1,3 Halomethylated oxadiazole derivatives such as 4-oxadiazole;
2- (2′-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2- (2′-chlorophenyl) -4,5-bis (3′-methoxyphenyl) imidazole dimer, 2- ( 2'-fluorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2- (2'-methoxyphenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, (4'-methoxyphenyl) -4,5- Imidazole derivatives such as diphenylimidazole dimer;
Benzoin alkyl ethers such as benzoin methyl ether, benzoin phenyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether;
Anthraquinone derivatives such as 2-methylanthraquinone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, 2-t-butylanthraquinone, 1-chloroanthraquinone;
 ベンゾフェノン、ミヒラーズケトン、2-メチルベンゾフェノン、3-メチルベンゾフェノン、4-メチルベンゾフェノン、2-クロロベンゾフェノン、4-ブロモベンゾフェノン、2-カルボキシベンゾフェノン等のベンゾフェノン誘導体;
 2,2-ジメトキシ-2-フェニルアセトフェノン、2,2-ジエトキシアセトフェノン、1-ヒドロキシシクロへキシルフェニルケトン、α-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルフェニルプロパノン、1-ヒドロキシ-1-メチルエチル-(p-イソプロピルフェニル)ケトン、1-ヒドロキシ-1-(p-ドデシルフェニル)ケトン、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン、1,1,1-トリクロロメチル-(p一ブチルフェニル)ケトン等のアセトフェノン誘導体;
 チオキサントン、2-エチルチオキサントン、2-イソプロピルチオキサントン、2-クロロチオキサントン、2,4-ジメチルチオキサントン、2、4-ジエチルチオキサントン、2,4-ジイソプロピルチオキサントン等のチオキサントン誘導体;
Benzophenone derivatives such as benzophenone, Michler's ketone, 2-methylbenzophenone, 3-methylbenzophenone, 4-methylbenzophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, 4-bromobenzophenone, 2-carboxybenzophenone;
2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, α-hydroxy-2-methylphenylpropanone, 1-hydroxy-1-methylethyl- (p -Isopropylphenyl) ketone, 1-hydroxy-1- (p-dodecylphenyl) ketone, 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 1,1,1 An acetophenone derivative such as trichloromethyl- (p-butylphenyl) ketone;
Thioxanthone derivatives such as thioxanthone, 2-ethylthioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone;
 p-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチル、P-ジエチルアミノ安息香酸エチル等の安息香酸エステル誘導体;
 9-フェニルアクリジン、9-(p-メトキシフェニル)アクリジン等のアクリジン誘導体;
 9,10-ジメチルベンズフェナジン等のフェナジン誘導体;
 ベンズアンスロン等のアンスロン誘導体;
 ジシクロペンタジエニル-Ti-ジクロライド、ジシクロペンタジェニル-Ti-ビス-フェニル、ジシクロペンタジェニル-Ti-ビス-2,3,4,5,6-ペンタフルオロフェニル-1-イル、ジシクロペンタジェニル-Ti-ビス-2,3,5,6-テトラフルオロフェニル-1-イル、ジシクロペンタジェニル-Ti-ビス-2,4,6-トリフルオロフェニ-1-イル、ジシクロペンタジェニル-Ti-2,6-ジプルオロフェニ-1-イル、ジシクロペンタジェニル-Ti-2,4-ジフルオロフェニ-1-イル、ジメチルシクロペンタジェニル-Ti-ビス-2,3,4,5,6-ペンタフルオロフェニ-1-イル、ジメチルシクロペンタジェニル-Ti-ビス-2,6-ジフルオロフェニ-1-イル、ジシクロペンタジェニル-Ti-2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(ピル-1-イル)-フェニ-1-イル等のチタノセン誘導体;
benzoic acid ester derivatives such as ethyl p-dimethylaminobenzoate and ethyl P-diethylaminobenzoate;
Acridine derivatives such as 9-phenylacridine, 9- (p-methoxyphenyl) acridine;
Phenazine derivatives such as 9,10-dimethylbenzphenazine;
Anthrone derivatives such as benzanthrone;
Dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-dichloride, dicyclopentagenyl-Ti-bis-phenyl, dicyclopentaenyl-Ti-bis-2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenyl-1-yl, Dicyclopentagenyl-Ti-bis-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl-1-yl, dicyclopentagenenyl-Ti-bis-2,4,6-trifluorophen-1-yl, Dicyclopentagenyl-Ti-2,6-diplorophen-1-yl, dicyclopentagenenyl-Ti-2,4-difluorophen-1-yl, dimethylcyclopentaenyl-Ti-bis-2,3 , 4,5,6-pentafluorophen-1-yl, dimethylcyclopentagenyl-Ti-bis-2,6-difluorophen-1-yl, dicyclopentaje Le -Ti-2,6-difluoro-3- (pyrr-1-yl) - titanocene derivatives such as 1-yl;
 2-メチル-1[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)ブタン-1-オン、4-ジメチルアミノエチルベンゾエ-ト、4-ジメチルアミノイソアミルベンゾエ-ト、4-ジエチルアミノアセトフェノン、4-ジメチルアミノプロピオフェノン、2-エチルヘキシル-1,4-ジメチルアミノベンゾエート、2,5-ビス(4-ジエチルアミノベンザル)シクロヘキサノン、7-ジエチルアミノ-3-(4-ジエチルアミノベンゾイル)クマリン、4-(ジエチルアミノ)カルコン等のα-アミノアルキルフェノン系化合物;
 1,2-オクタンジオン-1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)エタノン、1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-1-(O-アセチルオキシム)等のオキシムエステル系化合物。
2-methyl-1 [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1,2-benzyl -2-Dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) butan-1-one, 4-dimethylaminoethylbenzoate, 4-dimethylaminoisoamylbenzoate, 4-diethylaminoacetophenone, 4-dimethylamino Propiophenone, 2-ethylhexyl-1,4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2,5-bis (4-diethylaminobenzal) cyclohexanone, 7-diethylamino-3- (4-diethylaminobenzoyl) coumarin, 4- (diethylamino) chalcone Α-aminoalkylphenone compounds such as
1,2-octanedione-1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -2- (O-benzoyloxime) ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazole-3- Yl] -1- (O-acetyloxime).
 これらの中でも、感度の観点から、オキシムエステル系化合物であることが好ましい。 Of these, oxime ester compounds are preferred from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
 光重合開始系成分を構成する加速剤としては、例えば、N,N-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチルエステル等のN,N-ジアルキルアミノ安息香酸アルキルエステル、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾオキサゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾイミダゾール等の複素環を有するメルカプト化合物又は脂肪族多官能メルカプト化合物等が用いられる。 Examples of the accelerator constituting the photopolymerization initiation system component include N, N-dialkylaminobenzoic acid alkyl esters such as N, N-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, A mercapto compound having a heterocyclic ring such as 2-mercaptobenzimidazole or an aliphatic polyfunctional mercapto compound is used.
 これら光重合開始剤及び加速剤は、それぞれ1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。
 具体的な光重合開始系成分としては、例えば、「ファインケミカル」(1991年、3月1日号、vol.20、No.4)の第16~26頁に記載されている、ジアルキルアセトフェノン系、ベンゾイン、チオキサントン誘導体等のほか、日本国特開昭58-403023号公報、日本国特公昭45-37377号公報等に記載されている、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール系、S-トリハロメチルトリアジン系、日本国特開平4-221958号公報、日本国特開平4-219756号公報等に記載されている、チタノセンとキサンテン色素、アミノ基又はウレタン基を有する付加重合可能なエチレン性飽和二重結合含有化合物を組み合わせた系、等が挙げられる。
These photopolymerization initiators and accelerators may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiating system component include dialkylacetophenone-based compounds described on pages 16 to 26 of “Fine Chemical” (March 1, 1991, vol. 20, No. 4), In addition to benzoin and thioxanthone derivatives, the hexaarylbiimidazole series, S-trihalomethyltriazine series, and the like described in JP-A-58-403023 and JP-B-45-37777 Combinations of titanocenes and xanthene dyes, addition-polymerizable ethylenic saturated double bond-containing compounds having an amino group or a urethane group described in JP-A-4-221958 and JP-A-4-219756 And the like.
 上記光重合開始剤の配合割合は、本発明の着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中、通常0.1質量%以上、好ましくは0.5質量%以上、より好ましくは1質量%以上、さらに好ましくは1.5質量%以上であり、40質量%以下、好ましくは30質量%以下、より好ましくは20質量%以下、さらに好ましくは10質量%以下、特に好ましくは5質量%以下である。前記下限値以上とすることで露光光線に対する感度を十分に確保できる傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで未露光部分の現像液に対する溶解性の低下を抑制し、現像不良を防止することができる傾向がある。 The blending ratio of the photopolymerization initiator is usually 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, further preferably, in the total solid content of the colored resin composition of the present invention. Is 1.5% by mass or more, 40% by mass or less, preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, still more preferably 10% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or less. There is a tendency that the sensitivity to the exposure light beam can be sufficiently secured by setting it to the lower limit value or more, and suppressing the decrease in solubility in the developing solution of the unexposed portion by preventing the development failure by setting the upper limit value or less. There is a tendency to be able to.
 一方で、本発明の第3の態様に係る着色樹脂組成物は、(E)光重合開始剤が、オキシムエステル系化合物を含むことを特徴とする。
 特許文献1~11に記載の公知のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を用いる場合には、光重合開始剤としては、着色樹脂組成物の用途等に応じて適宜選択して用いることができ、ビイミダゾールやα-アミノアルキルフェノンなどを用いることでも十分に光硬化することができる。
 しかしながら、一分子中に含まれる平均水素原子数が3以上であるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を用いる場合には、水素原子を多く含むことによる透過スペクトル変化によって高着色となる反面、塗膜の低波長領域の吸収が強くなることで、露光量が減衰するため、ビイミダゾールやα-アミノアルキルフェノンなどを用いた場合には十分に光硬化ができず、微細なパターンを形成することが困難となる傾向がある。これに対して、光重合開始剤として低波長領域により大きな吸収を持つオキシムエステル系化合物を用いることで、十分に光硬化ができるため、微細なパターンを形成することができると考えられる。
On the other hand, the colored resin composition according to the third aspect of the present invention is characterized in that (E) the photopolymerization initiator includes an oxime ester compound.
When the known zinc halide phthalocyanine pigments described in Patent Documents 1 to 11 are used, the photopolymerization initiator can be appropriately selected and used according to the use of the colored resin composition, etc. Photocuring can be sufficiently achieved by using α-aminoalkylphenone or the like.
However, when a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having an average number of hydrogen atoms of 3 or more contained in one molecule is used, it becomes highly colored due to a change in the transmission spectrum due to the inclusion of many hydrogen atoms, but the coating film has a low wavelength. As the absorption of the region becomes stronger, the exposure dose is attenuated. Therefore, when biimidazole, α-aminoalkylphenone, or the like is used, photocuring cannot be sufficiently performed, and it becomes difficult to form a fine pattern. Tend. On the other hand, it is considered that a fine pattern can be formed because the photopolymerization initiator can be sufficiently photocured by using an oxime ester compound having a large absorption in the low wavelength region.
 オキシムエステル系化合物は、その構造の中に紫外線を吸収する構造と光エネルギーを伝達する構造とラジカルを発生する構造を併せ持っているために、少量で感度が高く、かつ熱反応に対しては安定であり、少量で高感度な感光性樹脂組成物の設計が可能である。特に、露光光源のi線(365nm)に対する光吸収性の観点から、置換基を有していてもよいカルバゾール環を有するオキシムエステル系化合物が好ましい。 Oxime ester compounds have a structure that absorbs ultraviolet rays, a structure that transmits light energy, and a structure that generates radicals in the structure, so they are highly sensitive in small amounts and stable against thermal reactions. Therefore, it is possible to design a photosensitive resin composition with high sensitivity in a small amount. In particular, an oxime ester-based compound having a carbazole ring which may have a substituent is preferable from the viewpoint of light absorption with respect to i-line (365 nm) of an exposure light source.
 オキシムエステル系化合物としては、例えば、下記一般式(I-1)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of oxime ester compounds include compounds represented by the following general formula (I-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 上記式(I-1)中、R21aは、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基を示す。
 R21bは芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環を含む任意の置換基を示す。
 R22aは、置換基を有していてもよいアルカノイル基、又は、置換基を有していてもよいアリーロイル基を示す。
In the above formula (I-1), R 21a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.
R 21b represents an arbitrary substituent containing an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring.
R 22a represents an alkanoyl group which may have a substituent or an aryloyl group which may have a substituent.
 R21aにおけるアルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、溶媒への溶解性や露光に対する感度の観点から、通常1以上、好ましくは2以上、また、通常20以下、好ましくは15以下、より好ましくは10以下、さらに好ましくは5以下である。アルキル基の具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、シクロペンチルエチル基、プロピル基等が挙げられる。
 アルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、芳香族環基、水酸基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、アミノ基、アミド基、4-(2-メトキシ-1-メチル)エトキシ-2-メチルフェニル基又はN-アセチル-N-アセトキシアミノ基などが挙げられ、合成容易性の観点からは、無置換であることが好ましい。
The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group in R 21a is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent and sensitivity to exposure, it is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 20 or less, preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, more preferably 5 or less. Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a cyclopentylethyl group, and a propyl group.
Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group may have include an aromatic ring group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an amino group, an amide group, and 4- (2-methoxy-1-methyl) ethoxy-2-methylphenyl. Group or N-acetyl-N-acetoxyamino group, and the like, and from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, it is preferably unsubstituted.
 R21aにおける芳香族環基としては、芳香族炭化水素環基及び芳香族複素環基が挙げられる。芳香族環基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、感光性着色組成物への溶解性の観点から5以上であることが好ましい。また、現像性の観点から30以下であることが好ましく、20以下であることがより好ましく、12以下であることがさらに好ましく、8以下であることが特に好ましい。 Examples of the aromatic ring group for R 21a include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and an aromatic heterocyclic group. The number of carbon atoms of the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 or more from the viewpoint of solubility in the photosensitive coloring composition. Further, from the viewpoint of developability, it is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, further preferably 12 or less, and particularly preferably 8 or less.
 芳香族環基の具体例としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、ピリジル基、フリル基などが挙げられ、これらの中でも現像性の観点から、フェニル基又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。
 芳香族環基が有していてもよい置換基としては、水酸基、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、アミノ基、アミド基、アルキル基などが挙げられ、現像性の観点から水酸基、カルボキシル基が好ましく、カルボキシル基がより好ましい。また、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基や置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基における置換基としては、水酸基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子が挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、現像性の観点から、R21aが置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基であることが好ましく、無置換のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、メチル基であることがさらに好ましい。
Specific examples of the aromatic ring group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a pyridyl group, and a furyl group. Among these, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
Examples of the substituent that the aromatic ring group may have include a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group that may have a substituent, an alkoxy group that may have a substituent, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, and an amino group. , An amide group, an alkyl group, and the like. From the viewpoint of developability, a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group are preferable, and a carboxyl group is more preferable. Examples of the substituent in the alkyl group which may have a substituent and the alkoxy group which may have a substituent include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group and a halogen atom.
Among these, from the viewpoint of developability, R 21a is preferably an alkyl group which may have a substituent, more preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group, and even more preferably a methyl group. .
 また、R21bは芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環を含む任意の置換基であるが、溶媒への溶解性や露光に対する感度の観点から、置換基を有していてもよいカルバゾリル基、置換基を有していてもよいチオキサントニル基又は置換基を有していてもよいジフェニルスルフィド基が好ましく挙げられる。これらの中でも、露光光源のi線(365nm)に対する光吸収性の観点から、置換基を有していてもよいカルバゾリル基が好ましい。 R 21b is an arbitrary substituent containing an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring, but from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent and sensitivity to light exposure, R 21b has an optionally substituted carbazolyl group or substituent. Preferred is a thioxanthonyl group which may be substituted or a diphenyl sulfide group which may have a substituent. Among these, a carbazolyl group which may have a substituent is preferable from the viewpoint of light absorption with respect to i-line (365 nm) of the exposure light source.
 また、R22aにおけるアルカノイル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、溶媒への溶解性や感度の観点から、通常2以上、好ましくは3以上、また、通常20以下、好ましくは15以下、より好ましくは10以下、さらに好ましくは5以下である。アルカノイル基の具体例としては、アセチル基、エチロイル基、プロパノイル基、ブタノイル基等が挙げられる。
 アルカノイル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、芳香族環基、水酸基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、アミノ基、アミド基などが挙げられ、合成容易性の観点からは、無置換であることが好ましい。
The number of carbon atoms of the alkanoyl group in R 22a is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent and sensitivity, it is usually 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, and usually 20 or less, preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, more preferably 5 or less. Specific examples of the alkanoyl group include an acetyl group, an ethyloyl group, a propanoyl group, and a butanoyl group.
Examples of the substituent that the alkanoyl group may have include an aromatic ring group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an amino group, and an amide group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, the substituent may be unsubstituted. Is preferred.
 また、R22aにおけるアリーロイル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、溶媒への溶解性や感度の観点から、通常7以上、好ましくは8以上、また、通常20以下、好ましくは15以下、より好ましくは10以下である。アリーロイル基の具体例としては、ベンゾイル基、ナフトイル基等が挙げられる。
 アリーロイル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、水酸基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、アミノ基、アミド基、アルキル基などが挙げられ、合成容易性の観点からは、無置換であることが好ましい。
The number of carbon atoms of the aryloyl group in R 22a is not particularly limited, but is usually 7 or more, preferably 8 or more, and usually 20 or less, preferably 15 or less, more preferably from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent or sensitivity. 10 or less. Specific examples of the aryloyl group include a benzoyl group and a naphthoyl group.
Examples of the substituent that the aryloyl group may have include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an amino group, an amide group, and an alkyl group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, it is preferably unsubstituted. .
 前記一般式(I-1)で表される化合物の中でも、露光光源のi線(365nm)に対する光吸収性の観点から、下記一般式(I-2)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Among the compounds represented by the general formula (I-1), the compounds represented by the following general formula (I-2) are exemplified from the viewpoint of light absorption with respect to i-line (365 nm) of an exposure light source.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 上記式(I-2)中、R21a及びR22aは、前記一般式(I-1)と同義である。
 R23aは、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基を示す。
 R24aは、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアリーロイル基、置換基を有していてもよいヘテロアリーロイル基、又はニトロ基を示す。
 カルバゾール環を構成するベンゼン環は、さらに芳香族環によって縮合されて多環芳香族環となっていてもよい。
In the above formula (I-2), R 21a and R 22a have the same meaning as in the general formula (I-1).
R 23a represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
R 24a represents an alkyl group that may have a substituent, an aryloyl group that may have a substituent, a heteroaryloyl group that may have a substituent, or a nitro group.
The benzene ring constituting the carbazole ring may be further condensed with an aromatic ring to form a polycyclic aromatic ring.
 R23aにおけるアルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、溶媒への溶解性の観点から、通常1以上、好ましくは2以上、また、通常20以下、好ましくは15以下、より好ましくは10以下、さらに好ましくは5以下である。アルキル基の具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、シクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
 アルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、カルボニル基、カルボキシル基、ヒドロキシル基、フェニル基、ベンジル基、シクロヘキシル基、又はニトロ基などが挙げられ、合成容易性の観点からは、無置換であることが好ましい。
The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group in R 23a is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 20 or less, preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent. Preferably it is 5 or less. Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group may have include a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a phenyl group, a benzyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a nitro group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, there is no substitution. It is preferable that
 R23aにおけるアリーロイル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、溶媒への溶解性の観点から、通常7以上、好ましくは8以上、より好ましくは9以上、また、通常20以下、好ましくは15以下、より好ましくは10以下、さらに好ましくは9以下である。アリーロイル基の具体例としては、ベンゾイル基、ナフトイル基等が挙げられる。
 アリーロイル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、カルボニル基、カルボキシル基、ヒドロキシル基、フェニル基、ベンジル基、シクロヘキシル基、又はニトロ基などが挙げられ、合成容易性の観点からは、エチル基であることが好ましい。
The number of carbon atoms of the aryloyl group in R 23a is not particularly limited, but is usually 7 or more, preferably 8 or more, more preferably 9 or more, and usually 20 or less, preferably 15 or less, from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent. Preferably it is 10 or less, More preferably, it is 9 or less. Specific examples of the aryloyl group include a benzoyl group and a naphthoyl group.
Examples of the substituent that the aryloyl group may have include a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a phenyl group, a benzyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a nitro group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, an ethyl group It is preferable that
23aにおけるヘテロアリーロイル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、溶媒への溶解性の観点から、通常7以上、好ましくは8以上、より好ましくは9以上、また、通常20以下、好ましくは15以下、より好ましくは10以下、さらに好ましくは9以下である。ヘテロアリール基の具体例としては、フルオロベンゾイル基、クロロベンゾイル基、ブロモベンゾイル基、フルオロナフトイル基、クロロナフトイル基、ブロモナフトイル基等が挙げられる。
 ヘテロアリーロイル基が有していてもよい置換基としてはカルボニル基、カルボキシル基、ヒドロキシル基、フェニル基、ベンジル基、シクロヘキシル基、又はニトロ基などが挙げられ、合成容易性の観点からは、無置換であることが好ましい。
 これらの中でもR23aとしては、溶媒への溶解性と合成容易性の観点から、アルキル基であることが好ましく、エチル基であることがより好ましい。
The carbon number of the heteroaryloyl group in R 23a is not particularly limited, but is usually 7 or more, preferably 8 or more, more preferably 9 or more, and usually 20 or less, preferably 15 or less, from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent. More preferably, it is 10 or less, More preferably, it is 9 or less. Specific examples of the heteroaryl group include a fluorobenzoyl group, a chlorobenzoyl group, a bromobenzoyl group, a fluoronaphthoyl group, a chloronaphthoyl group, and a bromonaphthoyl group.
Examples of the substituent that the heteroaryloyl group may have include a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a phenyl group, a benzyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a nitro group. Substitution is preferred.
Among these, R 23a is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an ethyl group, from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent and ease of synthesis.
 カルバゾール環を構成するベンゼン環は、さらに芳香族環によって縮合されて多環芳香族環となっていてもよい。 The benzene ring constituting the carbazole ring may be further condensed with an aromatic ring to form a polycyclic aromatic ring.
 このようなオキシムエステル系化合物の市販品として、BASF社製のOXE-02、OXE-03、常州強力電子社製のTR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-314又はADEKA社製NCI-831などがある。 Commercially available products of such oxime ester compounds include OXE-02, OXE-03 manufactured by BASF, TR-PBG-304, TR-PBG-314 manufactured by Changzhou Power Electronics, or NCI-831 manufactured by ADEKA. is there.
 オキシムエステル系化合物として、具体的には以下に例示されるような化合物が挙げられるが、何らこれらの化合物に限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the oxime ester-based compound include compounds exemplified below, but the oxime ester-based compound is not limited to these compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 本発明の第3の態様に係る着色樹脂組成物は(E)光重合開始剤としてオキシムエステル系化合物を含むものであるが、オキシムエステル系化合物以外の光重合開始剤を含んでいてもよい。例えば、日本国特開昭59-152396号、日本国特開昭61-151197号各公報に記載のチタノセン化合物を含むメタロセン化合物や、日本国特開平10-39503号公報記載のヘキサアリールビイミダゾール誘導体、ハロメチル-s-トリアジン誘導体、N-フェニルグリシン等のN-アリール-α-アミノ酸類、N-アリール-α-アミノ酸塩類、N-アリール-α-アミノ酸エステル類等のラジカル活性剤、α-アミノアルキルフェノン系化合物等が挙げられる。 The colored resin composition according to the third aspect of the present invention includes (E) a photopolymerization initiator containing an oxime ester compound, but may contain a photopolymerization initiator other than the oxime ester compound. For example, metallocene compounds including titanocene compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication Nos. 59-152396 and 61-151197, and hexaarylbiimidazole derivatives disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-39503. Radical activators such as halomethyl-s-triazine derivatives, N-aryl-α-amino acids such as N-phenylglycine, N-aryl-α-amino acid salts, N-aryl-α-amino acid esters, α-amino Examples thereof include alkylphenone compounds.
 また、光重合開始系成分を構成する加速剤としては、例えば、N,N-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチルエステル等のN,N-ジアルキルアミノ安息香酸アルキルエステル、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾオキサゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾイミダゾール等の複素環を有するメルカプト化合物又は脂肪族多官能メルカプト化合物等が用いられる。 Examples of the accelerator constituting the photopolymerization initiation system component include N, N-dialkylaminobenzoic acid alkyl esters such as N, N-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoic acid. A mercapto compound having a heterocyclic ring such as oxazole or 2-mercaptobenzimidazole or an aliphatic polyfunctional mercapto compound is used.
 これら光重合開始剤及び加速剤は、それぞれ1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。 These photopolymerization initiators and accelerators may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 本発明の第3の態様に係る着色樹脂組成物において、上記光重合開始剤の配合割合は、本発明の着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中、通常0.1質量%以上、好ましくは0.5質量%以上、より好ましくは1.0質量%以上、さらに好ましくは1.5質量%以上、特に好ましくは2.0質量%以上であり、通常40質量%以下、好ましくは30質量%以下で、より好ましくは20質量%以下、さらに好ましくは10質量%以下、特に好ましくは5質量%以下である。前記下限値以上とすることで露光光線に対する感度を十分に確保できる傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで未露光部分の現像液に対する溶解性の低下を抑制し、現像不良を防止することができる傾向がある。 In the colored resin composition according to the third aspect of the present invention, the blending ratio of the photopolymerization initiator is usually 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 0.8% in the total solid content of the colored resin composition of the present invention. 5% by mass or more, more preferably 1.0% by mass or more, further preferably 1.5% by mass or more, particularly preferably 2.0% by mass or more, and usually 40% by mass or less, preferably 30% by mass or less. More preferably, it is 20 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 10 mass% or less, Most preferably, it is 5 mass% or less. There is a tendency that the sensitivity to the exposure light beam can be sufficiently secured by setting it to the lower limit value or more, and suppressing the decrease in solubility in the developing solution of the unexposed portion by preventing the development failure by setting the upper limit value or less. There is a tendency to be able to.
 一方で、光重合開始系成分には、必要に応じて、感応感度を高める目的で、画像露光光源の波長に応じた増感色素を配合させることができる。これら増感色素としては、日本国特開平4-221958号公報、日本国特開平4-219756号公報に記載のキサンテン色素、日本国特開平3-239703号公報、日本国特開平5-289335号公報に記載の複素環を有するクマリン色素、日本国特開平3-239703号公報、日本国特開平5-289335号公報に記載の3-ケトクマリン化合物、日本国特開平6-19240号公報に記載のピロメテン色素、その他、日本国特開昭47-2528号公報、日本国特開昭54-155292号公報、日本国特公昭45-37377号公報、日本国特開昭48-84183号公報、日本国特開昭52-112681号公報、日本国特開昭58-15503号公報、日本国特開昭60-88005号公報、日本国特開昭59-56403号公報、日本国特開平2-69号公報、日本国特開昭57-168088号公報、日本国特開平5-107761号公報、日本国特開平5-210240号公報、日本国特開平4-288818号公報に記載のジアルキルアミノベンゼン骨格を有する色素等を挙げることができる。 On the other hand, the photopolymerization initiation system component can be mixed with a sensitizing dye according to the wavelength of the image exposure light source for the purpose of increasing the sensitivity as needed. Examples of these sensitizing dyes include xanthene dyes described in JP-A-4-221958, JP-A-4-219756, JP-A-3-239703, JP-A-5-289335. Coumarin dyes having a heterocyclic ring described in JP-A No. 3-239703, 3-ketocoumarin compounds described in JP-A No. 3-239703, JP-A No. 5-289335, JP-A No. 6-19240 Pyrromethene dyes, etc., Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 47-2528, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 54-155292, Japanese Patent Publication No. 45-37377, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 48-84183, Japan JP-A-52-112681, JP-A-58-15503, JP-A-60-88005, JP-A-59-56 No. 03, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2-69, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 57-168088, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 5-107761, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 5-210240, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 4-4. Examples thereof include dyes having a dialkylaminobenzene skeleton described in JP-A-288818.
 これらの増感色素のうち好ましいものは、アミノ基含有増感色素であり、更に好ましいものは、アミノ基及びフェニル基を同一分子内に有する化合物である。特に、好ましいのは、例えば、4,4’-ジメチルアミノベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ジエチルアミノベンゾフェノン、2-アミノベンゾフェノン、4-アミノベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,4-ジアミノベンゾフェノン等のベンゾフェノン系化合物;2-(p-ジメチルアミノフェニル)ベンゾオキサゾール、2-(p-ジエチルアミノフェニル)ベンゾオキサゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノフェニル)ベンゾ[4,5]ベンゾオキサゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノフェニル)ベンゾ[6,7]ベンゾオキサゾール、2,5-ビス(p-ジエチルアミノフェニル)1,3,4-オキサゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノフェニル)ベンゾチアゾール、2-(p-ジエチルアミノフェニル)ベンゾチアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノフェニル)ベンズイミダゾール、2-(p-ジエチルアミノフェニル)ベンズイミダゾール、2,5-ビス(p-ジエチルアミノフェニル)1,3,4-チアジアゾール、(p-ジメチルアミノフェニル)ピリジン、(p-ジエチルアミノフェニル)ピリジン、(p-ジメチルアミノフェニル)キノリン、(p-ジエチルアミノフェニル)キノリン、(p-ジメチルアミノフェニル)ピリミジン、(p-ジエチルアミノフェニル)ピリミジン等のp-ジアルキルアミノフェニル基含有化合物等である。このうち最も好ましいものは、4,4’-ジアルキルアミノベンゾフェノンである。 Among these sensitizing dyes, preferred are amino group-containing sensitizing dyes, and more preferred are compounds having an amino group and a phenyl group in the same molecule. Particularly preferred are, for example, 4,4′-dimethylaminobenzophenone, 4,4′-diethylaminobenzophenone, 2-aminobenzophenone, 4-aminobenzophenone, 4,4′-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3′-diaminobenzophenone. Benzophenone compounds such as 3,4-diaminobenzophenone; 2- (p-dimethylaminophenyl) benzoxazole, 2- (p-diethylaminophenyl) benzoxazole, 2- (p-dimethylaminophenyl) benzo [4,5 ] Benzoxazole, 2- (p-dimethylaminophenyl) benzo [6,7] benzoxazole, 2,5-bis (p-diethylaminophenyl) 1,3,4-oxazole, 2- (p-dimethylaminophenyl) Benzothiazole, 2- (p-di Tilaminophenyl) benzothiazole, 2- (p-dimethylaminophenyl) benzimidazole, 2- (p-diethylaminophenyl) benzimidazole, 2,5-bis (p-diethylaminophenyl) 1,3,4-thiadiazole, p-dimethylaminophenyl) pyridine, (p-diethylaminophenyl) pyridine, (p-dimethylaminophenyl) quinoline, (p-diethylaminophenyl) quinoline, (p-dimethylaminophenyl) pyrimidine, (p-diethylaminophenyl) pyrimidine, etc. And p-dialkylaminophenyl group-containing compounds. Of these, 4,4'-dialkylaminobenzophenone is most preferred.
 増感色素もまた1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物中に占める増感色素の配合率は、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中、通常0質量%以上、好ましくは0.2質量%以上、更に好ましくは0.5質量%以上、また、通常20質量%以下、好ましくは15質量%以下、更に好ましくは10質量%以下の範囲である。
A sensitizing dye may also be used individually by 1 type, and 2 or more types may be mixed and used for it.
The blending ratio of the sensitizing dye in the colored resin composition according to the present invention is usually 0% by mass or more, preferably 0.2% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% in the total solid content of the colored resin composition. It is in the range of not less than mass%, usually not more than 20 mass%, preferably not more than 15 mass%, more preferably not more than 10 mass%.
[1-8]その他の固形分 
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物には、更に、必要に応じ上記成分以外の固形分を配合できる。このような成分としては、光重合性モノマー、有機カルボン酸、有機カルボン酸無水物、界面活性剤、熱重合防止剤、可塑剤、保存安定剤、表面保護剤、密着向上剤、現像改良剤、染料等が挙げられる。
[1-8] Other solid content
The colored resin composition of the present invention may further contain a solid content other than the above components as necessary. Such components include photopolymerizable monomers, organic carboxylic acids, organic carboxylic acid anhydrides, surfactants, thermal polymerization inhibitors, plasticizers, storage stabilizers, surface protectants, adhesion improvers, development improvers, And dyes.
[1-8-1]光重合性モノマー
 光重合性モノマーは、重合可能な低分子化合物であれば特に制限はないが、エチレン性二重結合を少なくとも1つ有する付加重合可能な化合物(以下、「エチレン性化合物」と称す)が好ましい。エチレン性化合物とは、本発明の着色樹脂組成物が活性光線の照射を受けた場合、後述の光重合開始系の作用により付加重合し、硬化するようなエチレン性二重結合を有する化合物である。なお、本発明における単量体は、いわゆる高分子物質に相対する概念を意味し、狭義の単量体以外に二量体、三量体、オリゴマーも含有する概念を意味する。
[1-8-1] Photopolymerizable Monomer The photopolymerizable monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is a low molecular weight compound that can be polymerized. However, an addition polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenic double bond (hereinafter referred to as “polymerizable monomer”). (Referred to as “ethylenic compound”). The ethylenic compound is a compound having an ethylenic double bond that undergoes addition polymerization and cures by the action of a photopolymerization initiation system described later when the colored resin composition of the present invention is irradiated with actinic rays. . In addition, the monomer in this invention means the concept which opposes what is called a polymeric substance, and means the concept also containing a dimer, a trimer, and an oligomer other than the monomer of a narrow sense.
 エチレン性化合物としては、例えば、不飽和カルボン酸、それとモノヒドロキシ化合物とのエステル、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステル、芳香族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステル、不飽和カルボン酸と多価カルボン酸及び前述の脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物、芳香族ポリヒドロキシ化合物等の多価ヒドロキシ化合物とのエステル化反応により得られるエステル、ポリイソシアネート化合物と(メタ)アクリロイル含有ヒドロキシ化合物とを反応させたウレタン骨格を有するエチレン性化合物等が挙げられる。 Examples of the ethylenic compound include an unsaturated carboxylic acid, an ester thereof with a monohydroxy compound, an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, an ester of an aromatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, An ester, a polyisocyanate compound and a (meth) acryloyl-containing hydroxy compound obtained by an esterification reaction with a saturated carboxylic acid and a polyvalent carboxylic acid and the polyvalent hydroxy compound such as the above-mentioned aliphatic polyhydroxy compound or aromatic polyhydroxy compound; And an ethylenic compound having a urethane skeleton obtained by reacting.
 脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルとしては、例えば、エチレングリコールジアクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、グリセロールアクリレート等のアクリル酸エステルが挙げられる。また、これらアクリレートのアクリル酸部分を、メタクリル酸部分に代えたメタクリル酸エステル、イタコン酸部分に代えたイタコン酸エステル、クロトン酸部分に代えたクロトン酸エステル、又は、マレイン酸部分に代えたマレイン酸エステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, trimethylol propane triacrylate, trimethylol ethane triacrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate. And acrylic esters such as pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, and glycerol acrylate. In addition, the acrylic acid part of these acrylates is a methacrylic acid ester replaced with a methacrylic acid part, an itaconic acid ester replaced with an itaconic acid part, a crotonic acid ester replaced with a crotonic acid part, or a maleic acid replaced with a maleic acid part Examples include esters.
 芳香族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルとしては、例えば、ハイドロキノンジアクリレート、ハイドロキノンジメタクリレート、レゾルシンジアクリレート、レゾルシンジメタクリレート、ピロガロールトリアクリレート等が挙げられる。
 不飽和カルボン酸と多価カルボン酸及び多価ヒドロキシ化合物とのエステル化反応により得られるエステルは、必ずしも単一物ではなく、混合物であってもよい。代表例としては、例えば、アクリル酸、フタル酸及びエチレングリコールの縮合物、アクリル酸、マレイン酸及びジエチレングリコールの縮合物、メタクリル酸、テレフタル酸及びペンタエリスリトールの縮合物、アクリル酸、アジピン酸、ブタンジオール及びグリセリンの縮合物等が挙げられる。
Examples of the ester of an aromatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid include hydroquinone diacrylate, hydroquinone dimethacrylate, resorcin diacrylate, resorcin dimethacrylate, pyrogallol triacrylate, and the like.
The ester obtained by the esterification reaction of an unsaturated carboxylic acid with a polyvalent carboxylic acid and a polyvalent hydroxy compound is not necessarily a single substance but may be a mixture. Typical examples include, for example, condensates of acrylic acid, phthalic acid and ethylene glycol, condensates of acrylic acid, maleic acid and diethylene glycol, condensates of methacrylic acid, terephthalic acid and pentaerythritol, acrylic acid, adipic acid, butanediol. And condensates of glycerin and the like.
 ポリイソシアネート化合物と(メタ)アクリロイル基含有ヒドロキシ化合物とを反応させたウレタン骨格を有するエチレン性化合物としては、例えば、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート等の脂肪族ジイソシアネート;シクロヘキサンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート等の脂環式ジイソシアネート;トリレンジイソシアネート、ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート等の芳香族ジイソシアネート等と、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート、3-ヒドロキシ(1,1,1-トリアクリロイルオキシメチル)プロパン、3-ヒドロキシ(1,1,1-トリメタクリロイルオキシメチル)プロパン等の(メタ)アクリロイル基含有ヒドロキシ化合物との反応物が挙げられる。 Examples of the ethylenic compound having a urethane skeleton obtained by reacting a polyisocyanate compound and a (meth) acryloyl group-containing hydroxy compound include aliphatic diisocyanates such as hexamethylene diisocyanate and trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate; cyclohexane diisocyanate and isophorone diisocyanate. Alicyclic diisocyanates; aromatic diisocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate and diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 3-hydroxy (1,1,1-triacryloyloxymethyl) propane, 3- Hydroxy compounds containing (meth) acryloyl groups such as hydroxy (1,1,1-trimethacryloyloxymethyl) propane Reactants are exemplified.
 その他、本発明に用いられるエチレン性化合物としては、例えば、エチレンビスアクリルアミド等のアクリルアミド類;フタル酸ジアリル等のアリルエステル類;ジビニルフタレート等のビニル基含有化合物等も有用である。
 また、エチレン性化合物は酸価を有するモノマーであってもよい。酸価を有するモノマーとしては、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルであり、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物の未反応のヒドロキシル基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を持たせた多官能モノマーが好ましく、特に好ましくは、このエステルにおいて、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物がペンタエリスリトール及び/又はジペンタエリスリトールであるものである。
In addition, as the ethylenic compound used in the present invention, for example, acrylamides such as ethylene bisacrylamide; allyl esters such as diallyl phthalate; vinyl group-containing compounds such as divinyl phthalate are also useful.
The ethylenic compound may be a monomer having an acid value. The monomer having an acid value is an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride to form an acid group. The polyfunctional monomer provided is preferred, and particularly preferably in this ester, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and / or dipentaerythritol.
 これらのモノマーは1種を単独で用いてもよいが、製造上、単一の化合物を用いることは難しいことから、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。また、必要に応じてモノマーとして酸基を有しない多官能モノマーと酸基を有する多官能モノマーを併用してもよい。
 酸基を有する多官能モノマーの好ましい酸価としては、0.1~40mgKOH/gであり、特に好ましくは5~30mgKOH/gである。多官能モノマーの酸価が低すぎると現像溶解特性が落ち、高すぎると製造や取扱いが困難になり光重合性能が落ち、画素の表面平滑性等の硬化性が劣る傾向がある。従って、異なる酸基の多官能モノマーを2種以上併用する場合、或いは酸基を有しない多官能モノマーを併用する場合、全体の多官能モノマーとしての酸基が上記範囲に入るように調整することが好ましい。
These monomers may be used alone, but since it is difficult to use a single compound in production, two or more kinds may be mixed and used. Moreover, you may use together the polyfunctional monomer which does not have an acid group as a monomer, and the polyfunctional monomer which has an acid group as needed.
A preferable acid value of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g. If the acid value of the polyfunctional monomer is too low, the development and dissolution properties are lowered, and if it is too high, the production and handling are difficult, the photopolymerization performance is lowered, and the curability such as the surface smoothness of the pixel tends to be inferior. Accordingly, when two or more polyfunctional monomers having different acid groups are used in combination, or when a polyfunctional monomer having no acid group is used in combination, the acid groups as the entire polyfunctional monomer should be adjusted so as to fall within the above range. Is preferred.
 本発明において、より好ましい酸基を有する多官能モノマーは、東亞合成(株)製TO1382として市販されているジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートのコハク酸エステルを主成分とする混合物である。この多官能モノマーの他の多官能モノマーを組み合わせて使用することもできる。また、日本国特開2013-140346号公報の段落[0056]や[0057]に記載のものを使用することもできる。 In the present invention, more preferred polyfunctional monomers having an acid group are mainly dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, and succinic acid ester of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate which are commercially available as TO1382 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. It is a mixture as a component. Other polyfunctional monomers can be used in combination with this polyfunctional monomer. Also, those described in paragraphs [0056] and [0057] of JP-A-2013-140346 can be used.
 また本発明において、画素の耐薬品性や画素のエッジの直線性を良好にするとの観点からは、日本国特開2013-195971号公報に記載の重合性モノマーを用いることが好ましい。塗布膜の感度及び現像時間の短縮を両立するとの観点からは、日本国特開2013-195974号公報に記載の重合性モノマーを用いることが好ましい。 In the present invention, from the viewpoint of improving the chemical resistance of the pixel and the linearity of the edge of the pixel, it is preferable to use a polymerizable monomer described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-195971. From the viewpoint of achieving both sensitivity of the coating film and shortening of the development time, it is preferable to use a polymerizable monomer described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-195974.
 これらの光重合性モノマーの含有割合は、本発明の着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中、通常0質量%以上、好ましくは5質量%以上、より好ましくは10質量%以上、さらに好ましくは15質量%以上であり、通常80質量%以下、好ましくは70質量%以下、より好ましくは50質量%以下、さらに好ましくは40質量%以下、よりさらに好ましくは30質量%以下、特に好ましくは20質量%以下である。また、(A)顔料100質量部に対する比率は、通常0質量部以上、好ましくは5質量部以上、更に好ましくは10質量部以上、特に好ましくは20質量部以上であり、通常200質量部以下、好ましくは100質量部以下、更に好ましくは80質量部以下である。 The content of these photopolymerizable monomers is usually 0% by mass or more, preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and further preferably 15% by mass in the total solid content of the colored resin composition of the present invention. %, Usually 80% by mass or less, preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 50% by mass or less, further preferably 40% by mass or less, still more preferably 30% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 20% by mass or less. It is. The ratio of (A) to 100 parts by mass of the pigment is usually 0 part by mass or more, preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 20 parts by mass or more, and usually 200 parts by mass or less. Preferably it is 100 mass parts or less, More preferably, it is 80 mass parts or less.
[1-8-2]有機カルボン酸、有機カルボン酸無水物
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物は、分子量1000以下の有機カルボン酸および/または有機カルボン酸無水物を含有していてもよい。
 有機カルボン酸化合物としては、具体的には、脂肪族カルボン酸または芳香族カルボン酸が挙げられる。脂肪族カルボン酸としては、ギ酸、酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸、吉草酸、ピバル酸、カプロン酸、グリコール酸、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸などのモノカルボン酸、シュウ酸、マロン酸、コハク酸、グルタル酸、アジピン酸、ピメリン酸、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸、シクロヘキセンジカルボン酸、イタコン酸、シトラコン酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸などのジカルボン酸、トリカルバリル酸、アコニット酸などのトリカルボン酸などが挙げられる。また、芳香族カルボン酸としては、安息香酸、フタル酸などのフェニル基に直接カルボキシル基が結合したカルボン酸、およびフェニル基から炭素結合を介してカルボキシル基が結合したカルボン酸類が挙げられる。これらの中では、特に分子量600以下、とりわけ分子量50~500のもの、具体的には、マレイン酸、マロン酸、コハク酸、イタコン酸が好ましい。
[1-8-2] Organic Carboxylic Acid, Organic Carboxylic Anhydride The colored resin composition of the present invention may contain an organic carboxylic acid having a molecular weight of 1000 or less and / or an organic carboxylic anhydride.
Specific examples of the organic carboxylic acid compound include aliphatic carboxylic acids and aromatic carboxylic acids. Aliphatic carboxylic acids include formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, pivalic acid, caproic acid, glycolic acid, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and other monocarboxylic acids, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid And dicarboxylic acids such as adipic acid, pimelic acid, cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, cyclohexene dicarboxylic acid, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, maleic acid and fumaric acid, and tricarboxylic acids such as tricarbaric acid and aconitic acid. Examples of the aromatic carboxylic acid include carboxylic acids in which a carboxyl group is directly bonded to a phenyl group such as benzoic acid and phthalic acid, and carboxylic acids in which a carboxyl group is bonded to the phenyl group through a carbon bond. Of these, those having a molecular weight of 600 or less, particularly those having a molecular weight of 50 to 500, specifically maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid and itaconic acid are preferred.
 有機カルボン酸無水物としては、脂肪族カルボン酸無水物、芳香族カルボン酸無水物が挙げられ、具体的には無水酢酸、無水トリクロロ酢酸、無水トリフルオロ酢酸、無水テトラヒドロフタル酸、無水コハク酸、無水マレイン酸、無水シトラコン酸、無水イタコン酸、無水グルタル酸、無水1,2-シクロヘキセンジカルボン酸、無水n-オクタデシルコハク酸、無水5-ノルボルネン-2,3-ジカルボン酸などの脂肪族カルボン酸無水物が挙げられる。芳香族カルボン酸無水物としては、無水フタル酸、トリメリット酸無水物、ピロメリット酸無水物、無水ナフタル酸などが挙げられる。これらの中では、特に分子量600以下、とりわけ分子量50~500のもの、具体的には無水マレイン酸、無水コハク酸、無水シトラコン酸、無水イタコン酸が好ましい。 Examples of organic carboxylic acid anhydrides include aliphatic carboxylic acid anhydrides and aromatic carboxylic acid anhydrides. Specifically, acetic anhydride, trichloroacetic anhydride, trifluoroacetic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, Aliphatic carboxylic acid anhydrides such as maleic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, glutaric anhydride, 1,2-cyclohexene dicarboxylic anhydride, n-octadecyl succinic anhydride, and 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride Things. Examples of the aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride include phthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, and naphthalic anhydride. Of these, those having a molecular weight of 600 or less, particularly 50 to 500, particularly maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, and itaconic anhydride are preferred.
 これらの有機カルボン酸及び/又は有機カルボン酸無水物の添加量は、通常、全固形分中0.01質量%以上、好ましくは0.03質量%以上、さらに好ましくは0.05質量%以上であり、10質量%以下、好ましくは5質量%以下、より好ましくは3質量%以下の範囲である。
 これら分子量1000以下の有機カルボン酸及び/又は有機カルボン酸無水物を添加することによって、高いパターン密着性を保ちながら、着色樹脂組成物の未溶解物の残存をより一層低減することが可能である。
The addition amount of these organic carboxylic acids and / or organic carboxylic anhydrides is usually 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.03% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more in the total solid content. Yes, 10 mass% or less, preferably 5 mass% or less, more preferably 3 mass% or less.
By adding these organic carboxylic acids and / or organic carboxylic anhydrides having a molecular weight of 1000 or less, it is possible to further reduce the remaining undissolved matter of the colored resin composition while maintaining high pattern adhesion. .
[1-8-3]界面活性剤
 界面活性剤としては、アニオン系、カチオン系、非イオン系、両性界面活性剤等、各種のものを用いることができるが、諸特性に悪影響を及ぼす可能性が低い点で、非イオン系界面活性剤を用いるのが好ましい。界面活性剤の濃度範囲としては、全固形分に対して通常0.001質量%以上、好ましくは0.005質量%以上、更に好ましくは0.01質量%以上、最も好ましくは0.03質量%以上、また、通常10質量%以下、好ましくは1質量%以下、更に好ましくは0.5質量%以下、最も好ましくは0.3質量%以下の範囲が用いられる。
[1-8-3] Surfactant A variety of surfactants such as anionic, cationic, nonionic, and amphoteric surfactants can be used as surfactants, which may adversely affect various properties. It is preferable to use a nonionic surfactant from the viewpoint of low. The concentration range of the surfactant is usually 0.001% by mass or more, preferably 0.005% by mass or more, more preferably 0.01% by mass or more, and most preferably 0.03% by mass with respect to the total solid content. In addition, the range of usually 10% by mass or less, preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.5% by mass or less, and most preferably 0.3% by mass or less is used.
[1-8-4]熱重合防止剤
 熱重合防止剤としては、例えば、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ピロガロール、カテコール、2,6-t-ブチル-p-クレゾール、β-ナフトール等が用いられる。熱重合防止剤の配合量は、組成物の全固形分に対し3質量%以下の範囲であることが好ましい。
[1-8-4] Thermal polymerization inhibitor Examples of the thermal polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, pyrogallol, catechol, 2,6-t-butyl-p-cresol, β-naphthol, and the like. . The blending amount of the thermal polymerization inhibitor is preferably in the range of 3% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the composition.
[1-8-5]可塑剤
 可塑剤としては、例えば、ジオクチルフタレート、ジドデシルフタレート、トリエチレングリコールジカプリレート、ジメチルグリコールフタレート、トリクレジルホスフェート、ジオクチルアジペート、ジブチルセバケート、トリアセチルグリセリン等が用いられる。これら可塑剤の配合量は、組成物の全固形分に対し、通常10質量%以下の範囲であることが好ましい。
[1-8-5] Plasticizer Examples of the plasticizer include dioctyl phthalate, didodecyl phthalate, triethylene glycol dicaprylate, dimethyl glycol phthalate, tricresyl phosphate, dioctyl adipate, dibutyl sebacate, triacetyl glycerin and the like. Is used. The blending amount of these plasticizers is preferably in the range of usually 10% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content of the composition.
[2]着色樹脂組成物の調製
 次に、本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物(以下、レジストと称することがある)を調製する方法を説明する。
[2] Preparation of Colored Resin Composition Next, a method for preparing the colored resin composition according to the present invention (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a resist) will be described.
 まず、顔料、溶剤および分散剤を各所定量秤量し、分散処理工程において、塩素化臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を含む顔料を分散させて顔料分散液を調製する。この分散処理工程では、ペイントコンディショナー、サンドグラインダー、ボールミル、ロールミル、ストーンミル、ジェットミル、ホモジナイザーなどを使用することができる。この分散処理を行なうことによって色材が微粒子化されるため、着色樹脂組成物の塗布特性が向上し、製品のカラーフィルタ基板における画素の透過率が向上する。 First, a predetermined amount of each of a pigment, a solvent, and a dispersant is weighed, and a pigment dispersion liquid is prepared by dispersing a pigment containing a chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment in a dispersion treatment step. In this dispersion treatment step, a paint conditioner, a sand grinder, a ball mill, a roll mill, a stone mill, a jet mill, a homogenizer, or the like can be used. By performing this dispersion treatment, the color material is made fine particles, so that the coating characteristics of the colored resin composition are improved, and the transmittance of the pixels in the product color filter substrate is improved.
 顔料を分散処理する際には、上述の通り、分散助剤又は分散樹脂などを適宜併用するのが好ましい。
 又、顔料としては上述の塩素化臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を含む顔料を含有することが必須ではあるが、調色用に他の顔料と混合して分散を行ってもよい。
 サンドグラインダーを用いて分散処理を行なう場合は、0.1から数mm径のガラスビーズ、又は、ジルコニアビーズを用いるのが好ましい。分散処理する際の温度は、通常0℃以上、好ましくは室温以上、また、通常100℃以下、好ましくは80℃以下の範囲に設定する。なお、分散時間は、顔料分散液の組成、及びサンドグラインダーの装置の大きさなどにより適正時間が異なるため、適宜調整する必要がある。
When dispersing the pigment, as described above, it is preferable to use a dispersion aid or a dispersion resin in combination as appropriate.
Further, as the pigment, it is essential to contain a pigment containing the above-mentioned chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, but it may be mixed with other pigment for dispersion and dispersed.
When the dispersion treatment is performed using a sand grinder, it is preferable to use glass beads or zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.1 to several mm. The temperature during the dispersion treatment is usually set to 0 ° C. or higher, preferably room temperature or higher, and usually 100 ° C. or lower, preferably 80 ° C. or lower. The dispersion time varies depending on the composition of the pigment dispersion, the size of the sand grinder apparatus, and the like, and therefore needs to be adjusted appropriately.
 上記分散処理によって得られた顔料分散液に、溶剤、バインダー樹脂、光重合開始剤、場合によっては、所定量の光重合性モノマー、及び上記以外の成分などを混合し、均一な分散溶液とする。なお、分散処理工程及び混合の各工程においては、微細なゴミが混入することがあるため、得られた顔料分散液をフィルタなどによって、ろ過処理することが好ましい。 The pigment dispersion obtained by the above dispersion treatment is mixed with a solvent, a binder resin, a photopolymerization initiator, and in some cases, a predetermined amount of a photopolymerizable monomer and components other than those described above to obtain a uniform dispersion solution. . In each of the dispersion treatment step and the mixing step, fine dust may be mixed. Therefore, the obtained pigment dispersion is preferably filtered with a filter or the like.
[3]カラーフィルタ基板の製造
 次に、本発明に係るカラーフィルタについて説明する。
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、上述の着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成した画素を有する。
[3-1]透明基板(支持体)
 カラーフィルタの透明基板としては、透明で適度の強度があれば、その材質は特に限定されるものではない。材質としては、例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレートなどのポリエステル系樹脂、ポリプロピレン、ポリエチレンなどのポリオレフィン系樹脂、ポリカーボネート、ポリメチルメタクリレート、ポリスルホンの熱可塑性樹脂製シート、エポキシ樹脂、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂、ポリ(メタ)アクリル系樹脂などの熱硬化性樹脂シート、又は各種ガラスなどが挙げられる。この中でも、耐熱性の観点からガラスまたは耐熱性樹脂が好ましい。
[3] Production of Color Filter Substrate Next, the color filter according to the present invention will be described.
The color filter which concerns on this invention has a pixel formed using the above-mentioned colored resin composition.
[3-1] Transparent substrate (support)
The transparent substrate of the color filter is not particularly limited as long as it is transparent and has an appropriate strength. Examples of materials include polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate, polyolefin resins such as polypropylene and polyethylene, polycarbonate, polymethyl methacrylate, polysulfone thermoplastic resin sheets, epoxy resins, unsaturated polyester resins, and poly (meth) acrylic. Examples thereof include thermosetting resin sheets such as a resin, and various glasses. Among these, glass or heat resistant resin is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
 透明基板及びブラックマトリクス形成基板には、接着性などの表面物性の改良のため、必要に応じ、コロナ放電処理、オゾン処理、シランカップリング剤や、ウレタン系樹脂などの各種樹脂の薄膜形成処理などを行なってもよい。透明基板の厚さは、通常0.05mm以上、好ましくは0.1mm以上、また、通常10mm以下、好ましくは7mm以下の範囲とされる。また、各種樹脂の薄膜形成処理を行なう場合、その膜厚は、通常0.01μm以上、好ましくは0.05μm以上、また、通常10μm以下、好ましくは5μm以下の範囲である。 For transparent substrates and black matrix forming substrates, to improve surface properties such as adhesion, corona discharge treatment, ozone treatment, thin film formation treatment of various resins such as silane coupling agents and urethane resins, as necessary May be performed. The thickness of the transparent substrate is usually 0.05 mm or more, preferably 0.1 mm or more, and usually 10 mm or less, preferably 7 mm or less. Moreover, when performing the thin film formation process of various resin, the film thickness is 0.01 micrometer or more normally, Preferably it is 0.05 micrometer or more, and is 10 micrometers or less normally, Preferably it is the range of 5 micrometers or less.
[3-2]ブラックマトリクス
 上述の透明基板上にブラックマトリクスを設け、更に通常は赤色、緑色、青色の画素画像を形成することにより、本発明に係るカラーフィルタを製造することができる。上記着色樹脂組成物は、赤色、緑色、青色の画素のうち、緑色の画素(レジストパターン)形成用塗布液として使用される。当該緑色レジストを用い、透明基板上に形成された樹脂ブラックマトリクス形成面上、又は、クロム化合物その他の遮光金属材料を用いて形成した金属ブラックマトリクス形成面上に、塗布、加熱乾燥、画像露光、現像及び熱硬化の各処理を行なって画素画像を形成する。
[3-2] Black matrix The color filter according to the present invention can be manufactured by providing a black matrix on the above-described transparent substrate and further forming pixel images of red, green and blue colors. The colored resin composition is used as a coating solution for forming a green pixel (resist pattern) among red, green, and blue pixels. Using the green resist, on a resin black matrix forming surface formed on a transparent substrate, or on a metal black matrix forming surface formed using a chromium compound or other light shielding metal material, coating, heat drying, image exposure, Each process of development and thermosetting is performed to form a pixel image.
 ブラックマトリクスは、遮光金属薄膜又はブラックマトリクス用着色樹脂組成物を利用して、透明基板上に形成される。遮光金属材料としては、金属クロム、酸化クロム、窒化クロムなどのクロム化合物、ニッケルとタングステン合金などが用いられ、これらを複数層状に積層させたものであってもよい。
 これらの金属遮光膜は、一般にスパッタリング法によって形成され、ポジ型フォトレジストにより、膜状に所望のパターンを形成した後、クロムに対しては硝酸第二セリウムアンモニウムと過塩素酸及び/又は硝酸とを混合したエッチング液を用い、その他の材料に対しては、材料に応じたエッチング液を用いて蝕刻され、最後にポジ型フォトレジストを専用の剥離剤で剥離することによって、ブラックマトリクスを形成することができる。
The black matrix is formed on a transparent substrate using a light shielding metal thin film or a colored resin composition for black matrix. As the light-shielding metal material, chromium compounds such as metal chromium, chromium oxide, and chromium nitride, nickel and tungsten alloys, and the like may be used, and these may be laminated in a plurality of layers.
These metal light shielding films are generally formed by a sputtering method, and after forming a desired pattern in a film shape with a positive photoresist, ceric ammonium nitrate, perchloric acid and / or nitric acid are added to chromium. Other materials are etched using an etchant according to the material, and finally a positive photoresist is stripped with a dedicated stripper to form a black matrix. be able to.
 この場合、まず、蒸着又はスパッタリング法などにより、透明基板上にこれら金属又は金属・金属酸化物の薄膜を形成する。次いで、この薄膜上に着色樹脂組成物の塗布膜を形成した後、ストライプ、モザイク、トライアングルなどの繰り返しパターンを有するフォトマスクを用いて、塗布膜を露光・現像し、レジスト画像を形成する。その後、この塗布膜にエッチング処理を施してブラックマトリクスを形成することができる。 In this case, first, a thin film of these metals or metal / metal oxide is formed on the transparent substrate by vapor deposition or sputtering. Next, after forming a coating film of the colored resin composition on the thin film, the coating film is exposed and developed using a photomask having a repeated pattern such as stripes, mosaics, and triangles to form a resist image. Thereafter, this coating film can be etched to form a black matrix.
 ブラックマトリクス用感光性着色樹脂組成物を利用する場合は、黒色の色材を含有する着色樹脂組成物を使用して、ブラックマトリクスを形成する。例えば、カーボンブラック、黒鉛、鉄黒、アニリンブラック、シアニンブラック、チタンブラックなどの黒色色材単独又は複数、もしくは、無機又は有機の顔料、染料の中から適宜選択される赤色、緑色、青色などの混合による黒色色材を含有する着色樹脂組成物を使用し、下記の赤色、緑色、青色の画素画像を形成する方法と同様にして、ブラックマトリクスを形成することができる。 When the photosensitive colored resin composition for black matrix is used, a black matrix is formed using a colored resin composition containing a black color material. For example, black color material such as carbon black, graphite, iron black, aniline black, cyanine black, titanium black or the like, or red, green, blue or the like appropriately selected from inorganic or organic pigments and dyes A black matrix can be formed in the same manner as described below for forming a red, green, and blue pixel image using a colored resin composition containing a black color material by mixing.
[3-3]画素の形成
 画素の形成方法は、使用する着色樹脂組成物の種類により異なるが、ここでは着色樹脂組成物として光重合性組成物を用いた場合を例に説明する。
 ブラックマトリクスを設けた透明基板上に、赤色、緑色、青色のうち一色の着色樹脂組成物を塗布し、乾燥した後、塗布膜の上にフォトマスクを重ね、このフォトマスクを介して画像露光、現像、必要に応じて熱硬化又は光硬化により画素画像を形成させ、着色層を作成する。この操作を、赤色、緑色、青色の三色の着色樹脂組成物について各々行なうことによって、カラーフィルタ画像を形成することができる。
[3-3] Formation of Pixel The method for forming the pixel varies depending on the type of the colored resin composition to be used. Here, a case where a photopolymerizable composition is used as the colored resin composition will be described as an example.
On a transparent substrate provided with a black matrix, a colored resin composition of one of red, green, and blue is applied and dried, and then a photomask is overlaid on the coating film, and image exposure is performed through this photomask. A pixel image is formed by development and, if necessary, thermal curing or photocuring to create a colored layer. A color filter image can be formed by performing this operation for each of the three colored resin compositions of red, green, and blue.
 カラーフィルタ用の着色樹脂組成物の塗布は、スピナー法、ワイヤーバー法、フローコート法、ダイコート法、ロールコート法、スプレーコート法などによって行なうことができる。中でも、ダイコート法によれば、塗布液使用量が大幅に削減され、かつ、スピンコート法によった際に付着するミストなどの影響が全くなく、更には異物発生が抑制されるなど、総合的な観点から好ましい。 Application of the colored resin composition for the color filter can be performed by a spinner method, a wire bar method, a flow coating method, a die coating method, a roll coating method, a spray coating method, or the like. Above all, according to the die coating method, the amount of coating solution used is greatly reduced, there is no influence of mist adhering when using the spin coating method, and the generation of foreign matter is further suppressed. It is preferable from a viewpoint.
 塗布膜の厚さは、大き過ぎるとパターン現像が困難となるとともに、液晶セル化工程でのギャップ調整が困難となることがある一方で、小さ過ぎると顔料濃度を高めることが困難となり、所望の色発現が不可能となることがある。塗布膜の厚さは、乾燥後の膜厚として、通常0.2μm以上、好ましくは0.5μm以上、より好ましくは0.8μm以上、また、通常20μm以下、好ましくは10μm以下、より好ましくは5μm以下の範囲である。 If the thickness of the coating film is too large, pattern development becomes difficult and gap adjustment in the liquid crystal cell forming process may be difficult. On the other hand, if it is too small, it is difficult to increase the pigment concentration. Color expression may be impossible. The thickness of the coating film is usually 0.2 μm or more, preferably 0.5 μm or more, more preferably 0.8 μm or more, and usually 20 μm or less, preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm as the film thickness after drying. The range is as follows.
[3-4]塗布膜の乾燥
 基板に着色樹脂組成物を塗布した後の塗布膜の乾燥は、ホットプレート、IRオーブン、コンベクションオーブンを使用した乾燥法によるのが好ましい。通常は、予備乾燥の後、再度加熱させて乾燥させる。予備乾燥の条件は、前記溶剤成分の種類、使用する乾燥機の性能などに応じて適宜選択することができる。乾燥温度及び乾燥時間は、溶剤成分の種類、使用する乾燥機の性能などに応じて選択されるが、具体的には、乾燥温度は通常40℃以上、好ましくは50℃以上、また、通常80℃以下、好ましくは70℃以下の範囲であり、乾燥時間は通常15秒以上、好ましくは30秒以上、また、通常5分間以下、好ましくは3分間以下の範囲である。
[3-4] Drying of coating film The coating film after the colored resin composition is coated on the substrate is preferably dried by a drying method using a hot plate, an IR oven, or a convection oven. Usually, after preliminary drying, it is heated again and dried. The conditions for the preliminary drying can be appropriately selected according to the type of the solvent component, the performance of the dryer to be used, and the like. The drying temperature and drying time are selected according to the type of the solvent component, the performance of the dryer used, and the like. Specifically, the drying temperature is usually 40 ° C. or higher, preferably 50 ° C. or higher, and usually 80 The drying time is usually 15 seconds or longer, preferably 30 seconds or longer, and usually 5 minutes or shorter, preferably 3 minutes or shorter.
 再加熱乾燥の温度条件は、予備乾燥温度より高い温度が好ましく、具体的には、通常50℃以上、好ましくは70℃以上、また、通常200℃以下、好ましくは160℃以下、特に好ましくは130℃以下の範囲である。また、乾燥時間は、加熱温度にもよるが、通常10秒以上、中でも15秒以上、また、通常10分以下、中でも5分の範囲とするのが好ましい。乾燥温度は、高いほど透明基板に対する接着性が向上するが、高過ぎるとバインダー樹脂が分解し、熱重合を誘発して現像不良を生ずる場合がある。なお、この塗布膜の乾燥工程としては、温度を高めず減圧チャンバー内で乾燥を行なう減圧乾燥法を用いてもよい。 The temperature condition for reheat drying is preferably higher than the pre-drying temperature. Specifically, it is usually 50 ° C. or higher, preferably 70 ° C. or higher, and usually 200 ° C. or lower, preferably 160 ° C. or lower, particularly preferably 130 ° C. It is the range below ℃. Moreover, although it depends on the heating temperature, the drying time is usually 10 seconds or more, preferably 15 seconds or more, and usually 10 minutes or less, preferably 5 minutes. The higher the drying temperature, the better the adhesion to the transparent substrate. However, when the drying temperature is too high, the binder resin is decomposed, and thermal polymerization may be induced to cause development failure. In addition, as a drying process of this coating film, you may use the reduced pressure drying method which dries in a reduced pressure chamber, without raising temperature.
[3-5]露光工程
 画像露光は、着色樹脂組成物の塗布膜上に、ネガのマトリクスパターンを重ね、このマスクパターンを介し、紫外線又は可視光線の光源を照射して行なう。この際、必要に応じ、酸素による光重合性層の感度の低下を防ぐため、光重合性層上にポリビニルアルコール層などの酸素遮断層を形成した後に露光を行なってもよい。上記の画像露光に使用される光源は、特に限定されるものではない。光源としては、例えば、キセノンランプ、ハロゲンランプ、タングステンランプ、高圧水銀灯、超高圧水銀灯、メタルハライドランプ、中圧水銀灯、低圧水銀灯、カーボンアーク、蛍光ランプなどのランプ光源や、アルゴンイオンレーザー、YAGレーザー、エキシマレーザー、窒素レーザー、ヘリウムカドミニウムレーザー、半導体レーザーなどのレーザー光源などが挙げられる。特定の波長の光を照射して使用する場合には、光学フィルタを利用することもできる。
[3-5] Exposure Step Image exposure is performed by superimposing a negative matrix pattern on the coating film of the colored resin composition and irradiating a UV or visible light source through this mask pattern. At this time, if necessary, exposure may be performed after an oxygen blocking layer such as a polyvinyl alcohol layer is formed on the photopolymerizable layer in order to prevent a decrease in sensitivity of the photopolymerizable layer due to oxygen. The light source used for said image exposure is not specifically limited. Examples of the light source include a xenon lamp, a halogen lamp, a tungsten lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, a medium-pressure mercury lamp, a low-pressure mercury lamp, a carbon arc, and a fluorescent lamp, an argon ion laser, a YAG laser, Examples include an excimer laser, a nitrogen laser, a helium cadmium laser, and a laser light source such as a semiconductor laser. An optical filter can also be used when used by irradiating light of a specific wavelength.
[3-6]現像工程
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物を用いた塗布膜に対し、上記の光源によって画像露光を行なった後、有機溶剤、又は、界面活性剤とアルカリ性化合物とを含む水溶液を用いて現像を行なうことによって、基板上に画像を形成して製造することができる。この水溶液には、更に有機溶剤、緩衝剤、錯化剤、染料又は顔料を含ませることができる。
[3-6] Development Step The color filter according to the present invention comprises an organic solvent or a surfactant after performing image exposure with the above light source on the coating film using the colored resin composition according to the present invention. By carrying out development using an aqueous solution containing an alkaline compound and an alkaline compound, an image can be formed on a substrate for production. This aqueous solution may further contain an organic solvent, a buffering agent, a complexing agent, a dye or a pigment.
 アルカリ性化合物としては、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、水酸化リチウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸水素カリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、ケイ酸カリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウム、リン酸ナトリウム、リン酸カリウム、リン酸水素ナトリウム、リン酸水素カリウム、リン酸二水素ナトリウム、リン酸二水素カリウム、水酸化アンモニウムなどの無機アルカリ性化合物や、モノ-・ジ-又はトリエタノールアミン、モノ-・ジ-又はトリメチルアミン、モノ-・ジ-又はトリエチルアミン、モノ-又はジイソプロピルアミン、n-ブチルアミン、モノ-・ジ-又はトリイソプロパノールアミン、エチレンイミン、エチレンジイミン、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)、コリンなどの有機アルカリ性化合物が挙げられる。これらのアルカリ性化合物は、2種以上の混合物であってもよい。 Alkaline compounds include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, sodium metasilicate, sodium phosphate, potassium phosphate Inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate, ammonium hydroxide, mono-di- or triethanolamine, mono-di- or trimethylamine , Mono-di- or triethylamine, mono- or diisopropylamine, n-butylamine, mono-di- or triisopropanolamine, ethyleneimine, ethylenediimine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), choline, etc. Organic alkaline compounds. These alkaline compounds may be a mixture of two or more.
 界面活性剤としては、例えば、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルアリールエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエステル類、ソルビタンアルキルエステル類、モノグリセリドアルキルエステル類などのノニオン系界面活性剤、アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸塩類、アルキルナフタレンスルホン酸塩類、アルキル硫酸塩類、アルキルスルホン酸塩類、スルホコハク酸エステル塩類などのアニオン性界面活性剤、アルキルベタイン類、アミノ酸類などの両性界面活性剤が挙げられる。 Examples of the surfactant include nonionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl esters, sorbitan alkyl esters, monoglyceride alkyl esters, and alkylbenzene sulfonic acids. Examples include anionic surfactants such as salts, alkylnaphthalene sulfonates, alkyl sulfates, alkyl sulfonates, and sulfosuccinate esters, and amphoteric surfactants such as alkylbetaines and amino acids.
 有機溶剤としては、例えば、イソプロピルアルコール、ベンジルアルコール、エチルセロソルブ、ブチルセロソルブ、フェニルセロソルブ、プロピレングリコール、ジアセトンアルコールなどが挙げられる。有機溶剤は、単独でも水溶液と併用して使用できる。
 現像処理の条件には特に制限はないが、現像温度は通常10℃以上、中でも15℃以上、更には20℃以上、また、通常50℃以下、中でも45℃以下、更には40℃以下の範囲が好ましい。現像方法は、浸漬現像法、スプレー現像法、ブラシ現像法、超音波現像法などの何れかの方法によることができる。
Examples of the organic solvent include isopropyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, phenyl cellosolve, propylene glycol, diacetone alcohol and the like. The organic solvent can be used alone or in combination with an aqueous solution.
There are no particular restrictions on the conditions of the development processing, but the development temperature is usually 10 ° C. or higher, especially 15 ° C. or higher, more preferably 20 ° C. or higher, and usually 50 ° C. or lower, especially 45 ° C. or lower, further 40 ° C. or lower. Is preferred. The development method can be any method such as immersion development, spray development, brush development, and ultrasonic development.
[3-7]熱硬化処理
 現像の後のカラーフィルタには、熱硬化処理を施す。この際の熱硬化処理条件は、温度は通常100℃以上、好ましくは150℃以上、また、通常280℃以下、好ましくは250℃以下の範囲で選ばれ、時間は5分間以上、60分間以下の範囲で選ばれる。これら一連の工程を経て、一色のパターニング画像形成は終了する。この工程を順次繰り返し、ブラック、赤色、緑色、青色をパターニングし、カラーフィルタを形成する。なお、4色のパターニングの順番は、上記した順番に限定されるものではない。
[3-7] Thermosetting treatment The color filter after development is subjected to thermosetting treatment. In this case, the thermosetting treatment conditions are such that the temperature is usually 100 ° C. or more, preferably 150 ° C. or more, and usually 280 ° C. or less, preferably 250 ° C. or less, and the time is 5 minutes or more and 60 minutes or less. Selected by range. Through these series of steps, the patterning image formation for one color is completed. This process is sequentially repeated to pattern black, red, green, and blue to form a color filter. Note that the order of patterning the four colors is not limited to the order described above.
 なお、本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、上記した製造方法の他に、(1)溶剤、色材としての塩素化臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料、バインダー樹脂としてのポリイミド系樹脂を含む硬化性着色樹脂組成物を、基板に塗布し、エッチング法により画素画像を形成する方法によっても製造することができる。また、(2)塩素化臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を含む着色樹脂組成物を着色インキとして用い、印刷機によって、透明基板上に直接画素画像を形成する方法や、(3)塩素化臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を含む着色樹脂組成物を電着液として用い、基板をこの電着液に浸漬させ所定パターンにされたITO電極上に、着色膜を析出させる方法などが挙げられる。更に、(4)塩素化臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を含む着色樹脂組成物を塗布したフィルムを、透明基板に貼りつけて剥離し、画像露光、現像し画素画像を形成する方法や、(5)塩素化臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を含む着色樹脂組成物を着色インキとして用い、インクジェットプリンターにより画素画像を形成する方法、などが挙げられる。カラーフィルタの製造方法は、着色樹脂組成物の組成に応じ、これに適した方法が採用される。 The color filter according to the present invention includes, in addition to the above-described production method, (1) a curable colored resin composition containing a solvent, a chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment as a coloring material, and a polyimide resin as a binder resin. Can also be manufactured by a method of applying the film to a substrate and forming a pixel image by an etching method. Also, (2) a method of directly forming a pixel image on a transparent substrate using a colored resin composition containing a chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment as a colored ink, and (3) a chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine Examples thereof include a method in which a colored resin composition containing a pigment is used as an electrodeposition solution, and a colored film is deposited on an ITO electrode having a predetermined pattern by dipping the substrate in the electrodeposition solution. Furthermore, (4) a method in which a film coated with a colored resin composition containing a chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment is attached to a transparent substrate and peeled off, image exposure and development to form a pixel image, and (5) chlorine And a method of forming a pixel image with an ink jet printer using a colored resin composition containing a brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment as a colored ink. As a method for producing the color filter, a method suitable for the color resin composition is adopted depending on the composition of the colored resin composition.
[3-8]透明電極の形成
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、このままの状態で画像上にITOなどの透明電極を形成して、カラーディスプレー、液晶表示装置などの部品の一部として使用されるが、表面平滑性や耐久性を高めるため、必要に応じ、画像上にポリアミド、ポリイミドなどのトップコート層を設けることもできる。また一部、平面配向型駆動方式(IPSモード)などの用途においては、透明電極を形成しないこともある。
[3-8] Formation of Transparent Electrode The color filter according to the present invention is used as a part of components such as a color display and a liquid crystal display device by forming a transparent electrode such as ITO on the image as it is. However, in order to improve surface smoothness and durability, a top coat layer such as polyamide or polyimide can be provided on the image as necessary. Further, in some applications such as a planar alignment type drive system (IPS mode), the transparent electrode may not be formed.
[4]画像表示装置(パネル)
 次に、本発明の画像表示装置について説明する。本発明の画像表示装置は、前述のカラーフィルタを有する。以下、画像表示装置として、液晶表示装置及び有機EL(Electro Luminescence)表示装置について詳述する。
[4] Image display device (panel)
Next, the image display apparatus of the present invention will be described. The image display device of the present invention has the color filter described above. Hereinafter, a liquid crystal display device and an organic EL (Electro Luminescence) display device will be described in detail as the image display device.
[4-1]液晶表示装置
 本発明に係る液晶表示装置の製造方法について説明する。本発明に係る液晶表示装置は、通常、上記本発明に係るカラーフィルタ上に配向膜を形成し、この配向膜上にスペーサを散布した後、対向基板と貼り合わせて液晶セルを形成し、形成した液晶セルに液晶を注入し、対向電極に結線して完成する。配向膜は、ポリイミド等の樹脂膜が好適である。配向膜の形成には、通常、グラビア印刷法及び/又はフレキソ印刷法が採用され、配向膜の厚さは数10nmとされる。熱焼成によって配向膜の硬化処理を行なった後、紫外線の照射やラビング布による処理によって表面処理し、液晶の傾きを調整しうる表面状態に加工される。
[4-1] Liquid Crystal Display Device A method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display device according to the present invention will be described. The liquid crystal display device according to the present invention is generally formed by forming an alignment film on the color filter according to the present invention, spraying spacers on the alignment film, and then bonding to a counter substrate to form a liquid crystal cell. The liquid crystal is injected into the liquid crystal cell and connected to the counter electrode to complete. The alignment film is preferably a resin film such as polyimide. For the formation of the alignment film, a gravure printing method and / or a flexographic printing method is usually employed, and the thickness of the alignment film is several tens of nm. After the alignment film is cured by thermal baking, it is surface-treated by irradiation with ultraviolet rays or a rubbing cloth to form a surface state in which the tilt of the liquid crystal can be adjusted.
 スペーサは、対向基板とのギャップ(隙間)に応じた大きさのものが用いられ、通常2~8μmのものが好適である。カラーフィルタ基板上に、フォトリソグラフィ法によって透明樹脂膜のフォトスペーサ(PS)を形成し、これをスペーサの代わりに活用することもできる。対向基板としては、通常、アレイ基板が用いられ、特にTFT(薄膜トランジスタ)基板が好適である。 As the spacer, a spacer having a size corresponding to a gap with the counter substrate is used, and a spacer of 2 to 8 μm is usually preferable. A photo spacer (PS) of a transparent resin film can be formed on the color filter substrate by a photolithography method, and this can be used instead of the spacer. As the counter substrate, an array substrate is usually used, and a TFT (thin film transistor) substrate is particularly preferable.
 対向基板との貼り合わせのギャップは、液晶表示装置の用途によって異なるが、通常2μm以上、8μm以下の範囲で選ばれる。対向基板と貼り合わせた後、液晶注入口以外の部分は、エポキシ樹脂等のシール材によって封止する。シール材は、UV照射及び/又は加熱することによって硬化させ、液晶セル周辺がシールされる。
 周辺をシールされた液晶セルは、パネル単位に切断した後、真空チャンバー内で減圧とし、上記液晶注入口を液晶に浸漬した後、チャンバー内をリークすることによって、液晶を液晶セル内に注入する。液晶セル内の減圧度は、通常1×10-2Pa以上、好ましくは1×10-3Pa以上、また、通常1×10-7Pa以下、好ましくは1×10-6Pa以下の範囲である。また、減圧時に液晶セルを加温するのが好ましく、加温温度は通常30℃以上、好ましくは50℃以上、また、通常100℃以下、好ましくは90℃以下の範囲である。
The gap for bonding to the counter substrate varies depending on the use of the liquid crystal display device, but is usually selected in the range of 2 μm or more and 8 μm or less. After being bonded to the counter substrate, portions other than the liquid crystal injection port are sealed with a sealing material such as an epoxy resin. The sealing material is cured by UV irradiation and / or heating, and the periphery of the liquid crystal cell is sealed.
The liquid crystal cell whose periphery is sealed is cut into panel units, then decompressed in a vacuum chamber, the liquid crystal injection port is immersed in liquid crystal, and then the liquid crystal is injected into the liquid crystal cell by leaking in the chamber. . The degree of vacuum in the liquid crystal cell is usually in the range of 1 × 10 −2 Pa or more, preferably 1 × 10 −3 Pa or more, and usually 1 × 10 −7 Pa or less, preferably 1 × 10 −6 Pa or less. is there. The liquid crystal cell is preferably heated during decompression, and the heating temperature is usually 30 ° C. or higher, preferably 50 ° C. or higher, and usually 100 ° C. or lower, preferably 90 ° C. or lower.
 減圧時の加温保持は、通常10分間以上、60分間以下の範囲とされ、その後、液晶中に浸漬される。液晶を注入した液晶セルは、液晶注入口を、UV硬化樹脂を硬化させて封止することによって、液晶表示装置(パネル)が完成する。
 液晶の種類には特に制限がなく、芳香族系、脂肪族系、多環状化合物等、従来から知られている液晶であって、リオトロピック液晶、サーモトロピック液晶等の何れでもよい。サーモトロピック液晶には、ネマティック液晶、スメスティック液晶及びコレステリック液晶等が知られているが、何れであってもよい。
The warming holding at the time of depressurization is usually in the range of 10 minutes or more and 60 minutes or less, and then immersed in the liquid crystal. In the liquid crystal cell into which liquid crystal is injected, a liquid crystal display device (panel) is completed by sealing the liquid crystal injection port by curing the UV curable resin.
The type of liquid crystal is not particularly limited, and may be any of conventionally known liquid crystals such as aromatic, aliphatic, and polycyclic compounds, and may be any of lyotropic liquid crystals, thermotropic liquid crystals, and the like. As the thermotropic liquid crystal, nematic liquid crystal, smectic liquid crystal, cholesteric liquid crystal and the like are known, but any of them may be used.
[4-2]有機EL表示装置
 本発明のカラーフィルタを有する有機EL表示装置を作成する場合、例えば図1に示すように、透明支持基板10上に、本発明の着色樹脂組成物により画素20が形成された青色カラーフィルタ上に有機保護層30及び無機酸化膜40を介して有機発光体500を積層することによって多色の有機EL素子を作製する。
[4-2] Organic EL Display Device When an organic EL display device having the color filter of the present invention is prepared, for example, as shown in FIG. 1, a pixel 20 is formed on a transparent support substrate 10 by the colored resin composition of the present invention. A multicolor organic EL element is produced by laminating the organic light-emitting body 500 on the blue color filter formed with the organic protective layer 30 and the inorganic oxide film 40 therebetween.
 有機発光体500の積層方法としては、カラーフィルタ上面へ透明陽極50、正孔注入層51、正孔輸送層52、発光層53、電子注入層54、及び陰極55を逐次形成していく方法や、別基板上へ形成した有機発光体500を無機酸化膜40上に貼り合わせる方法などが挙げられる。このようにして作製された有機EL素子100は、パッシブ駆動方式の有機EL表示装置にもアクティブ駆動方式の有機EL表示装置にも適用可能である。 As a method for laminating the organic light emitter 500, a transparent anode 50, a hole injection layer 51, a hole transport layer 52, a light emitting layer 53, an electron injection layer 54, and a cathode 55 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter. For example, a method of adhering the organic light-emitting body 500 formed on another substrate onto the inorganic oxide film 40 can be used. The organic EL element 100 manufactured as described above can be applied to both a passive drive type organic EL display device and an active drive type organic EL display device.
 次に、実施例及び比較例を挙げて本発明をより具体的に説明するが、本発明はその要旨を超えない限り以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。なお、下記実施例において「部」は「質量部」を表わす。 Next, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to examples and comparative examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples unless it exceeds the gist. In the following examples, “part” represents “part by mass”.
<緑色顔料>
 実施例及び比較例では、表1に記載の緑色顔料A及びBを用いた。
 なお、表1中の平均塩素原子数、平均臭素原子数は、蛍光X線ファンダメンタルパラメーター法(FP法)によって測定した値であり、亜鉛フタロシアニン1分子が有する16個の置換サイトに占める塩素原子数、臭素原子数の平均値である。また、塩素化臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニンは、亜鉛フタロシアニン1分子にある16個の水素原子の全部又は一部を塩素原子や臭素原子で置換したものであるため、16から平均塩素原子数と平均臭素原子数との和を減ずることにより、平均水素原子数を算出した。また、平均塩素原子数及び平均臭素原子数は、FP法で測定した亜鉛原子、塩素原子及び臭素原子の質量比から、亜鉛原子1個当たりの相対値として算出した。なお、蛍光X線評価装置は、理学電機工業株式会社製 RIX-3000を使用し、X線管球はRh50kV/50mAで使用し、測定径30mmφ、真空雰囲気下にて測定した。測定試料の量は2gとし、加圧成型(30mmφ、200kN)して用いた。また、1分子中の平均塩素原子数及び平均臭素原子数は、該測定試料全体における平均値とした。RIX-3000の画面上で設定したその他の詳細条件を表2に示す。また、緑色顔料BはC.I.ピグメントグリーン58である。
<Green pigment>
In Examples and Comparative Examples, green pigments A and B described in Table 1 were used.
In addition, the average number of chlorine atoms and the average number of bromine atoms in Table 1 are values measured by a fluorescent X-ray fundamental parameter method (FP method), and the number of chlorine atoms occupied in 16 substitution sites of one molecule of zinc phthalocyanine. Is the average number of bromine atoms. In addition, chlorinated brominated zinc phthalocyanine is obtained by substituting all or part of 16 hydrogen atoms in one molecule of zinc phthalocyanine with chlorine atoms or bromine atoms. The average number of hydrogen atoms was calculated by subtracting the sum with the number. Moreover, the average number of chlorine atoms and the average number of bromine atoms were calculated as relative values per zinc atom from the mass ratio of zinc atom, chlorine atom and bromine atom measured by the FP method. The fluorescent X-ray evaluation apparatus used was RIX-3000 manufactured by Rigaku Denki Kogyo Co., Ltd., and the X-ray tube was used at Rh 50 kV / 50 mA. The amount of the measurement sample was 2 g and used after being pressure-molded (30 mmφ, 200 kN). Further, the average number of chlorine atoms and the average number of bromine atoms in one molecule were the average values in the entire measurement sample. Table 2 shows other detailed conditions set on the RIX-3000 screen. Green pigment B is C.I. I. Pigment Green 58.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025
 また、表3には、表1と同一の緑色顔料A及びBについて燃焼イオンクロマトグラフィーにて測定した塩素原子含有割合と臭素原子含有割合を記載した。具体的には、各顔料を安息香酸エチルに溶解後、燃焼装置にて燃焼し、その燃焼ガスを過酸化水素吸収液に吸収させ、その吸収液中のイオンをイオンクロマトグラフィーにて測定した。
 なお、表3中に記載した、緑色顔料A及びBの一分子中に含まれる平均水素原子数は、レーザー脱離イオン化法(Laser Desorption/Ionization、LDI)―質量分析法(Mass Spectrometry、MS)にて測定した値である。測定は、顔料1~3mgを100mgのTHF(テトラヒドロフラン)もしくはNMP(N-メチルピロリドン)に溶解させ、超音波をかけてから、その溶液を数μLプレートへマウントし、BRUKER社製autoflex speedにて反射モード、Positiveモードにて、レーザーパワー:約40%~60%、500shots×3、m/z=300~3000の条件にて行った。また、緑色顔料Aのマススペクトルを図2に、緑色顔料Bのマススペクトルを図3に示す。一分子中に含まれる平均水素原子数は以下の手順で測定した。
 まず、マススペクトルにおける最大ピーク強度を基準とし、その40%強度を閾値とした。次いで、該閾値以上のピークを計算対象のピークとし、各々のピークごとにピークトップにおける分子量から水素原子数を算出し、それらを平均することで、平均水素原子数を算出した。
Table 3 shows the chlorine atom content ratio and bromine atom content ratio measured by combustion ion chromatography for the same green pigments A and B as in Table 1. Specifically, each pigment was dissolved in ethyl benzoate, burned with a combustion device, the combustion gas was absorbed into a hydrogen peroxide absorbing solution, and ions in the absorbing solution were measured by ion chromatography.
The average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule of green pigments A and B described in Table 3 is determined by laser desorption / ionization (LDI) -mass spectrometry (MS). It is the value measured by. Measurement is performed by dissolving 1 to 3 mg of pigment in 100 mg of THF (tetrahydrofuran) or NMP (N-methylpyrrolidone), applying ultrasonic waves, mounting the solution on a plate of several μL, and using an autoflex speed manufactured by BRUKER. In the reflection mode and the positive mode, the laser power was about 40% to 60%, 500 shots × 3, and m / z = 300 to 3000. Moreover, the mass spectrum of the green pigment A is shown in FIG. 2, and the mass spectrum of the green pigment B is shown in FIG. The average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule was measured by the following procedure.
First, the maximum peak intensity in the mass spectrum was used as a reference, and the 40% intensity was used as a threshold value. Next, the peak above the threshold was used as a calculation target peak, the number of hydrogen atoms was calculated from the molecular weight at the peak top for each peak, and the average number of hydrogen atoms was calculated by averaging them.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
<分散樹脂A>
 以下の手順にて分散樹脂Aを合成した。
 まず、反応槽として冷却管を付けたセパラブルフラスコを準備し、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート400質量部を仕込み、窒素置換したあと、攪拌しながらオイルバスで加熱して反応槽の温度を90℃まで昇温した。
<Dispersion resin A>
Dispersion resin A was synthesized by the following procedure.
First, a separable flask equipped with a cooling tube as a reaction vessel was prepared, charged with 400 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, purged with nitrogen, and then heated in an oil bath with stirring until the temperature of the reaction vessel reached 90 ° C. The temperature rose.
 一方、モノマー槽中にジメチル-2,2’-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート30質量部、メタクリル酸60質量部、メタクリル酸シクロヘキシル110質量部、t-ブチルパーオキシ-2-エチルヘキサノエート5.2質量部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート40質量部を仕込み、連鎖移動剤槽にn-ドデシルメルカプタン5.2質量部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート27質量部を仕込み、反応槽の温度が90℃に安定してからモノマー槽および連鎖移動剤槽から滴下を開始し、重合を開始させた。温度を90℃に保ちながら滴下をそれぞれ135分かけて行い、滴下が終了して60分後に昇温を開始して反応槽を110℃にした。 Meanwhile, 30 parts by mass of dimethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, 60 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, 110 parts by mass of cyclohexyl methacrylate, t-butylperoxy-2-ethyl in the monomer tank Charge 5.2 parts by mass of hexanoate and 40 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and add 5.2 parts by mass of n-dodecyl mercaptan and 27 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate to the chain transfer agent tank. After stabilizing at 90 ° C., dropping was started from the monomer tank and the chain transfer agent tank to initiate polymerization. While maintaining the temperature at 90 ° C., dropping was carried out over 135 minutes each, and 60 minutes after the dropping was finished, the temperature was raised and the reaction vessel was brought to 110 ° C.
 3時間、110℃を維持した後、セパラブルフラスコにガス導入管を付け、酸素/窒素=5/95(v/v)混合ガスのバブリングを開始した。次いで、反応槽に、メタクリル酸グリシジル39.6質量部、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)0.4質量部、トリエチルアミン0.8質量部を仕込み、そのまま110℃で9時間反応させた。
 室温まで冷却し、分散樹脂Aとして、重量平均分子量8000、酸価101mgKOH/gの重合体溶液を得た。
After maintaining at 110 ° C. for 3 hours, a gas introduction tube was attached to the separable flask and bubbling of oxygen / nitrogen = 5/95 (v / v) mixed gas was started. Next, 39.6 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, 0.4 parts by mass of 2,2′-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), and 0.8 parts by mass of triethylamine were charged into the reaction vessel at 110 ° C. as it was. For 9 hours.
After cooling to room temperature, a polymer solution having a weight average molecular weight of 8000 and an acid value of 101 mgKOH / g was obtained as dispersion resin A.
<分散剤A:ビックケミー社製分散剤「BYK-LPN6919」>
 窒素原子含有官能基を有するAブロックと、親溶媒性を有するBブロックからなるメタクリル酸系ABブロック共重合体。下記式(2b)及び(3b)の繰り返し単位を有し、かつ、下記式(1b)の繰り返し単位を有さない。アミン価は120mgKOH/g、酸価は1mgKOH/g以下である。
<Dispersant A: Dispersant “BYK-LPN6919” manufactured by Big Chemie>
A methacrylic acid AB block copolymer comprising an A block having a nitrogen atom-containing functional group and a B block having solvophilicity. It has repeating units of the following formulas (2b) and (3b) and does not have a repeating unit of the following formula (1b). The amine value is 120 mgKOH / g, and the acid value is 1 mgKOH / g or less.
 Aブロックの全繰り返し単位中における下記式(2b)の含有割合は100モル%であり、Bブロックの全繰り返し単位中における(3b)の含有割合はそれぞれ、11モル%である。 The content of the following formula (2b) in all repeating units of the A block is 100 mol%, and the content of (3b) in all repeating units of the B block is 11 mol%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
<バインダー樹脂A>
 以下の手順にてバインダー樹脂Aを合成した。
 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート145質量部を窒素置換しながら攪拌し120℃に昇温した。ここにスチレン20質量部、グリシジルメタクリレート57質量部およびトリシクロデカン骨格を有するモノアクリレート(日立化成(株)製FA-513M)82質量部を滴下し、更に120℃で2時間攪拌し続けた。次ぎに反応容器内を空気置換に変え、アクリル酸27質量部にトリスジメチルアミノメチルフェノール0.7質量部およびハイドロキノン0.12質量部を投入し、120℃で6時間反応を続けた。その後、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸(THPA)52質量部、トリエチルアミン0.7質量部を加え、120℃3.5時間反応させた。こうして得られたバインダー樹脂AのGPCにより測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量Mwは約15000であった。
<Binder resin A>
Binder resin A was synthesized by the following procedure.
145 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was stirred while replacing with nitrogen, and the temperature was raised to 120 ° C. 20 parts by mass of styrene, 57 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, and 82 parts by mass of monoacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton (FA-513M manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) were added dropwise thereto, and the mixture was further stirred at 120 ° C. for 2 hours. Next, the inside of the reaction vessel was changed to air substitution, 0.7 parts by mass of trisdimethylaminomethylphenol and 0.12 parts by mass of hydroquinone were added to 27 parts by mass of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued at 120 ° C. for 6 hours. Then, 52 parts by mass of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA) and 0.7 parts by mass of triethylamine were added and reacted at 120 ° C. for 3.5 hours. The weight average molecular weight Mw in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC of the binder resin A thus obtained was about 15,000.
<光重合開始剤1>
 実施例及び比較例では、光重合開始剤として、下記構造を有する、[9-エチル-6-(1-アセトキシイミノ-4-メチルオキシカルボニルブチル)カルバゾール-3-イル](2-メチルフェニル)ケトンを用いた。
<Photopolymerization initiator 1>
In Examples and Comparative Examples, [9-ethyl-6- (1-acetoxyimino-4-methyloxycarbonylbutyl) carbazol-3-yl] (2-methylphenyl) having the following structure as a photopolymerization initiator Ketone was used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 上記構造式中の「Me」はメチル基を表す。 “Me” in the above structural formula represents a methyl group.
<界面活性剤A>
 メガファック F-559(DIC社製、フッ素系界面活性剤)
<Surfactant A>
MegaFuck F-559 (manufactured by DIC, fluorinated surfactant)
(実施例1~5、比較例1~3)
 緑色顔料及び溶剤を表4に記載の種類及び量で用い、分散剤として分散剤Aを固形分換算で4.0質量部、分散樹脂として分散樹脂Aを固形分換算で4.0質量部、直径0.5mmのジルコニアビーズ225質量部を用い、それらをステンレス容器に充填し、ペイントシェーカーにて6時間分散させて、実施例1~5及び比較例1~3の緑色顔料分散液を調製した。なお、表4中の沸点は1013.25hPaにおける値、蒸気圧は20℃における値である。また、表4中の溶剤1の配合量は、緑色顔料分散液中に含まれる総量である。
(Examples 1 to 5, Comparative Examples 1 to 3)
A green pigment and a solvent are used in the types and amounts described in Table 4, Dispersant A as a dispersant is 4.0 parts by mass in terms of solid content, Dispersing resin A as a disperse resin is 4.0 parts by mass in terms of solid content, Using 225 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.5 mm, they were filled in a stainless steel container and dispersed for 6 hours in a paint shaker to prepare green pigment dispersions of Examples 1 to 5 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3. . In Table 4, the boiling point is a value at 1013.25 hPa, and the vapor pressure is a value at 20 ° C. The amount of solvent 1 in Table 4 is the total amount contained in the green pigment dispersion.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029
DEGEA:ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート
DEGBEA:ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート
1,3-BGDA:1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート
EEP:3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル
MBA:3-メトキシブチルアセテート
BA:酢酸ブチル(ブチルアセテート)
PGMEA:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート
DEGEA: Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate DEGBEA: Diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate 1,3-BGDA: 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate EEP: Ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate MBA: 3-methoxybutyl acetate BA: Butyl acetate (butyl acetate)
PGMEA: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
<着色樹脂組成物の調製>
 前記の各顔料分散液に表5に示す他の成分を混合して、着色樹脂組成物を調製した。なお、表5中のバインダー樹脂及び光重合性モノマーの配合量は固形分換算値であり、溶媒の配合量は、バインダー樹脂及び光重合性モノマーに含まれる溶媒量を含む値である。
<Preparation of colored resin composition>
The other components shown in Table 5 were mixed with each of the pigment dispersions to prepare a colored resin composition. In addition, the compounding amount of the binder resin and the photopolymerizable monomer in Table 5 is a solid content conversion value, and the compounding amount of the solvent is a value including the amount of the solvent contained in the binder resin and the photopolymerizable monomer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
<付着物評価>
 日本国特開2007-270147号公報の実施例に記載の〔塗布適正評価方法(I)〕に準じて評価を実施した。
 前述の手順により得られた着色樹脂組成物を、以下に記載する(1)~(4)の工程を経て評価するに当たって、アクチュエータのアームに試験片を取り付け、瓶に満たした着色樹脂組成物にその先端を繰り返し出し入れする操作を、自動的に行う制御装置を使用した。
(1)雰囲気温度23℃で、長さ100mm×幅5mm×厚み0.6mmのガラス試験片の縦方向の先端部分20mmを、12.5mm/秒の速度で着色樹脂組成物中に浸漬し、その後4秒間維持した。
(2)該ガラス試験片を、12.5mm/秒の速度で着色樹脂組成物から取り出し、該ガラス試験片の先端を下にして垂直に保持した後、雰囲気温度23℃、湿度55%、風速0.5±0.2m/秒の条件下で56秒間乾燥させた。
(3)工程(1)及び(2)を合計120回繰り返し、該ガラス試験片に着色樹脂組成物由来の付着物を形成させた。
(4)ガラス片の付着物を顕微鏡にて観察した。その結果を表6に示す。なお、付着物の評価基準は以下のとおりである。また、表6中の( )内の数値は、ガラス片全浸漬面積に対して、付着物で被覆された面積割合(%)を示す。
<Adhesion evaluation>
Evaluation was carried out in accordance with [Coating Appropriate Evaluation Method (I)] described in Examples of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-270147.
In evaluating the colored resin composition obtained by the above-described procedure through the steps (1) to (4) described below, a test piece is attached to the arm of the actuator, and the colored resin composition filled in the bottle is obtained. A control device that automatically performs the operation of repeatedly inserting and removing the tip was used.
(1) At an ambient temperature of 23 ° C., a longitudinal tip portion 20 mm of a glass test piece of length 100 mm × width 5 mm × thickness 0.6 mm is immersed in the colored resin composition at a rate of 12.5 mm / second, Thereafter, it was maintained for 4 seconds.
(2) The glass test piece is taken out from the colored resin composition at a speed of 12.5 mm / second and held vertically with the tip of the glass test piece down, and then the ambient temperature is 23 ° C., the humidity is 55%, and the wind speed. The film was dried for 56 seconds under the condition of 0.5 ± 0.2 m / sec.
(3) Steps (1) and (2) were repeated 120 times in total to form a deposit derived from the colored resin composition on the glass test piece.
(4) The deposit on the glass piece was observed with a microscope. The results are shown in Table 6. In addition, the evaluation criteria of a deposit | attachment are as follows. Moreover, the numerical value in () of Table 6 shows the area ratio (%) covered with the deposit with respect to the total immersion area of the glass piece.
   ○:ガラス片全浸漬面積に対して、付着物で被覆された面積割合が0%
   △:ガラス片全浸漬面積に対して、付着物で被覆された面積割合が0%を超え、かつ、10%未満
   ×:ガラス片全浸漬面積に対して、付着物で被覆された面積割合が10%以上
○: The ratio of the area covered with the deposit to the total immersion area of the glass piece is 0%.
Δ: The ratio of the area covered with the adhered material to the total immersion area of the glass piece exceeds 0% and less than 10%. 10% or more
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
 表6より、緑色顔料Aを用い、かつ、沸点が217℃であるDEGEAを用いた実施例1や、沸点が247℃であるDEGBEAを用いた実施例2は、ガラス片に付着物がほとんど見られず非常に良好である。また、沸点が232℃である1,3-BGDAを用いた実施例3、沸点が170℃であるEEPを用いた実施例4や沸点が171℃であるMBAを用いた実施例5も、ガラス片に付着物がわずかにしか見られず良好である。このように、沸点が150℃以上の高沸点溶剤を用いることで、付着物評価の(2)工程中の56秒間の乾燥時により乾燥しにくくなり湿潤状態を保ちやすくなり、次に実施する(1)工程中の4秒間の浸漬時に着色樹脂組成物により再度溶解しやすくなって、ガラス片に残存する付着物の量が低減されたものと思われる。
 他方、沸点が126℃であるBAを用いた比較例1や、沸点が146℃であるPGMEAのみを用いた比較例2では、ガラス片に付着物が非常に多くみられた。
 また、緑色顔料Bを用いた比較例3では、沸点が150℃以上の高沸点溶剤を含まないにも関わらず、ガラス片に付着物がほとんど見られないことが確認された。詳細な理由は不明であるが、緑色顔料Bは一分子中に含まれる平均水素原子数が非常に少なく、顔料の濡れ性や吸着性が良好であり、分散剤や分散樹脂の顔料からの脱離が少なく、顔料表面を十分に被覆している為に、溶剤への溶解性が良好であるからだと考えられる。
From Table 6, Example 1 using Green Pigment A and DEGEA having a boiling point of 217 ° C. and Example 2 using DEGBEA having a boiling point of 247 ° C. show almost no deposit on the glass piece. Very good. Further, Example 3 using 1,3-BGDA having a boiling point of 232 ° C., Example 4 using EEP having a boiling point of 170 ° C., and Example 5 using MBA having a boiling point of 171 ° C. are also made of glass. Only a small amount of deposit is seen on the piece, which is good. Thus, by using a high boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher, it becomes difficult to dry due to drying for 56 seconds in the step (2) of the deposit evaluation, and it becomes easy to keep a wet state. 1) It seems that the colored resin composition was easily dissolved again at the time of immersion for 4 seconds during the process, and the amount of deposits remaining on the glass piece was reduced.
On the other hand, in Comparative Example 1 using BA having a boiling point of 126 ° C. and Comparative Example 2 using only PGMEA having a boiling point of 146 ° C., deposits were very much observed on the glass pieces.
Further, in Comparative Example 3 using the green pigment B, it was confirmed that almost no deposits were observed on the glass piece even though the high boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher was not included. Although the detailed reason is unknown, the green pigment B has a very small average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule, and has good wettability and adsorptivity of the pigment. This is probably because the pigment surface is sufficiently coated and the solubility in the solvent is good.
 表6の結果を総合すると、緑色顔料Aを用いた場合において、比較的沸点の高い溶媒を用いた実施例1~5の着色樹脂組成物は、比較的沸点の低い溶媒を用いた比較例1及び2の着色樹脂組成物と比較して、ガラス片の付着物が少ない傾向にあり、塗布特性が非常に高いと言える。 Summarizing the results in Table 6, when the green pigment A is used, the colored resin compositions of Examples 1 to 5 using a solvent having a relatively high boiling point are Comparative Examples 1 using a solvent having a relatively low boiling point. Compared with the colored resin composition of No. 2 and No. 2, there is a tendency for the amount of adhering glass pieces to be small, and it can be said that the coating properties are very high.
(実施例6~11)
 緑色顔料及び溶剤を表7の種類及び量で用いた以外は実施例1と同様にして、実施例6~11の緑色顔料分散液を調製した。なお、表7中の沸点は1013.25hPaにおける値、蒸気圧は20℃における値である。また、表7中の溶剤1の配合量は、緑色顔料分散液中に含まれる総量である。
(Examples 6 to 11)
Green pigment dispersions of Examples 6 to 11 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the green pigment and the solvent were used in the types and amounts shown in Table 7. In Table 7, the boiling point is a value at 1013.25 hPa, and the vapor pressure is a value at 20 ° C. The amount of solvent 1 in Table 7 is the total amount contained in the green pigment dispersion.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
<着色樹脂組成物の調製>
 表7の各顔料分散液に表8に示す他の成分を混合して、着色樹脂組成物を調製した。なお、表8中のバインダー樹脂及び光重合性モノマーの配合量は固形分換算値であり、溶媒の配合量は、バインダー樹脂及び光重合性モノマーに含まれる溶媒量を含む値である。
<Preparation of colored resin composition>
The pigment dispersion of Table 7 was mixed with other components shown in Table 8 to prepare a colored resin composition. In addition, the compounding amount of the binder resin and the photopolymerizable monomer in Table 8 is a solid content conversion value, and the compounding amount of the solvent is a value including the amount of the solvent contained in the binder resin and the photopolymerizable monomer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
 次に、実施例1と同様に、前述の方法で付着物評価を行った。その結果を、実施例3及び実施例5の結果と共に表9に示す。 Next, in the same manner as in Example 1, the deposits were evaluated by the method described above. The results are shown in Table 9 together with the results of Example 3 and Example 5.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
 表9より、実施例3、6及び7の比較、並びに実施例5、8及び9の比較から、高沸点溶剤の含有割合を高くすることで、付着物で被覆された面積割合が小さくなる傾向がみられた。また、実施例6、10及び11の比較から、高沸点溶剤を1種用いた場合と、2種以上用いた場合とで、付着物で被覆された面積割合に違いはないことが確認された。 From Table 9, from comparison of Examples 3, 6 and 7, and from comparison of Examples 5, 8 and 9, the area ratio covered with deposits tends to decrease by increasing the content ratio of the high boiling point solvent. Was seen. In addition, from the comparison of Examples 6, 10 and 11, it was confirmed that there was no difference in the area ratio covered with deposits when one kind of high boiling point solvent was used and when two kinds or more were used. .
<高温処理後の膜しわ評価>
 次に、実施例8、比較例2、3及び4の着色樹脂組成物を用いて、高温処理後の膜しわの評価を行った。なお、比較例4は、緑色顔料種を緑色顔料Bに換えた以外は実施例8と同様にして得たものである。
 まず、50mm角、厚さ0.6mmのガラス基板(旭硝子社製、AN100)上に、着色樹脂組成物をスピンコーターで塗布した後、80℃で3分間乾燥した。なお、塗布膜厚は、ポストベーク後の色度(sx,sy)がC光源で(0.250,0.580)となるように設定した。次いで、2kW高圧水銀灯により、40mJ/cmの露光量で全面露光処理を行った。その後、230℃のオーブンにて30分間ポストベークを行った。
<Evaluation of film wrinkle after high temperature treatment>
Next, the film wrinkles after the high temperature treatment were evaluated using the colored resin compositions of Example 8 and Comparative Examples 2, 3 and 4. Comparative Example 4 was obtained in the same manner as Example 8 except that the green pigment type was changed to green pigment B.
First, a colored resin composition was applied on a glass substrate (Asahi Glass Co., Ltd., AN100) having a 50 mm square and a thickness of 0.6 mm using a spin coater, and then dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes. The coating film thickness was set so that the chromaticity (sx, sy) after post-baking would be (0.250, 0.580) with a C light source. Subsequently, the whole surface exposure process was performed with the exposure amount of 40 mJ / cm < 2 > with the 2kW high pressure mercury lamp. Thereafter, post-baking was performed in an oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes.
 こうして得られた高温処理基板の膜表面について、Sq(二乗平均平方根偏差粗さ、nm)、Sa(算術平均粗さ、nm)、Sz(粗さの最大高さ、nm)を、マイクロマップ((株)菱化システム社製、三次元非接触表面形状計測システム)により測定した。測定は、50倍の光学レンズを用い、Focusモードで12800nm×6400nmの視野において行った。なお、Sq、Sa及びSzはISO 25178に準拠して算出した。その結果を表10に示す。
 また、測定にて得られたプロファイルを図4(実施例8)、図5(比較例2)、図6(比較例4)及び図7(比較例3)に示す。図4~7のプロファイルにおいて、横幅は12800nm、奥行きは6400nmである。なお、各図中に見られる数十個の凹凸が、膜しわに相当する。
With respect to the film surface of the high-temperature treated substrate thus obtained, Sq (root mean square deviation roughness, nm), Sa (arithmetic mean roughness, nm), Sz (maximum height of roughness, nm) are represented by a micromap ( (Measurement by Ryoka System Co., Ltd., 3D non-contact surface shape measurement system). The measurement was performed in a 12800 nm × 6400 nm visual field in the Focus mode using a 50 × optical lens. Sq, Sa, and Sz were calculated in accordance with ISO 25178. The results are shown in Table 10.
Moreover, the profile obtained by the measurement is shown in FIG. 4 (Example 8), FIG. 5 (Comparative Example 2), FIG. 6 (Comparative Example 4), and FIG. 7 (Comparative Example 3). In the profiles of FIGS. 4 to 7, the lateral width is 12800 nm and the depth is 6400 nm. In addition, dozens of unevenness | corrugations seen in each figure correspond to a film wrinkle.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
 表10より、緑色顔料Aを用い、かつ、高沸点溶剤を用いた実施例8は、Sq、Sa及びStのいずれも値が小さく、膜しわが効果的に抑制されていることが確認された。特に、SqとSaとの差が小さく、Stの値が小さいことから、しわに起因する表面の凹凸が少なく、また、測定視野におけるしわのバラツキもないことが確認された。近年の広色域化に伴いカラーフィルタ中の顔料濃度が高くなり、それに伴い膜しわが発生する傾向がある。膜しわが生じると、それに伴い色ムラが発生し、パネル形成時の断線不良等の問題も生じる。そこで、本発明の着色樹脂組成物や顔料分散液を用いることで、広色域化した場合でも膜しわの発生が抑制でき、さらに、色ムラやパネル形成時の断線不良等をも効果的に抑制できることが示唆された。 From Table 10, it was confirmed that Example 8 using the green pigment A and using the high-boiling solvent had small values of Sq, Sa and St, and the film wrinkle was effectively suppressed. . In particular, since the difference between Sq and Sa was small and the value of St was small, it was confirmed that there were few surface irregularities caused by wrinkles, and there was no wrinkle variation in the measurement visual field. Along with the recent widening of the color gamut, the pigment concentration in the color filter is increased, and film wrinkles tend to occur accordingly. When film wrinkles are generated, color unevenness is caused accordingly, and problems such as disconnection failure during panel formation also occur. Therefore, by using the colored resin composition and the pigment dispersion of the present invention, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of film wrinkles even when the color gamut is widened, and also effectively prevent color unevenness and disconnection failure during panel formation. It was suggested that it can be suppressed.
 一方で、緑色顔料Aを用い、かつ、高沸点溶剤を用いなかった比較例2は、Sq、Sa及びStのいずれも値が大きく、膜しわが発生していることが確認された。特に、SqとSaとの差が小さく、Stの値が大きいことから、測定視野において全面的にしわが発生していることが確認された。 On the other hand, in Comparative Example 2 in which the green pigment A was used and the high boiling point solvent was not used, all of Sq, Sa, and St were large, and it was confirmed that film wrinkles were generated. In particular, since the difference between Sq and Sa was small and the value of St was large, it was confirmed that wrinkles were entirely generated in the measurement visual field.
 他方、緑色顔料Bを用いた比較例4及び3は、Sq、Sa及びStのいずれも値が非常に大きく、膜しわが発生していることが確認された。特に、高沸点溶剤の使用によってSq及びSaの値が改善しているものの、高沸点溶剤の使用有無に寄らずStの値が大きいことから、高沸点溶剤を使用することによって部分的に膜しわが改善されるものの、部分的には大きな膜しわが残ってしまっていることが確認された。 On the other hand, in Comparative Examples 4 and 3 using the green pigment B, all of Sq, Sa and St had very large values, and it was confirmed that film wrinkles were generated. In particular, although the values of Sq and Sa have been improved by the use of a high-boiling solvent, since the value of St is large regardless of the use of a high-boiling solvent, a film is partially formed by using a high-boiling solvent. Although wrinkles were improved, it was confirmed that large film wrinkles remained partially.
 これらの結果の違いは、後述のとおり、緑色顔料Aは緑色顔料Bに比べて着色力が高いため、同一の色度の膜を得るために必要な膜厚が緑色顔料Aのほうが薄くできるため、揮発成分である溶剤量を相対的に少なくすることができ、また、熱変形に寄与する成分であるバインダー樹脂等の成分の量も相対的に少なくすることができているからだと考えられる。また、緑色顔料Bに比べて緑色顔料Aを用いた場合には、高沸点溶剤の使用によってStの値が大きく改善しているが、詳細な理由は不明であるが、緑色顔料Bに対して緑色顔料Aは平均水素原子数が所定値以上となっているため、溶媒との親和性が大きくなり、高沸点溶剤が膜全体に均一に存在しやすくなり、膜の全面において揮発成分の蒸発を抑制することができ、その結果として膜の全面において膜しわの発生を抑制できたものと考えられる。 The difference in these results is that, as will be described later, since the green pigment A has a higher coloring power than the green pigment B, the green pigment A can be made thinner to obtain a film having the same chromaticity. This is probably because the amount of the solvent, which is a volatile component, can be relatively reduced, and the amount of a component such as a binder resin, which is a component that contributes to thermal deformation, can also be relatively reduced. In addition, when the green pigment A is used as compared with the green pigment B, the St value is greatly improved by the use of the high boiling point solvent. Green Pigment A has an average number of hydrogen atoms greater than or equal to a predetermined value, so that the affinity with the solvent is increased, and the high boiling point solvent is likely to be present uniformly throughout the film. It can be suppressed, and as a result, the generation of film wrinkles on the entire surface of the film can be suppressed.
<着色力評価>
 表4に記載の比較例2又は比較例3の緑色顔料分散液と、以下に記載の黄色顔料分散液とを用い、顔料分散液の使用量を表11に記載の量に変更した以外は前記<着色樹脂組成物の調製>と同様の方法で、着色樹脂組成物を調製した。なお、顔料分散液の使用量は、膜厚2.00μmの塗膜を作製した際の、C光源における色度がsx=0.280、sy=0.600となるように調整したものである。また、表11に記載の顔料濃度は、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分に対する全顔料の含有割合である。
<Evaluation of coloring power>
Except for using the green pigment dispersion of Comparative Example 2 or Comparative Example 3 described in Table 4 and the yellow pigment dispersion described below, except that the amount of pigment dispersion used was changed to the amount described in Table 11. A colored resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in <Preparation of colored resin composition>. In addition, the usage-amount of a pigment dispersion liquid is adjusted so that chromaticity in a C light source may be set to sx = 0.280 and sy = 0.600 when producing a coating film with a film thickness of 2.00 μm. . Moreover, the pigment density | concentration of Table 11 is a content rate of all the pigments with respect to the total solid of a colored resin composition.
<黄色顔料分散液の調製> 
 黄色顔料として黄色顔料Cを固形分換算で12.0質量部、分散剤として分散剤Aを固形分換算で4.0質量部、分散樹脂として分散樹脂Aを固形分換算で4.0質量部、溶剤としてプロピレングリコールモノメチルアセテート80.0質量部、直径0.5mmのジルコニアビーズ225質量部を用い、それらをステンレス容器に充填し、ペイントシェーカーにて6時間分散させて、黄色顔料分散液を調製した。
<Preparation of yellow pigment dispersion>
The yellow pigment C as a yellow pigment is 12.0 parts by mass in terms of solids, the dispersant A is 4.0 parts by mass in terms of solids, and the dispersion resin A is 4.0 parts by mass in terms of solids as a dispersion resin. Using 80.0 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl acetate and 225 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.5 mm as a solvent, filling them in a stainless steel container and dispersing for 6 hours in a paint shaker to prepare a yellow pigment dispersion did.
<黄色顔料C>
 黄色顔料Cとして、下記式(I)で表されるアゾバルビツール酸のニッケルとの1:1錯体又はその互換異性体に、下記式(II)で表される化合物が挿入されてなるニッケルアゾ錯体(E4GN-GT、ランクセス社製)を用いた。
<Yellow pigment C>
As yellow pigment C, a nickel azo complex obtained by inserting a compound represented by the following formula (II) into a 1: 1 complex of azobarbituric acid represented by the following formula (I) with nickel or a compatible isomer thereof (E4GN-GT, manufactured by LANXESS) was used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
 表11より緑色顔料Bを用いた参考例2に対して、緑色顔料Aを用いた参考例1は、顔料濃度が低く着色力が高いことが分かる。顔料濃度が小さいと、バインダー樹脂、光重合性モノマーや光重合開始剤等を、固形分換算でより多く用いることができるため、現像性や信頼性等多くの特性に対して有利である。詳細な理由は不明であるが、同顔料濃度での透過スペクトルを比較した場合、一分子中に含まれる平均水素原子数の影響により、緑色顔料Aは緑色顔料Bに比べてピークの半値幅が狭く、赤色や青色の透過光を効果的に遮蔽しているからだと考えられる。 From Table 11, it can be seen that Reference Example 1 using Green Pigment A has a lower pigment concentration and higher coloring power than Reference Example 2 using Green Pigment B. When the pigment concentration is low, the binder resin, photopolymerizable monomer, photopolymerization initiator, and the like can be used more in terms of solid content, which is advantageous for many properties such as developability and reliability. Although the detailed reason is unknown, when the transmission spectra at the same pigment concentration are compared, the half width of the peak of green pigment A is larger than that of green pigment B due to the influence of the average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule. This is considered to be because it is narrow and effectively shields red and blue transmitted light.
(実験例1~6、比較実験例1~5)
 表12に記載の緑色顔料、黄色顔料C、分散剤A、分散樹脂A、溶剤(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート)と、直径0.5mmのジルコニアビーズ225質量部をステンレス容器に充填し、ペイントシェーカーにて6時間分散させて、緑色顔料分散液A及びBを調製した。なお、表中の「溶剤」以外の成分の配合量は固形分換算値である。
(Experimental Examples 1-6, Comparative Experimental Examples 1-5)
Fill the stainless steel container with 225 parts by mass of the green pigment, yellow pigment C, dispersant A, dispersion resin A, solvent (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate) and 0.5 mm diameter zirconia beads listed in Table 12, and use it as a paint shaker. For 6 hours to prepare green pigment dispersions A and B. In addition, the compounding quantity of components other than the "solvent" in a table | surface is a solid content conversion value.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
<着色樹脂組成物の調製>
 前記の各顔料分散液に表13に示す他の成分を混合して、着色樹脂組成物を調製した。なお、緑色顔料種と光重合開始剤種の組み合わせは、表14に記載の通りとした。
 なお、表13中のバインダー樹脂及び光重合性モノマーの配合量は固形分換算値であり、溶媒の配合量は、バインダー樹脂及び光重合性モノマーに含まれる溶媒量を含む値である。
<Preparation of colored resin composition>
Other components shown in Table 13 were mixed with each pigment dispersion to prepare a colored resin composition. The combinations of the green pigment species and the photopolymerization initiator species were as shown in Table 14.
In addition, the compounding amount of the binder resin and the photopolymerizable monomer in Table 13 is a solid content conversion value, and the compounding amount of the solvent is a value including the amount of the solvent contained in the binder resin and the photopolymerizable monomer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
 表14中の光重合開始剤A~Iは以下のとおりである。 The photopolymerization initiators A to I in Table 14 are as follows.
<光重合開始剤A> 以下の化学構造を有するオキシムエステル系化合物 <Photopolymerization initiator A> Oxime ester compound having the following chemical structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
<光重合開始剤B> Irgacure OXE02(BASF社製) <Photopolymerization initiator B> Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
<光重合開始剤C> Irgacure OXE03(BASF社製) <Photopolymerization initiator C> Irgacure OXE03 (manufactured by BASF)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
<光重合開始剤D> 以下の化学構造を有するオキシムエステル系化合物 <Photopolymerization initiator D> Oxime ester compound having the following chemical structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
<光重合開始剤E> TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子社製) <Photopolymerization initiator E> TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronics Co., Ltd.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
<光重合開始剤F> TR-PBG-314(常州強力電子社製) <Photopolymerization initiator F> TR-PBG-314 (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronics Co., Ltd.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
<光重合開始剤G> 2,2’-ビス(2-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニル-1,2’-ビイミダゾール(BCIM) <Photopolymerization initiator G> 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4 ', 5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole (BCIM)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
<光重合開始剤H> Irgacure 907(BASF社製) <Photopolymerization initiator H> Irgacure 907 (manufactured by BASF)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
<光重合開始剤I> Irgacure 369(BASF社製) <Photopolymerization initiator I> Irgacure 369 (manufactured by BASF)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
<最小密着評価>
 クロムが蒸着されたガラス基板上に、各着色樹脂組成物をそれぞれスピンコート塗布し、80℃のホットプレートにて3分間プリベークを行った。塗布に際してはポストベーク後、塗膜の膜厚が2.0μmとなるように回転数を調整した。
<Minimum adhesion evaluation>
Each colored resin composition was spin-coated on a glass substrate on which chromium was deposited, and pre-baked for 3 minutes on a hot plate at 80 ° C. At the time of application, the number of rotations was adjusted so that the film thickness of the coating film was 2.0 μm after post-baking.
 次に、幅が1~50μmの(1~10μm:1μmおき、15~50μm:5μmおき)直線状開口部を有するマスクパターンを150μmギャップで設置し、これを通して高圧水銀灯によりサンプルを40mJ/cmで露光した後、0.04質量%水酸化カリウム水溶液を使用し、現像液温度23℃で0.25MPa圧でスプレー現像した。現像した時間は、あらかじめ測定した着色樹脂組成物の溶解時間の2倍とした。基板は現像後、十分な水でリンスした後、クリーンエアで乾燥した。その後、230℃のオーブンにて30分間ポストベークを行った。
 上記手順で得られた直線状パターンを光学顕微鏡で観測し、幅が異なる直線状マスクパターン中で、パターンが基板上に残存しているもののうち、対応するマスクの開口部の幅が最も小さいものを特定し、その開口部の幅を最小密着とした。その結果を表14に示す。
Next, a mask pattern having a linear opening with a width of 1 to 50 μm (1 to 10 μm: every 1 μm, every 15 to 50 μm: every 5 μm) is placed at a gap of 150 μm, and a sample is passed through this through a high-pressure mercury lamp to 40 mJ / cm 2. Then, 0.04 mass% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution was used and spray development was performed at a developer temperature of 23 ° C. and a pressure of 0.25 MPa. The development time was set to twice the dissolution time of the colored resin composition measured in advance. After development, the substrate was rinsed with sufficient water and then dried with clean air. Thereafter, post-baking was performed in an oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes.
The linear pattern obtained by the above procedure is observed with an optical microscope, and among the linear mask patterns with different widths, the pattern with the smallest width of the corresponding mask opening is left on the substrate. And the width of the opening was defined as the minimum adhesion. The results are shown in Table 14.
 表14より、比較実験例1や2のように緑色顔料Bを用いた場合には、光重合開始剤としてオキシムエステル系化合物を用いた場合と、オキシムエステル系化合物以外の開始剤を用いた場合の両方ともにおいて最小密着は良好であった。
 一方で、比較実験例3~5のように緑色顔料Aを用いた場合には、光重合開始剤としてオキシムエステル系化合物以外の開始剤を使用すると最小密着の値が大きく密着性が悪いと言える。他方、実験例1~6のように緑色顔料Aを用いた場合において、光重合開始剤としてオキシムエステル系化合物を使用することで最小密着の値が小さく密着性が良好であった。
 緑色顔料Bに比べて、緑色顔料Aはその平均水素原子数が高く、それに伴う光吸収特性の違いに起因して塗膜内部まで十分に光硬化がしにくい傾向にあるが、光重合開始剤として、低波長領域により大きな吸収帯を有するオキシムエステル系化合物を用いることで、塗膜内部まで十分に光硬化ができ、微細なパターンを密着性良く形成することができたと考えられる。
From Table 14, when green pigment B is used as in Comparative Experimental Examples 1 and 2, when an oxime ester compound is used as the photopolymerization initiator, and when an initiator other than the oxime ester compound is used. In both cases, the minimum adhesion was good.
On the other hand, when the green pigment A is used as in Comparative Experimental Examples 3 to 5, if an initiator other than the oxime ester compound is used as the photopolymerization initiator, it can be said that the minimum adhesion value is large and the adhesion is poor. . On the other hand, when the green pigment A was used as in Experimental Examples 1 to 6, the use of an oxime ester compound as a photopolymerization initiator resulted in a small minimum adhesion value and good adhesion.
Compared to the green pigment B, the green pigment A has a higher average number of hydrogen atoms, and due to the difference in the light absorption characteristics associated therewith, it tends to be hard to be sufficiently photocured to the inside of the coating film. As described above, it is considered that by using an oxime ester compound having a large absorption band in the low wavelength region, the inside of the coating film was sufficiently photocured, and a fine pattern could be formed with good adhesion.
<膜厚・着色力評価>
 50mm角、厚さ0.6mmのガラス基板(旭硝子社製、AN100)上に、上記着色樹脂組成物をスピンコーターで塗布した後、80℃で3分間乾燥した。次いで、2kW高圧水銀灯により、40mJ/cmの露光量で全面露光処理を行った。
 その後、230℃のオーブンにて30分間ポストベークを行った。
<Evaluation of film thickness and coloring power>
The colored resin composition was applied on a 50 mm square and 0.6 mm thick glass substrate (AN100 manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) with a spin coater, and then dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes. Subsequently, the whole surface exposure process was performed with the exposure amount of 40 mJ / cm < 2 > with the 2kW high pressure mercury lamp.
Thereafter, post-baking was performed in an oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes.
 こうして得られた塗布基板について、日立製作所社製分光光度計U-3310により透過スペクトルを測定した。得られた透過スペクトルから、C光源での色度を(sx=0.240、sy=0.580)とするために必要な膜厚を算出し、さらに膜厚を2.00μmとする為に必要な顔料濃度(全固形分に対する全顔料の質量%)を算出して着色力として評価した。その結果を表14に示す。 The transmission spectrum of the coated substrate thus obtained was measured with a spectrophotometer U-3310 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd. From the obtained transmission spectrum, the film thickness necessary for setting the chromaticity with the C light source to (sx = 0.240, sy = 0.580) is calculated, and further the film thickness is set to 2.00 μm. The required pigment concentration (mass% of the total pigment with respect to the total solid content) was calculated and evaluated as the coloring power. The results are shown in Table 14.
 表14より、緑色顔料Bを用いた比較実験例1や2に対して、緑色顔料Aを用いた実験例1~6は、必要顔料濃度が低く着色力が高いことが分かる。必要顔料濃度が小さいと、その分だけバインダー樹脂、光重合性モノマーや光重合開始剤等を固形分換算でより多く配合することができるため、現像性や信頼性等多くの特性に対して有利である。
 着色力の差が生じる詳細な理由は不明であるが、同じ顔料濃度で透過スペクトルを比較した場合、緑色顔料Aは緑色顔料Bに比べてピークの半値幅が狭くなっているため、赤色や青色の透過光を効果的に遮蔽している為であると考えられる。
From Table 14, it can be seen that Experimental Examples 1 to 6 using Green Pigment A have a lower required pigment concentration and higher coloring power than Comparative Experimental Examples 1 and 2 using Green Pigment B. If the required pigment concentration is small, more binder resin, photopolymerizable monomer, photopolymerization initiator, etc. can be blended as much as solid content, which is advantageous for many properties such as developability and reliability. It is.
The detailed reason for the difference in coloring power is unknown, but when the transmission spectra are compared at the same pigment concentration, the half width of the peak of green pigment A is narrower than that of green pigment B. This is considered to be because the transmitted light is effectively shielded.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
 以上より、一分子中に含まれる平均水素原子数が所定量以上のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料とオキシムエステル系化合物を共用することで、着色力と密着性の両立を達成することができる。 From the above, by using a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment having an average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule of a predetermined amount or more and an oxime ester compound, both coloring power and adhesion can be achieved.
 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施形態を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。本出願は、2015年3月27日出願の日本特許出願(特願2015-067187)、2015年10月20日出願の日本特許出願(特願2015-206474)、2015年10月21日出願の日本特許出願(特願2015-207298)及び2016年3月11日出願の日本特許出願(特願2016-048419)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。 Although the present invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. The present application includes a Japanese patent application filed on March 27, 2015 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-0667187), a Japanese patent application filed on October 20, 2015 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-206474), and an application filed on October 21, 2015. This is based on a Japanese patent application (Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-207298) and a Japanese patent application filed on March 11, 2016 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-048419), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 100 有機EL素子
 10 透明支持基板
 20 画素
 30 有機保護層
 40 無機酸化膜
 50 透明陽極
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 100 Organic EL element 10 Transparent support substrate 20 Pixel 30 Organic protective layer 40 Inorganic oxide film 50 Transparent anode

Claims (15)

  1.  (A)顔料、(B)分散剤、(C)溶剤、(D)バインダー樹脂、及び(E)光重合開始剤を含有する着色樹脂組成物であって、
     前記(A)顔料が、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を含み、該ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料の一分子中に含まれる平均水素原子数が3以上であり、かつ、
     前記(C)溶剤が、1013.25hPaにおける沸点が150℃以上の高沸点溶剤を含む着色樹脂組成物。
    A colored resin composition comprising (A) a pigment, (B) a dispersant, (C) a solvent, (D) a binder resin, and (E) a photopolymerization initiator,
    The (A) pigment contains a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, the average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule of the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment is 3 or more, and
    The colored resin composition, wherein the solvent (C) includes a high-boiling solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher at 101.25 hPa.
  2.  前記(C)溶剤が、さらに1013.25hPaにおける沸点が150℃未満の低沸点溶剤を含む、請求項1に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the (C) solvent further comprises a low boiling point solvent having a boiling point of less than 150 ° C at 1013.25 hPa.
  3.  着色樹脂組成物に対する前記(C)溶剤の含有割合が50質量%以上である、請求項1又は2に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the content ratio of the solvent (C) to the colored resin composition is 50% by mass or more.
  4.  前記(C)溶剤に対する前記高沸点溶剤の含有割合が0.5質量%以上である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein a content ratio of the high-boiling point solvent to the (C) solvent is 0.5% by mass or more.
  5.  前記高沸点溶剤の20℃における蒸気圧が400Pa以下である、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the high boiling point solvent has a vapor pressure at 20 ° C of 400 Pa or less.
  6.  前記(B)分散剤が、窒素原子を含む官能基を有するブロック共重合体を含む、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the (B) dispersant contains a block copolymer having a functional group containing a nitrogen atom.
  7.  前記(E)光重合開始剤が、オキシムエステル系化合物を含む、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the (E) photopolymerization initiator includes an oxime ester compound.
  8.  請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の着色樹脂組成物を用いて作成した画素を有する、カラーフィルタ。 A color filter having pixels created using the colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  9.  請求項8に記載のカラーフィルタを有する、画像表示装置。 An image display device comprising the color filter according to claim 8.
  10.  (A)顔料、(B)分散剤、及び(C)溶剤を含有する顔料分散液であって、
     前記(A)顔料が、ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を含み、該ハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料の一分子中に含まれる平均水素原子数が3以上であり、かつ、
     前記(C)溶剤が、1013.25hPaにおける沸点が150℃以上の高沸点溶剤を含む顔料分散液。
    A pigment dispersion containing (A) a pigment, (B) a dispersant, and (C) a solvent,
    The (A) pigment contains a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment, the average number of hydrogen atoms contained in one molecule of the halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment is 3 or more, and
    (C) The pigment dispersion liquid in which the solvent contains a high boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher at 101.25 hPa.
  11.  前記(C)溶剤が、さらに1013.25hPaにおける沸点が150℃未満の低沸点溶剤を含む、請求項10に記載の顔料分散液。 The pigment dispersion according to claim 10, wherein the solvent (C) further contains a low-boiling solvent having a boiling point at 1013.25 hPa of less than 150 ° C.
  12.  顔料分散液に対する前記(C)溶剤の含有割合が50質量%以上である、請求項10又は11に記載の顔料分散液。 The pigment dispersion according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the content ratio of the solvent (C) with respect to the pigment dispersion is 50% by mass or more.
  13.  前記(C)溶剤に対する前記高沸点溶剤の含有割合が1質量%以上である、請求項10~12のいずれか1項に記載の顔料分散液。 The pigment dispersion according to any one of claims 10 to 12, wherein a content ratio of the high-boiling point solvent to the (C) solvent is 1% by mass or more.
  14.  前記高沸点溶剤の20℃における蒸気圧が400Pa以下である、請求項10~13のいずれか1項に記載の顔料分散液。 The pigment dispersion according to any one of claims 10 to 13, wherein the high boiling point solvent has a vapor pressure at 20 ° C of 400 Pa or less.
  15.  前記(B)分散剤が、窒素原子を含む官能基を有するブロック共重合体を含む、請求項10~14のいずれか1項に記載の顔料分散液。 The pigment dispersion according to any one of claims 10 to 14, wherein the (B) dispersant contains a block copolymer having a functional group containing a nitrogen atom.
PCT/JP2016/059381 2015-03-27 2016-03-24 Coloring resin composition, color filter and image display device WO2016158668A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910879050.4A CN110618583B (en) 2015-03-27 2016-03-24 Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP2016555370A JP6119922B2 (en) 2015-03-27 2016-03-24 Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
KR1020177026019A KR102491715B1 (en) 2015-03-27 2016-03-24 Coloring resin composition, color filter and image display device
CN201680016741.6A CN107429078B (en) 2015-03-27 2016-03-24 Colored resin composition, colour filter and image display device

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015067187 2015-03-27
JP2015-067187 2015-03-27
JP2015-206474 2015-10-20
JP2015206474 2015-10-20
JP2015207298 2015-10-21
JP2015-207298 2015-10-21
JP2016048419 2016-03-11
JP2016-048419 2016-03-11

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016158668A1 true WO2016158668A1 (en) 2016-10-06

Family

ID=57005726

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/059381 WO2016158668A1 (en) 2015-03-27 2016-03-24 Coloring resin composition, color filter and image display device

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (2) JP6119922B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102491715B1 (en)
CN (2) CN110618583B (en)
TW (1) TWI712653B (en)
WO (1) WO2016158668A1 (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018043548A1 (en) * 2016-08-31 2018-03-08 Dic株式会社 Pigment composition for color filters, and color filter
CN108415220A (en) * 2017-02-09 2018-08-17 东友精细化工有限公司 Black-colored photosensitive resin composition, by its derivative organic illuminating element, quantum dot light emitting element and display device
CN108693707A (en) * 2017-03-29 2018-10-23 东友精细化工有限公司 Black-colored photosensitive resin composition and the display device manufactured using it
CN109814335A (en) * 2017-11-21 2019-05-28 东友精细化工有限公司 Photosensitive composition, colour filter and image display device
CN109870877A (en) * 2017-11-03 2019-06-11 东友精细化工有限公司 Photosensitive composition, colored filter and image display device
CN110262188A (en) * 2018-03-12 2019-09-20 东友精细化工有限公司 Green photonasty resin composition, colored filter and image display device
JP2020190665A (en) * 2019-05-23 2020-11-26 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition of color filter for solid-state image sensor, color filer and solid-state image sensor using the same
JP2021096342A (en) * 2019-12-17 2021-06-24 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Color filter coloring composition and color filter

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113272346A (en) * 2019-02-21 2021-08-17 三菱化学株式会社 Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP2021067706A (en) * 2019-10-17 2021-04-30 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Pigment dispersion liquid and colored resin composition
CN115516039B (en) * 2020-05-22 2023-09-15 富士胶片株式会社 Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
KR102618632B1 (en) * 2020-08-26 2023-12-27 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive resin layer using the same and color filter
CN112674423A (en) * 2020-12-14 2021-04-20 东莞市三嘉光学科技有限公司 Flight helmet with filter layer and production method of filter material
CN114085549B (en) * 2021-11-16 2024-09-10 西安思摩威新材料有限公司 Green pigment dispersion liquid for color filter and preparation method thereof

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003161821A (en) * 2000-12-22 2003-06-06 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Composition for color filter, and the color filter
JP2010163616A (en) * 2008-12-19 2010-07-29 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Coloring resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display, and organic el display
JP2012181512A (en) * 2011-02-10 2012-09-20 Fujifilm Corp Colored curable composition and color filter
JP2012197369A (en) * 2011-03-22 2012-10-18 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device
JP2013080204A (en) * 2011-09-21 2013-05-02 Jsr Corp Colored composition, color filter and display element
JP2015191208A (en) * 2014-03-28 2015-11-02 株式会社日本触媒 color filter

Family Cites Families (29)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100839573B1 (en) * 2001-02-23 2008-06-19 디아이씨 가부시끼가이샤 Color filter
JP4368157B2 (en) 2002-07-24 2009-11-18 大日本印刷株式会社 Green pigment for color filter, green pigment dispersion, photosensitive coloring composition, color filter, and liquid crystal panel
WO2004010172A1 (en) * 2002-07-24 2004-01-29 Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. Green pigment for color filter, green pigment dispersion, photosensitive color comosition, color filter, and liquid crystal panel
JP4368158B2 (en) 2002-07-24 2009-11-18 大日本印刷株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, color filter, and liquid crystal panel
JP4882515B2 (en) * 2006-05-30 2012-02-22 Dic株式会社 Polyhalogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment composition and color filter
JP2008122478A (en) * 2006-11-08 2008-05-29 Fujifilm Corp Green photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive transfer material, color filter substrate, and display device
JP5320760B2 (en) 2007-07-27 2013-10-23 三菱化学株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
KR101443928B1 (en) * 2007-06-21 2014-09-29 미쓰비시 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Pigment dispersion, coloring composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display and organic el display
TWI506306B (en) * 2007-11-22 2015-11-01 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Green colored composition for color filter, and color filter
JP5316034B2 (en) 2008-04-07 2013-10-16 三菱化学株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP2010049161A (en) * 2008-08-25 2010-03-04 Fujifilm Corp Colored composition for color filter, color filter and method for producing the same
JP5611531B2 (en) 2008-09-02 2014-10-22 富士フイルム株式会社 Processed pigment, pigment dispersion composition, photocurable composition, color filter, and method for producing color filter
KR20100033928A (en) * 2008-09-22 2010-03-31 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Colored photosensitive composition, color filter and liquid crystal display device
JP5371507B2 (en) 2008-09-22 2013-12-18 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored photosensitive composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP2010145858A (en) * 2008-12-19 2010-07-01 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display, and organic el display
JP5834379B2 (en) * 2009-06-25 2015-12-24 Jsr株式会社 Coloring composition, color filter and color liquid crystal display element
JP2011068837A (en) * 2009-09-28 2011-04-07 Fujifilm Corp Green pigment dispersion containing phthalocyanine compound
JP2011099974A (en) 2009-11-05 2011-05-19 Fujifilm Corp Colored photosensitive composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP2011128589A (en) * 2009-11-18 2011-06-30 Fujifilm Corp Colored photosensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing color filter, color filter, and display device provided with the color filter
JP5554223B2 (en) 2009-12-14 2014-07-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored photosensitive composition, method for producing color filter, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP5726462B2 (en) * 2010-09-01 2015-06-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored photosensitive composition, method for producing color filter, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP5657405B2 (en) * 2010-09-27 2015-01-21 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored curable composition, method for producing color filter, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and liquid crystal display device
JP2012172003A (en) 2011-02-18 2012-09-10 Fujifilm Corp Method for producing colored composition, colored composition, color filter, liquid crystal display and organic el display
JP2013076764A (en) * 2011-09-29 2013-04-25 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Color material dispersion liquid for color filter, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter and liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device
KR101370951B1 (en) * 2012-02-01 2014-03-10 디아이씨 가부시끼가이샤 Liquid crystal display device
JP6024149B2 (en) * 2012-03-28 2016-11-09 大日本印刷株式会社 Colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP5612178B2 (en) * 2013-07-26 2014-10-22 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter, color filter, and method for producing color filter
CN105388705B (en) * 2014-09-01 2020-09-22 东友精细化工有限公司 Colored photosensitive resin composition
KR102279575B1 (en) * 2015-03-26 2021-07-20 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter, and image display apparatus comprising the same

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003161821A (en) * 2000-12-22 2003-06-06 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Composition for color filter, and the color filter
JP2010163616A (en) * 2008-12-19 2010-07-29 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Coloring resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display, and organic el display
JP2012181512A (en) * 2011-02-10 2012-09-20 Fujifilm Corp Colored curable composition and color filter
JP2012197369A (en) * 2011-03-22 2012-10-18 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device
JP2013080204A (en) * 2011-09-21 2013-05-02 Jsr Corp Colored composition, color filter and display element
JP2015191208A (en) * 2014-03-28 2015-11-02 株式会社日本触媒 color filter

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018043548A1 (en) * 2016-08-31 2018-03-08 Dic株式会社 Pigment composition for color filters, and color filter
CN108415220A (en) * 2017-02-09 2018-08-17 东友精细化工有限公司 Black-colored photosensitive resin composition, by its derivative organic illuminating element, quantum dot light emitting element and display device
CN108693707A (en) * 2017-03-29 2018-10-23 东友精细化工有限公司 Black-colored photosensitive resin composition and the display device manufactured using it
CN109870877A (en) * 2017-11-03 2019-06-11 东友精细化工有限公司 Photosensitive composition, colored filter and image display device
CN109814335A (en) * 2017-11-21 2019-05-28 东友精细化工有限公司 Photosensitive composition, colour filter and image display device
KR20190058126A (en) * 2017-11-21 2019-05-29 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Colored Photosensitive Resin Composition, Color Filter and Display Device
CN109814335B (en) * 2017-11-21 2022-03-04 东友精细化工有限公司 Colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and image display device
KR102397084B1 (en) 2017-11-21 2022-05-11 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Colored Photosensitive Resin Composition, Color Filter and Display Device
CN110262188A (en) * 2018-03-12 2019-09-20 东友精细化工有限公司 Green photonasty resin composition, colored filter and image display device
JP2020190665A (en) * 2019-05-23 2020-11-26 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition of color filter for solid-state image sensor, color filer and solid-state image sensor using the same
JP2021096342A (en) * 2019-12-17 2021-06-24 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Color filter coloring composition and color filter

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2016158668A1 (en) 2017-04-27
TWI712653B (en) 2020-12-11
CN110618583B (en) 2024-02-23
JP6119922B2 (en) 2017-04-26
KR102491715B1 (en) 2023-01-25
JP6891553B2 (en) 2021-06-18
TW201641611A (en) 2016-12-01
KR20170131415A (en) 2017-11-29
CN110618583A (en) 2019-12-27
JP2017167538A (en) 2017-09-21
CN107429078B (en) 2019-10-15
CN107429078A (en) 2017-12-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6489245B2 (en) Color filter pigment dispersion, color filter coloring composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP6119922B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP5652510B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display
JP6707818B2 (en) Pigment dispersion, colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device
JP5092326B2 (en) Color material dispersion, colored resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP5407199B2 (en) Pigment dispersion, coloring composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display
JP5509553B2 (en) Pigment dispersion, coloring composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display
JP4852935B2 (en) Color material dispersion, colored resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP5316034B2 (en) Coloring composition for color filter, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP2008304766A (en) Colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, organic el display and liquid crystal display device
JP2019144543A (en) Coloring resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP2010044243A (en) Pigment-dispersed liquid, colored composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display and organic electroluminescent display
JP6885075B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP6786932B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP6911365B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP5381682B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display
JP2008040109A (en) Colored composition, color filter and liquid crystal display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016555370

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16772549

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20177026019

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16772549

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1